2015 - 2030 - 2015 Local Plan Local Osterley & Bedfont Cranford & Spring Grove Chiswick Heston Hounslow

Home , Bedfont, Chiswick Mall, Hanworth, Heston, Hounslow West, Isleworth Ait

Hounslow | Local Plan 1

VOLUME ONE VOLUME

2015 - 2030 - 2015 LOCAL PLAN LOCAL OSTERLEY & BEDFONT CRANFORD & SPRING GROVE CHISWICK HESTON HOUNSLOW

BRENTFORD

ISLEWORTH

HOUNSLOW west RIVER THAMES HANWORTH

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local FELTHAM

2 Hounslow | Local Plan 3

Councillor Steve Curran Councillor Steve

oad R ath B

Leader of the Council and Cabinet Member for Leader of the Council and Cabinet Member for Corporate Strategy, Planning and Regeneration Strategy, Corporate

Hanworth Road london Road Foreword Steve Curran I hope you enjoy reading and using the Plan and look forward to a bright future for the borough. I hope you enjoy reading and using ally reviewed to ensure it continues to meet document. It will be continually reviewed to ensure it continues The Plan is not, however, a static commits the council to immediately start on two area reviews to the needs of the borough. The Plan investment and development opportunities to provide much needed look in detail at local improvements, Corridor (Golden Mile) and West of Borough. housing and jobs in the Great West ovements in the borough, and to assess investment and improvements in the borough, and to The Plan will be used to guide development, groups, as provide a common tool for all service providers, community future planning applications, as well to shape the borough into an even better place to live and work. developers, residents and businesses, d aspirations of local residents, the knowledge and aspirations of local been prepared by drawing on The Local Plan has you on In the summer of 2013 we consulted and partner organisations. communities, businesses, you on draft site Plan, and then went on to consult considered in preparing the Local the issues to be to the consultation was modified in response drafts of the Plan. Each draft allocations and several was examined in public by a Government-appointed Planning Inspector comments received. The Local Plan modifications the Plan was found ‘sound’ by the Inspector and was in the spring of 2015. With a few September 2015. adopted by the Council on the 15th This new Local Plan is the key document shaping the future spatial strategy of the London Borough of the London spatial strategy shaping the future key document Local Plan is the This new and jobs to meet significant growth in new housing the next 15 years. It provides for of Hounslow for protects the unique sustainable development that while requiring high quality our residents’ needs, It will guide investment that our local communities value. historic assets of the borough characteristics and regeneration, while prioritise transformation and and important infrastructure and in new buildings land, green belt and open space. valuable metropolitan open protecting and enhancing CHISWICK BRENTFORD Contents - volume one

1 Introduction 8 4 economic development 76 Purpose, process and timetable 10 ED1 Promoting employment growth and development 78 Sustainability appraisal 11 ED2 Maintaining the borough’s employment 80 Policy & context 12 land supply National Planning Policy Framework 12 ED3 Hotels and visitor accommodation 86 London Plan 13 ED4 Enhancing local skills 88 Other strategies 14 Engagement 15 5 sustainable mixed communities 90 2 Spatial Strategy 16 SC1 Housing growth 92 SC2 Maximising the provision of affordable housing 102 Spatial vision 18 SC3 Meeting the need for a mix of housing size and type 105 Delivery 19 SC4 Scale and density of new housing development 108 SV1 Great West Corridor 20 SC5 Ensuring suitable internal and external space 111 SV2 West of Borough 22 SC6 Managing building conversions and sub-division of 114 Supporting statement to the vision 24 the existing housing stock Objectives 30 SC7 Residential extensions and alterations 116 Spatial strategy key diagram 34 SC8 Specialist and supported housing 118 Spatial strategy for the ten districts 36 SC9 Gypsy and Traveller and Travelling Showpeople 120 SC10 Housing in Multiple Occupation, 122 58 hostels and bed & breakfast accommodation 3 town centres SC11 Student accommodation 124 TC1 Town and neighbourhood centre network 60 TC2 Ensuring the future vitality of town centres 65 6 context and character 126 TC3 Managing the growth of retail and 68 other main town centre uses CC1 Context and character 128 TC4 Managing uses in town centres 71 CC2 Urban design and architecture 132 TC5 Managing neighbourhood centres and CC3 Tall buildings 136 isolated local shops 74 CC4 Heritage 140 CC5 Advertisement panels, hoardings and structures 146 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

4 Hounslow | Local Plan 5 216 220 223 225 228 229 230 214 226 Strategic transport connections Strategic transport local transport network Developing a sustainable Heathrow Airport Telecommunications Sustainable development Delivering site allocations Local Plan Implementing and monitoring the the strategy implementing connectivity ENHANCING 10 11 EC1 EC2 EC3 EC4 IMP1 IMP2 IMP3 176 190 148 192 194 197 200 202 205 207 208 210 211 150 153 157 159 162 166 168 171 173 178 180 184 187 189 Energy and carbon reduction Sustainable design and construction Flood risk and surface water management Air quality Noise Lighting Sustainable waste management Contamination Hazardous substances Minerals quality environmental community infrastructure facilities Providing and protecting community Education and school places Health facilities and healthy places Culture and leisure facilities Places of worship infrastructure blue green and Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land Green Belt and Metropolitan Open space use Open space in education Network The Green Infrastructure Blue Ribbon Network Residential moorings Biodiversity and local food growing Allotments, agriculture sports facilities and burial space Play space, outdoor

7 8 9 CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 GB1 GB2 GB3 GB4 GB5 GB6 GB7 GB8 GB9

EQ1 EQ2 EQ3 EQ4 EQ5 EQ6 EQ7 EQ8 EQ9 EQ one volume - Contents Contents - volume two

12 SITE ALLOCATIONS 238 Site allocations overview 240 Site allocations in Isleworth 272 Site allocations in Chiswick 244 26 John Busch House and the Telephone Exchange 273 01 Dukes Meadow 245 27 Europa House 274 02 500 Chiswick High Road 246 28 Swan Court 275 03 Empire House 247 29 174 Twickenham Road 276 04 Hogarth Business Park 1 248 30 Rugby Road 277 05 Wheatstone House 249 31 Former West Thames College 278 Site allocations in Brentford 250 32 Nazareth House 279 06 BSkyB 251 Site allocations in Hounslow 280 07 Gillette 252 33 Royal Mail Delivery Office 281 08 Boston Manor House and Park 253 34 Bath Road 282 09 Gunnersbury Park 254 35 Bell Road 283 10 Reynard Mills 255 36 Central House 284 11 Albany Riverside 256 37 High Street Quarter 285 12 Alfa Laval 257 38 Hounslow House 286 13 Lionel Road 258 39 Kingsley Road 287 14 Brentford Football Club 259 40 Lampton Road 288 15 Brentford Police Station 260 41 London Road North 289 16 Commerce Road 261 42 London Road South - Site A 290 17 Brentford Waterside 262 43 London Road South - Site B 291 18 Morrisons Supermarket and Car Park 263 44 Civic Centre 292 19 Thames Water 264 45 Staines Road East 293 20 Alexandra House 265 46 Staines Road West 294 21 Brentford Bus Depot 266 47 Vacant Site, Hanworth Road 295 22 69-77 Boston Manor Road 267 48 Bus Garage 296 Site allocations in Osterley and Spring Grove 268 49 Upstage 297 23 632-652 London Road 269 50 Lampton House 298 24 Scout Hut at Star Road 270 51 Pears Road 299 25 South West of Gillette Corner 271 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

6 Hounslow | Local Plan 7 320 334 338 352 356 318 APPENDICES Implementation and monitoring framework Implementation Glossary schedule 2015 - 2030 Infrastructure delivery maps and designations Town centre boundary and neighbourhood centres Frontages in town 1 2 3 4 5 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 Note: Site numbering has been revised since the Note: Site numbering has been version publication of the August 2014 Submission Minor Changes and the October 2014 Illustrative version of this document. Site allocations in Hounslow West Site allocations in Cavalry Barracks Station Hounslow West Bombardier Aerospace Staines Road Bowls Club Sutton Lane Indoor Cranford and Heston Site allocations in Centre Heston Leisure Rectory Farm Cranford Lane Master Robert Hotel Site allocations in Feltham Feltham Arenas Feltham Ex-Servicemens Club Fern Grove Ashmead Depot, Hounslow Homes Site allocations in Hanworth Hanworth Library

65 61 62 63 64 57 58 59 60 52 53 54 55 56 two volume - Contents Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

8 Hounslow | Local Plan 9 chapter INTRODUCTION one introduction pUrPosE process 1.1 The Local Plan is a local development plan 1.2 The borough’s new Local Plan replaces all 1.3 The Local Plan has been prepared using document that sets out the council’s proposals of the policies and proposals in the Brentford Area feedback received through several consultations for the future development of the borough Action Plan (2009), the Employment Development stages (see below) before it was submitted over the next 15 years through a suite of new Plan Document (2008) and the saved policies in to the Secretary of State for independent planning policies. All local authorities are required the Unitary Development Plan (2007) and updates examination in August 2014. The examining to prepare a Local Plan with the objective of the policies map. The Local Plan process also Inspector assessed whether the Local Plan was contributing to the achievement of sustainable replaces the previous local development plan prepared in accordance with legal and procedural development, addressing the spatial implications terminology of Local Development Frameworks requirements, and whether the plan was ‘sound’. of economic, social and environmental change. led by a Core Strategy which the council had Following public hearings between February and previously been preparing. April 2015, the Inspector issued his report in July 2015, which concluded the Plan was sound, subject to modifications arising through the examination.

timetable september 2015 jan - feb 2015 august 2014 adoption march - april 2014 examination october 2013 submission proposed june - july 2013 submission revised site allocations Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local policy options 10 Hounslow | Local Plan 11

The Local Plan has been subject to Plan has been The Local

1.4 impact assessments, a number of statutory Appraisal (incorporating including Sustainability Assessment), Habitats Strategic Environmental and Equalities Impact Regulations Assessment of the options presented in Assessment. Each drafts were assessed for their the consultation objectives. This impact against sustainability process enabled the Sustainability Appraisal alternative options assessment of reasonable impacts. including a comparison of their likely other impact The Sustainability Appraisal and the draft assessments were published alongside Local Plan documents for consultation. appraisal sustainability introduction introduction

Policy AND context national planning policy framework 1.5 The starting point for developing policy 1.6 The core principle of the National Planning • Indicate broad locations for strategic options for the Local Plan is to address the Policy Framework (NPPF) is a ‘presumption development on a key diagram and land-use requirements set out in national planning policy in favour of sustainable development’, which designations on a policies map guidance and the Mayor of London’s spatial should be seen as a golden thread running • Allocate sites to promote development development strategy and guidance. Policy through plan making. Sustainable development • Identify areas where it may be necessary to options for the Local Plan were explored only is defined positively, seeking to meet the needs limit freedom to change the use of buildings where the opportunity for proposing reasonable of the borough unless the adverse impacts • Identify land where development would alternatives to national and regional policy existed would outweigh the benefits, or the NPPF be inappropriate, for instance due to its in order to meet local objectives or respond to indicates development should be restricted. It is environmental or historic significance local distinctiveness. Where an issue is adequately the role of the planning system to balance the • Contain a clear strategy for enhancing the addressed and no alternative options are available, three dimensions of sustainable development - natural, built and historic environment the policy options indicate that national or regional economic, social and environmental - to ensure policy will apply. that new development has a beneficial impact 1.7 More generally, the NPPF sets out on the local economy, environment and people’s guidance in relation to key planning principles quality of life, and to mitigate or protect the area including building a strong economy; ensuring from significant adverse impacts. the vitality of town centres; promoting sustainable transport; delivering a wide choice The NPPF requires that Local Plans of affordable homes; good design; promoting healthy communities; protecting open space and • Plan positively for the development and the built environment; conserving the historic infrastructure required in the area environment; and meeting the challenge of • Cover a 15-year timeframe, taking account of climate change. Further guidance and national longer term requirements policy is also published by government and this • Be based on co-operation with neighbouring is material to how planning decisions are made . authorities, public, voluntary and private sector The policies in the Local Plan must be consistent organisations with the principles and policies set out in the NPPF and address all of the Local Plan preparation requirements. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

12 Hounslow | Local Plan 13 Identification of the Heathrow Opportunity Opportunity of the Heathrow Identification London Borough of Area (shared with area to accommodate Hillingdon) as an housing and employment significant new of this aspect will be growth. The potential outcome of decisions to dependent on the future function of Heathrow be made on the Airport. a Hounslow (Great West Identification of Outer London Development Corridor) Strategic potential for Centre for employment use and Great West a further Opportunity Area at the Corridor. • • Key policy requirements set out in the Key policy requirements A minimum housing delivery target of 822 A minimum housing per annum throughout the additional homes from 470 per annum plan period, an increase period in the previous planning housing target, including Setting an affordable for affordable rented and separate targets intermediate housing and Locally Identifying and protecting Strategic Significant Industrial Sites centre Establishing the borough’s town as a hierarchy, identifying Hounslow a Major Metropolitan Centre, Chiswick as as District Centre and Brentford and Feltham Centres relation to Setting out detailed principles in and minimising carbon dioxide emissions sustainable design and construction of Strongly opposing any further expansion increase in Heathrow Airport that involves an the number of aircraft movements standards Setting out maximum car parking Continuing the protection of Metropolitan Land Green Belt and Metropolitan Open 1.11 to the borough and the London Plan in relation Local Plan include: draft Hounslow • • • • • • • •

The London Plan is the Spatial The London Plan sets out a significant The London Plan (REMA) to Revised Early Minor Alterations

plan london introduction 1.8 produced by the Mayor of Development Strategy strategic plan for development London setting the next 20-25 years. The Local in London over the to be in general conformity Plan is required Plan. The London Plan is also with the London development plan for the part of the statutory to be taken into account in the borough and has planning applications. determination of 1.9 to Local Plan number of requirements in relation in the preparation which must be addressed The Mayor development of the policy options. in relation also establishes a strategic approach scope for to key policy areas leaving limited local level. alternative policy options at the 1.10 in October the London Plan (2011) were adopted with the NPPF. 2013 to ensure that it is consistent Plan (FALP) Further Alterations to the London to were adopted in March 2015, responding growth in London changes in future projections of 2011 Census and that have been informed by the been prepared other evidence. This Local Plan has changes set in the understanding of the important housing target out in the FALP, including a new for the borough. introduction other strategies 1.12 The Local Plan takes forward the vision for the District set out in Future Borough: Hounslow Together’s Vision, Strategy and Action Plan, which forms the Sustainable Community Strategy for the borough.

‘A vision for Hounslow 2030’

1.13 Hounslow is a diverse borough, full of character, entrepreneurial spirit, and with huge potential. Over the next 20 years, Hounslow Together will work with the community to develop the borough to be distinctive, vibrant and thriving, with a happy, high-achieving community at its heart. The vision is set out under three priorities: people, place and economy. At the heart of the strategy is the aspiration for the borough to be a place where people enjoy living and choose to settle and stay. The community will be based around thriving town centres, and the economy will be a key player in west London and the Greater London economy, maximising the opportunities afforded from its unique location as the gateway to London. The Future Borough sets out its strategy for achieving the vision under four themes - leadership, people, place and economy - with long term outcomes for each and actions for the council and its partners. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

14 Hounslow | Local Plan 15 A consultation statement was published was published statement A consultation 1.17 Plan was submitted, alongside when the Local out this process, the this document, setting consultation and how they issues raised through This engagement meets have been addressed. of the council’s Statement of the requirements which sets out how the Community Involvement, be engaged when planning community should A further statement setting policy is prepared. Plan has met the ‘duty to co- out how the Local Act was operate’ requirements of the Localism also prepared. The Local Plan has been prepared in Plan has been The Local 1.16 engagement with the context of continuous the community, with public stakeholders and place in 2007 and 2011 for consultations taking Strategy and in 2013 for the Policy the earlier Core Plan and a subsequent Options for the Local Policy Options for the Revised Site Allocations Submission draft Local Plan. The Proposed March 2014, and the Local was published in to the Secretary of State in Plan was submitted the borough’s August 2014. The preparation of (‘Future Sustainable Community Strategy in 2011, also Borough’), which was published influenced the Local Plan.

A copy of the Future Borough strategy, A copy of the Future The Local Plan takes forward the spatial The Local Plan takes

introduction engagement which was published in 2011 following extensive which was published in 2011 following stakeholder engagement and community council’s consultation, can be found on the website at www.hounslow.gov.uk. 1.15 1.14 Future Borough strategy, elements of the our towns and local including regenerating distinctive and desirable centres, creating quality design and the communities through right types of housing, supporting provision of the and providing the necessary economic growth infrastructure. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

16 Hounslow | Local Plan 17 chapter spatial strategy two spatial strategy spatial vision 2.1 The Local Plan is the key to delivering the vision and aspirations of the local community for a vision for the London Borough of hounslow - 2030 the future development of the borough over the Hounslow will be a vibrant and growing borough, with a minimum of 12,330 additional new next 15 years. The Local Plan also includes the homes built between 2015 and 2030. These new homes will provide a range of housing detailed planning and land use policies which tenures, types and sizes in line with identified need. This will be part of a sustainable will be used by all decision makers considering development approach, with new community infrastructure provided to meet the needs of the development proposals for the use of land and borough’s expanded population. buildings in the borough. All planning and land use decisions must be taken in accordance with Development will be directed to areas that have capacity for change, including the borough’s the development plan (of which this Local Plan is town centres and the Great West Corridor. The many great landscape, natural and built heritage the principal part) unless material considerations assets and distinctive residential characters found across the borough will be protected and indicate otherwise. enhanced.

Town centres will become hubs of cultural, leisure, community and retail activity that support the growing population. Town centres will also be promoted as locations for economic growth, as places to do business. Growth will be focused first at Hounslow Metropolitan Centre and Brentford District Centre and later, the smaller town centres, where accessibility is greatest and shops and services necessary for successful communities, business and quality of life. They will provide opportunities for business services and for business to take place outside of the normal workplace.

Improved connectivity and transportation improvements will support the principal out-of-centre employment locations including on the Great West Corridor, focusing on digital and media and anchoring commercial growth and HQ offices at the gateway to central London. The stimulus of Heathrow Airport and innate entrepreneurship and innovation of the borough’s diverse peoples will continue to underpin local economy, with improved access to a range of jobs and skills for local people.

The quality of life and health of residents will be improved by the provision of supporting infrastructure and high quality and responsive design that respect and enhance local character. Significant local character, natural and heritage assets will be protected and enhanced to maximise their benefits to local residents and businesses. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

18 Hounslow | Local Plan 19 In striving to achieve sustainable In striving to achieve However in setting the overarching enhancing open space to meet the needs of the meet the needs open space to enhancing population; and environmental borough’s growing mitigating flood risk. protection including 2.6 Local Plan identifies three development the Borough that have capacity for key parts of the in the plan period. These are growth and change Centre, Brentford District Hounslow Metropolitan West Corridor (including Centre and the Great has already the Golden Mile). Significant work growth in been undertaken to deliver identified with the Hounslow and Brentford town centres, for Hounslow Local Plan informed by a Masterplan updated and Metropolitan Centre and has also Area superseded elements of the Brentford Action Plan (adopted in 2009). 2.7 the Council strategic policies in the Local Plan, to unlock needs to continuously explore ways the presumption further growth whilst satisfying This will in favour of sustainable development. in the London also meet requirements set out to be Plan for Local Plan housing targets extra housing augmented where possible with identified capacity to close the gap between to initiate this, housing need and supply. In order two area specific the Council intends to undertake - the Great West partial reviews of the Local Plan Corridor Plan and the West of Borough Plan. In establishing a local interpretation of the In establishing a NPPF’s At the core of this approach is the phase will be planned through supplement or supplement be planned through phase will Local Plan as necessary to amendment to this arising in the Heathrow address the opportunities Opportunity Area. 2.4 of sustainable development presumption in favour Government’s National Planning as set out in the (NPPF), the Local Plan sets Policy Framework to deliver a minimum of out strategic policies from the 2013 12,300 new homes using evidence Land Availability London-wide Strategic Housing Assessment (SHLAA). 2.5 meet the full requirement to ensure Local Plans and objectively assessed needs for affordable with the market housing, as far as is consistent policies in the framework. The framework includes or more of the a range of policies relating to one development three dimensions of sustainable and so (economic, social and environmental) to deliver the the Hounslow Local Plan seeks meeting optimum amount of housing whilst This the principles of sustainable development. sufficient includes ensuring the provision of providing space infrastructure to support growth; and places for for the borough’s growing economy quality of design people to work; achieving a high and enhance the to provide a high living standard borough’s context and character; protecting and The spatial strategy for the phases The spatial strategy for the phases This vision is set out in such a way This vision is set

of development of the borough to 2030 is of development of the borough in three clear summarised in the key diagram regeneration phases focused on: 1) continued town and focus on Brentford and Hounslow including on centres; 2) new urban opportunities western suburban the Great West Corridor; and 3) the future regeneration. During the plan period become clear function of Heathrow Airport will and the focus of the third western regeneration 2.3 2.2 council’s definition and local that it forms the the government’s overarching interpretation of favour of sustainable ‘presumption in seeks opportunities for all new development’, and (or impacting upon) the borough development in the achievement of sustainable to contribute to will be assessed and balanced development. This dimension, the social across the economic environmental dimension, both dimension and the The vision and now and for future generations. address the the policies contained in this Plan people, places distinctive circumstances of the are consistent and economy of the borough but planning with national and London-wide regional will work strategy and policies. The council development and positively with the promoters of problems and to local communities to overcome development on achieve high quality sustainable the ground. strategy spatial delivery spatial strategy POLICY SV1 - GREAT WEST CORRIDOR PLAN

Our approach (c) Coordinate the delivery of public and (g) Identify sites with suitability for tall We will work with residents and stakeholders private investment in transport infrastructure buildings following further urban design to explore and identify the potential capacity throughout the Great West Corridor as work; for additional employment-led mixed use identified in policy EC1; (h) Review existing employment development along the Great West Corridor (d) Progress the designation of the Great designations, including the Locally Significant and coordinate its regeneration. West Corridor as an Opportunity Area through Industrial Sites, through an Employment the review of the London Plan; Land Review and other appropriate evidence; We will achieve this by (e) Support the growth of the media and (i) Explore opportunities for mitigating and digital sectors in line with the London Plan’s reducing the impact of noise and air pollution Progressing a partial Local Plan review which identification of the area as a Strategic Outer for existing and future residents; will: London Development Centre; (j) Review local infrastructure requirements (a) Identify the extent of the Great West (f) Improve linkages with Brentford town through the preparation of an area-specific Corridor; centre through public realm enhancements Infrastructure Delivery Plan; and (b) Determine the location and sustainable and improved connectivity and access to (k) Proceed with initial informal public quantum of additional employment and amenities and facilities for the businesses and consultation commencing before the end of residential development above existing Local workforce in the area; 2015 and a target for adoption by the end of Plan levels for implementation through new 2018. site allocations; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

20 Hounslow | Local Plan 21 A crucial element of the Great West element of the A crucial of The council will work with the Mayor 2.10 be the implementation of public Corridor Plan will to and along the corridor transport improvements of how the improved and the consideration would result can unlock delivery sustainability that of new jobs and homes of an additional number proposed under the existing than that currently development. In other confines of sustainable to ensure the delivery of ‘game words it will seek - including new passenger changing’ infrastructure delivery of rail connections - to facilitate the the gap additional growth, and help to narrow housing need between full objectively assessed the limits of and deliverable housing supply within sustainable development. 2.11 to define London and neighbouring authorities development and implement a strategic economic Once concept for the Great West Corridor. Plan will alter adopted, the Great West Corridor Plan, being and form part of the borough’s Local and for the used to direct investment decisions assessment of planning applications. The Great West Corridor is recognised West Corridor The Great 2.9 function of greater for having an economic importance in the digital and than sub-regional for this reason is identified media sector, and as a Strategic Outer London in the London Plan (SOLDC). The London Development Centre the area as a potential Plan also establishes The council will define and Opportunity Area. (Great West Corridor) implement the Hounslow the possibility of a new SOLDC and explore Plan review Opportunity Area through a Local West Corridor specific to this area. The Great to the Plan will seek to address constraints and co-ordinate corridor’s economic development specific its regeneration. It will include area relate to the policies and site allocations which help facilitate Local Plan’s strategic policies, but stakeholder their delivery and enable further and change. engagement in the area of growth The Great West Corridor follows the The Great West

strategic roads of the A4 and M4 from Osterley strategic roads of Brentford to Chiswick in in the west through first major commercial part of the east. It is the on the route from Heathrow London reached London and for this reason, Airport into central century, has become well throughout the 20th leading strategic industrial established as a and area for new ‘cutting edge’ technologies has become the manufacturing. More recently it and media focus for new investment in digital such as the business of international significance western end of BskyB Campus at Osterley to the Business Park at the corridor and at the Chiswick the Great West the eastern end. This stretch of reflecting its Road is known as the ‘Golden Mile’, the presence of important economic function, and constraints major businesses. There are however poor on the corridor’s potential, including environmental public transport connectivity and function of challenges arising from the transport of heritage assets the A4/M4, whilst the proximity places limits on building heights. 2.8 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We strategy spatial POLICY SV1 - GREAT WEST CORRIDOR PLAN CORRIDOR WEST SV1 - GREAT POLICY spatial strategy POLICY SV2 - WEST OF BOROUGH PLAN

Our approach the London Borough of Hillingdon and other We will work with local residents and stakeholders to progress the Heathrow stakeholders to facilitate regeneration and Opportunity Area identified in the London Plan; additional residential and employment (g) Proactively plan those areas surrounding growth in the west of the borough taking in Heathrow Airport to secure positive economic, the centres of Feltham, Bedfont, Hanworth, environmental and social benefits and Cranford and Heston. environment mitigation; (h) Tackle health inequalities and promote We will achieve this by healthy living; Progressing a partial Local Plan review which (i) Explore opportunities to bring a Higher will: Education Institution into the west of the borough; (a) Identify the extent of the West of Borough Plan; (j) Assess the future need for accommodation for Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling (b) Determine the location and sustainable Showpeople in the borough during the quantum of additional employment and Local Plan period, and should such needs residential development above existing Local be identified, set pitch and plot targets and Plan levels for implementation through new to identify a supply of specific deliverable site allocations; sites and broad locations for growth, all in (c) Implement the findings of the accordance with Policy SC9 and national Comprehensive Green Belt Review; policy; (d) Take forward the recommendations in the (k) Review local infrastructure requirements Feltham Town Centre Master Plan; through the preparation of an area-specific (e) Review existing employment designations Infrastructure Delivery Plan; and through the preparation of an Employment (l) Proceed with initial informal consultation Land Review; commencing before the end of 2015 and a (f) Joint working with the Greater London target for adoption by the end of 2018. Authority, neighbouring authorities including Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

22 Hounslow | Local Plan 23 The immediate proximity to Heathrow proximity The immediate 2.13 specific opportunities and Airport also provides part of the borough which are constraints for this of the council. The western not within the control logistics and warehousing area has a strong some of the most valuable market creating Europe. The area also hosts industrial land in of high technology an important concentration around Bedfont Lakes, companies at and benefit from the exceptional companies which It also benefits global accessibility of this location. its from large areas of open space reflecting metropolitan position at the edge of the London the area area. However, in terms of constraints, with large does suffer from road congestion and many areas poorly served by public transport, The West of areas are affected by aircraft noise. an opportunity Borough Plan will therefore provide of this area to take the lead on shaping the growth improvements once the future of Heathrow, and made clearer to surface access to it, have been Commission. following the findings of the Davies GLA and This will include working with the Heathrow other partners to take forward the Opportunity Area. The West of Borough Plan will include The West of Borough

the centres of Feltham, Bedfont, Hanworth, the centres of Feltham, together with the whole Cranford and Heston designated Green Belt. It also of the borough’s Mayor’s Heathrow Opportunity forms part of the of the Plan is to: facilitate Area. The purpose growth; implement the additional housing Green Belt Review; take forward findings of the centre; the master plan for Feltham town infrastructure consider the deliverability of further capacity and improvements; and explore the floorspace. viability of increased employment 2.12 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We strategy spatial POLICY SV2 - WEST OF BOROUGH PLAN OF BOROUGH SV2 - WEST POLICY spatial strategy SUPPORTING STATEMENT TO THE VISION 2.14 The London Borough of Hounslow will continue to be a key contributor to London’s economy, with the Great West Corridor Strategic Outer London Development Centre evolving as the Gateway to London from Heathrow Airport and the M4 Corridor. The economic stimulus of Heathrow Airport will continue to be respected, with supply chain opportunities maximised. The role of the Heathrow Opportunity Area will be further defined throughout the plan period once the future of Heathrow Airport is confirmed.

2.15 Building on the innovation of the ‘Golden Mile’ that developed in the 20th century interwar period, the Great West Corridor will be transformed into a place fit for business in the 21st century, with the delivery of well-designed economic dimension mixed use developments that build on the Great West Road’s commercial frontage and protect 2.16 Improved connectivity will be fundamental Junction via Old Oak Common, these services existing employment uses. The economic to delivering the vision, both connecting the will enable Outer London orbital rail connections stimulus and digital and media specialism Great West Corridor to the borough’s town to Crossrail and HS2. Such strategic transport anchored by the BSkyB Campus and Chiswick centres, and beyond these to the strategic rail improvements, together with more localised Business Park will be maximised, including new network and international travel network. The enhancements to public realm and pedestrian business and supply chain opportunities. Evidence improved connections from the workplace will and cycle routes, will help unlock a broader range indicates that demand for high grade office space create opportunities in town centres for local of employment and training opportunities to the from multinational corporations in high growth business services and networks to develop and borough’s residents and underpin the supply sectors such as hi-tech, media and pharmaceutical create opportunities to do business outside of the chain. These developments will create new local companies will also continue to be strong to 2030. normal workplace environment. A new passenger economic opportunities and support the borough’s service will connect Brentford District Centre many smaller and younger firms and highly and employees and businesses on the Great entrepreneurial economy to develop and remain West Corridor to the new Crossrail network at in the borough. It will help reduce the mismatch Southall. Once coupled with a further passenger in local skills and employment opportunities, and Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local service between Hounslow Station and Willesden promote more sustainable travel patterns. 24 Hounslow | Local Plan 25 To the west of the borough the major of the borough To the west Area The role of the Heathrow Opportunity The borough’s future economic 2.19 distribution sites such business and transport Trading Estate and Transport as North Feltham technology office locations Avenue, and the will consolidate. While their at Bedfont Lakes be diversified the economic economic base will Airport will continue to be stimulus of Heathrow optimal supply chain opportunities respected; with representation of and continued major distributive and support international companies, relationship with functions based on the proximity Heathrow Airport secure. 2.20 the plan period will be further defined throughout Airport and its once the future role of Heathrow configuration is confirmed. 2.21 performance will grow as the highly entrepreneurial and intrinsically competitive of places, resident businesses utilise the diversity found in the talents and locational advantages London Borough of Hounslow. Such economic development opportunities opportunities development Such economic 2.18 catalyst to regenerate the will be used as a centres, especially Hounslow borough’s town and Brentford District Metropolitan Centre on the model achieved with the Centre, building Business Park. Major mixed success of Chiswick will be delivered, including use developments Street Quarter, which will help Hounslow High town centres into some transform the borough’s most vibrant destinations for of west London’s offer. The Local a diversity of cultural and leisure of town Plan will seek to ensure a diversification the day centre uses to achieve activity during servicing the and night that acts as a focus for Retail, businesses diversity of local cultural needs. uses and consumer services, and residential the case for are part of this consideration, but to residential conversion of commercial space wider town uses will be carefully balanced against places that centre uses to promote and enhance employment can deliver economic growth and and cultural and must include leisure, community in Hounslow facilities. This will be underpinned new town centre by the council occupying centre. This accessible premises in the town opportunities will all also help provide accessible throughout for soft networking for companies West the borough, including those at Great supply chain Corridor, which will in turn create opportunities for local businesses.

The places with the best public transport public transport with the best The places

2.17 the four town centres reflecting accessibility are hubs and providers of shops their role as local catchments. Land use and services to local appropriate, permit higher decisions will, where where a high quality densities of development and enable protection of of design is achieved space for commercial uses suitable commercial to ensure these advantages are at these locations to short-term expediency. Local not squandered residential shops and services serving nearby there is an areas will also be protected where identified need. SUPPORTING STATEMENT TO THE VISION TO STATEMENT SUPPORTING strategy spatial spatial strategy SUPPORTING STATEMENT TO THE VISION 2.22 The population of the London Borough of Hounslow will continue to grow rapidly, increasing by a further 30,000 people to reach approximately social dimension 314,000 by 2030. The people will be of many backgrounds, ages, abilities and faiths, but they will share great ambitions for our borough and its future. While some of the population will move on, an increasing proportion will choose to stay permanently in the borough that embraces diversity and change; offers the quality and types of homes, community, cultural and religious facilities they need and want; offers the health, education and leisure opportunities for the quality of life they want, together with improving economic opportunities and environmental quality. By 2030, a quarter of the population will be under the age of 18 and nearly 15% will be over the age of 65. Health and care services and an increasing provision of adaptable Lifetime homes 2.23 Between 2015 and 2030 over 12,300 and intermediate tenures, and for market rent and support packages will enable older people to net additional homes will have been completed and purchase at a range of price points and remain near family. to add to the stock of 98,000 (in 2011). This across the geography of the borough. 40% of requires a huge ‘step change’ in housing delivery all the newly built homes will be available on compared to previous targets. A housing delivery affordable terms, including specialist affordable strategy will ensure this will be achieved and housing to meet demonstrated evidence of maintained to ensure continuous supply of need. New homes will comply with London- housing development opportunities, together with wide minimum space and accessibility standards an ambitious programme of delivery of additional and with specific additional requirements for affordable homes and specialist independent external private amenity space to ensure that our and non-independent supported living. A broad housing continues to offer the best aspects of mixture of housing types and tenures will be suburban amenities that local people want. The achieved to meet the needs and aspirations quantity of school and early year’s places will of local people, including well-designed HMO be dramatically expanded to meet the needs of Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local accommodation in suitable locations, affordable the growth in population. These will be provided 26 Hounslow | Local Plan 27 The people of the borough will have of the borough The people 2.25 living longer, more healthier life styles, healthier lives. New health independent and the needs of the growing facilities will meet a new Heston Health population including be encouraged to participate Centre. People will the future planning of in decisions about including through local their neighbourhoods neighbourhood plans.

Unemployment will remain low compared Unemployment will remain low

SUPPORTING STATEMENT TO THE VISION TO STATEMENT SUPPORTING strategy spatial to London and UK averages and the rates of to London and UK averages and will have reduced inward and outward commuting borough compared to 2015 levels as more residents secure higher value employment percentage within the borough or close by. The in areas within of the borough population living will be the most deprived areas in London secured reduced. Assisted with contributions and Community through Section 106 agreements through Infrastructure Levy and coordinated the necessary the Infrastructure Delivery Plan, needed to physical and social infrastructure population supported new development and manner. change will be provided in a timely 2.24 through the mixed provision of expanded state of expanded the mixed provision through private and free schools schools, new academies, of good quality school places offering a choice distribution. Further and in a balanced accessible facilities in the borough and skills higher education training will be expanded and and employment with local employers, enhanced in partnership employment and training including brokered residents in new developments. opportunities for spatial strategy SUPPORTING STATEMENT TO THE VISION 2.26 The London Borough of Hounslow enjoys major natural and built environmental assets but also faces severe challenges.

2.27 The borough has developed along key road and rail routes which now carry heavy volumes of traffic to and from central London, and Heathrow Airport, immediately to the west, generates significant surface traffic. This is further exacerbated by peak hour commuter traffic and local traffic movement through-out the day and night. The limitations of the local public transport, particularly for north-south movement across the main radial routes, create a local reliance on the private car. The scope for walking and cycling is limited in places by man-made and natural physical obstacles. This contributes to air pollution environmental dimension and together with flights in and out of Heathrow Airport, to noise pollution which can disrupt passenger service between Hounslow Station 2.29 The borough will continue to enjoy one of conversation and other activities such as learning, and Brent Cross via Old Oak Common will enable the largest amounts of open space in London. The and can increase stress and disturb concentration, Outer London orbital rail connections to Crossrail functional Green Belt will continue to cover open rest and sleep. and the new HS2 interchange on the west side of space in the west of the borough up to Hounslow London. A full Piccadilly line service at Turnham Heath, which is south west of Hounslow town 2.28 By 2030 land use and transport planning Green will improve service to the Chiswick area, centre. Large and valued open spaces within the strategy will have produced a range of major and and surface level access to Heathrow Airport borough designated as Metropolitan Open Land minor projects and decisions that will together via the South West Trains network will improve will be equally protected. These include Osterley mitigate and avoid some of these impacts. Public service levels in the south and west of the Park, Chiswick House and Grounds, Duke’s transport accessibility will be greatly improved borough. Bus and cycle networks will be improved Meadows, Gunnersbury Park, Boston Manor through current programmes of rail service with a particular focus on linking out-of-centre Park and Syon Park. Many smaller open spaces upgrade and new rail passenger services will business locations with town centres, such as and parks in the borough play a valuable role in connect Brentford, the Great West Road and between Great West and Brentford. providing for more informal recreation including Great West Corridor with the new Crossrail dog walking and children’s play and will continue Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local network at Southall. This together with a new rail to be protected. In addition to the recreational 28 Hounslow | Local Plan 29 Significant to influencing new Significant to influencing designated assets documented to the Heritage to the Heritage assets documented designated so that their significance Environment Record and responded to in all is properly understood impacting on them. development proposals will be protected and Archaeological heritage to its significance. respected according 2.35 take place by 2030, are the development to of existing development and history and pattern places within the distinct characteristics of the in the the borough. These have been identified Context London Borough of Hounslow Urban are less and Character Study. Some places so; the design of sensitive to change, some more to respond to all development will be expected in this resource cues and sensitivities identified of innovative and others to achieve a high quality All and respectful development as appropriate. to London- new development will be constructed and water wide sustainable construction, energy for three local use and drainage standards save will be placed requirements. Additional emphasis of air quality and on the mitigation and avoidance for carbon noise problems, and opportunities existing off-setting investment into retrofitting will be poorly performing homes and buildings maximised. The vision and growth strategy will be The vision and growth borough The rich and varied heritage of the of these waterways are key elements of the of these waterways and make contributions borough’s environment ecology, transportation network to the landscape, of the area, including the large and local amenity as Osterley Park, Thames-side open spaces such and urban Brentford. 2.33 into areas that have capacity to direct growth protecting and enhancing the for change, while built heritage many great landscape, natural and residential assets, and the distinctive established characters found across the borough. 2.34 heritage includes many very important designated areas (mostly assets. There are 27 conservation in Chiswick, concentrated in the east of borough, 885 statutorily Brentford and Isleworth, and some and domestic. listed properties, both commercial of west The borough also contains some at Chiswick, London’s remaining Great Estates and Syon, Gunnersbury, Boston Manor, Osterley borough which a unique and distinct aspect of the environmental and contributes significantly to the assets have cultural wealth of the borough. These townscape of a considerable influence on the non-designated the borough, but so too do many buildings of assets, including 262 locally listed variety of other townscape character and a wide assets important to local communities. Further designations will be made as appropriate and non- The local community will bring forward The local community west, Council-owned open space in the and Planning decisions and joint strategy

2.31 2.32 their nominations for ‘community assets’ and their nominations for ‘community afforded additional when recognised, these will be and other council protections in land use planning strategies. will be enhanced including that in the Green Belt, and quality in terms of access, use for recreation However, the of environmental and biodiversity. Green Belt visual quality and openness of the quality open will remain paramount. The poorer and Heston spaces in the west and Cranford located in areas, with the higher quality spaces will all be Isleworth, Brentford and Chiswick, enhanced. partners will action between the council and Network in protect and enhance the Blue Ribbon strategic the borough, which is part of London’s network of water spaces covering the River Thames, canals, tributary rivers, lakes, reservoirs and docks along with smaller waterbodies. All 2.30 open spaces, the borough also has multiple nature borough also has multiple nature open spaces, the The most important of these conservation areas. (including the reservoirs), is Kempton Waterworks south of the borough which is situated in the far of Special Scientific Interest, designated a Site Area and a RAMSAR a Special Protection wider South West London site as part of the Waterbodies designation.

SUPPORTING STATEMENT TO THE VISION TO STATEMENT SUPPORTING strategy spatial spatial strategy Objectives 2.36 The eight Objectives of the Plan are derived from the Sustainable Community Strategy and earlier work on the draft Core Strategy. The objectives and corresponding Local Plan policies are set out below:

Objective one Objective two Supporting our town centres 01 Promoting economic growth and inward investment 02

2.37 To maintain our town centres as a focus for the community and to 2.38 To encourage inward investment and facilitate job growth by attract investment, through an improved retail and service offer, new leisure maintaining the supply of employment land, allocating development sites and cultural facilities, and new residential quarters. Enhanced public realm to accommodate forecasted employment growth and supporting our and environmental improvements will also help build their identity. existing employers to expand. To make the London Borough of Hounslow an attractive place to do business by creating an environment conducive to Policy TC1 Town centre and neighbourhood network entrepreneurs and ensuring our residents are appropriately skilled. Policy TC2 Ensuring the future vitality of town centres Policy TC3 Managing the growth of retail and other main town centre Policy ED1 Promoting employment growth and development uses Policy ED2 Maintaining the borough’s industrial land supply Policy TC4 Managing uses in town centres Policy ED3 Hotels and visitor accommodation Policy TC5 Managing neighbourhood centres and isolated shops Policy ED4 Enhancing local skills Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

30 Hounslow | Local Plan 31 04 Context and character Urban design and architecture Tall buildings Heritage and structures Advertisement panels, hoardings To recognise the varied character of the borough’s districts and seek varied character of the borough’s To recognise the four Objective xt character and conte Reinforcing local 2.40 heritage assets and overall enhance their special qualities, to preserve and with the promotion of well- and appearance. Combine this townscape quality the needs of 21st century urban living and designed development that meets of an area. contributes positively to the character Policy CC1 Policy CC2 Policy CC3 Policy CC4 Policy CC5

03 Managing building conversions and sub-division of the existing the of sub-division and conversions building Managing Housing growth housing Maximising the provision of affordable size and type Meeting the need for a mix of housing development Scale and density of new housing space Ensuring suitable internal and external Residential extensions and alterations Specialist and supported housing Showpeople Gypsy and Traveller and Travelling hostels and bed and Housing in Multiple Occupation, breakfast accommodation Student accommodation

To provide a mix of housing types and tenures to meet the needs of housing types and tenures to To provide a mix

three Objective mixed communities Delivering sustainable 2.39 of our growing population including affordable housing, aspirational family including affordable housing, of our growing population to allow people to choose quality provision for the elderly homes and high their lives and create stable mixed to live in the borough throughout communities. Policy SC1 Policy SC2 Policy SC3 Policy SC4 Policy SC5 Policy SC6 housing stock housing Policy SC7 Policy SC8 Policy SC9 Policy SC10 Policy SC11

Objectives strategy spatial spatial strategy Objectives Objective five Objective six Maximising the benefits of our green and 05 Delivering community infrastructure 06 blue infrastructure

2.41 To protect, maintain and improve the openness, access, amenity, 2.42 To ensure the delivery of appropriate infrastructure providing a range biodiversity, and recreational value of the borough’s green and blue spaces of community, education, health, cultural, sport and entertainment facilities to maximise their health and wellbeing benefits to our communities. To that will support the borough’s growing community and which are seen as a enhance existing green infrastructure links and create new ones to connect positive reason for visiting, living in and working in the borough. green and blue spaces and facilitate better access for local residents and contribute to biodiversity and wider environmental resilience. Policy CI1 Providing and protecting community facilities Policy CI2 Education and school places Policy GB 1 Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land Policy CI3 Health facilities and healthy places Policy GB 2 Open space Policy CI4 Culture and leisure facilities Policy GB 3 Open space in education use Policy CI5 Places of worship Policy GB 4 The Green Infrastructure Network Policy GB 5 Blue Ribbon Network Policy GB 6 Residential moorings Policy GB 7 Biodiversity Policy GB 8 Allotments, agriculture and local food growing Policy GB 9 Play space, outdoor sports facilities and burial space Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

32 Hounslow | Local Plan 33 08 Strategic transport connections network Developing a sustainable local transport Heathrow Airport Telecommunications To promote ease of movement for all through enhancing public of movement for all through enhancing To promote ease eight Objective Enhancing connectivity 2.44 genuine alternatives and walking measures to provide transport, cycling improve the provision for the majority of journeys. To to private vehicles to increase the attractiveness of the of telecommunications infrastructure the need for commuting. borough to business, and reduce Policy EC1 Policy EC2 Policy EC3 Policy EC4 07 Energy and carbon reduction Sustainable design and construction Flood risk and surface water management Air quality Noise Lighting Sustainable waste management Contamination Hazardous substances Minerals To protect from, mitigate and seek to reduce the detrimental effects mitigate and seek to reduce the To protect from,

seven Objective quality Ensuring environmental

Objectives strategy spatial Policy EQ2 Policy EQ3 Policy EQ4 Policy EQ5 Policy EQ6 Policy EQ7 Policy EQ8 Policy EQ9 Policy EQ10 2.43 Policy EQ1 of noise, poor air quality and general environmental pollution through strong quality and general environmental of noise, poor air of, and adaptation To promote the mitigation environmental standards. for sustainable design and to, climate change through requirements the management of flood risk; and construction; reduced carbon emissions; conservation of resources. spatial strategy spatial strategy key diagram 2.45 The Key Diagram shows the spatial development strategy for Hounslow to 2030. It identifies Hounslow and Brentford as the areas of significant growth, investment and regeneration during the Local Plan period. It also highlights two areas of the borough with significant potential for additional future growth in the form of the Heathrow Opportunity Area and the emerging Great West Corridor Opportunity Area.

economic dimension social dimension environmental dimension

+ +

Figure 1: Economic dimension diagram Figure 2: Social dimension diagram Figure 3: Environmental dimension diagram Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 34

key diagram

diagram key strategy spatial strategy spatial Figure 4: Key diagram spatial strategy spatial strategy for ten districts 2.46 The ten districts equate to the ten study areas established for the London Borough of Hounslow Urban Context and Character Study (2014), an important part of the evidence base for the Local Plan. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

36 Hounslow | Local Plan 37

of the borough THE ten districts strategy spatial

Figure 5: Ten districts of the borough diagram ten districts for strategy spatial spatial strategy CHISWICK our approach We will achieve this by 2.47 Chiswick will benefit from modest levels of 2.49 We will achieve this by 5. Securing improved public transport provision growth over the next 15 years which will deliver 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated including: more frequent Piccadilly line stops at much needed housing and jobs. This investment sites including: 500 Chiswick High Road, Empire Turnham Green; improved capacity and access will help deliver local infrastructure improvements, House, Wheatstone House and Hogarth Business at Gunnersbury Station so that it can handle including improvements to Turnham Green, to Park; commuter traffic from CBP; new rail link from Dukes Meadows and reducing the barrier created 2. Transforming the area north of Chiswick Hounslow to Willesden Junction via the proposed by the A4 and the North Circular Road. roundabout - the beginning of the Golden Mile west London transport interchange at Old Oak - and connecting this growth with Chiswick Common (links to Crossrail and High Speed 2); 2.48 Chiswick will continue to be a much-loved Business Park (CBP) and Power Road business 6. Protecting and enhancing the much-loved neighbourhood characterised by its low-rise, area; low to medium-rise Victorian and Edwardian compact grid pattern nestled along the River 3. Preserving and enhancing the High Road townscape of two to three storey terraced Thames, well-known for its heritage assets such through: housing and promoting this type as a cue for as Hogarth House and Chiswick House and leafy • Recognising and responding to its historic, future developments; streets, riverfront walks, collection of pubs and well established character of 3 to 4 storey 7. Reducing the north-south pedestrian barrier of its thriving High Road. Development proposals mixed use buildings and promoting sensitive the A4 through streetscape improvements and will be expected to respect and respond to this infill development; other traffic calming/highway design measures; established character in a sensitive, thoughtful, • Wider public realm improvements including 8. Preserving and enhancing the semi-open yet contemporary manner. careful maintenance of the mature plane trees landscape in the south for the wide variety of that line the high road; and sports and leisure activities that take place; • Supporting the diverse mix of local continuing the development of a sporting hub at independent shops and businesses; Dukes Meadow; and 4. Harnessing the full economic stimulus of and 9. Promoting the area’s connection with and to linkages to CBP westwards towards the Power the River Thames by protecting and enhancing Road business area, Brentford and the Golden river-related facilities, improving legibility, Mile - providing places to do business and soft accessibility, continuity and quality of the Thames networking; Path. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

strategy spatial Figure 6: Chiswick spatial diagram

this will look like what CHISWICK spatial strategy brentford our approach We will achieve this by 2.50 As one of the districts of the borough 2.52 We will achieve this by 3. Promoting the Golden Mile as a strategic that provides the most opportunity for change, 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated employment area by supporting the expansion Brentford will benefit from high levels of sites including: BSkyB, Gillette, Reynard Mills and of existing employers, seeking to deliver a funda- regeneration and growth over the next 15 years, Brentford Waterside; mental change in the accessibility of the area by which will deliver much needed housing and 2. Regenerating Brentford town centre as a public transport, improving the visual environment jobs, as well as improved infrastructure, retail vibrant District Centre that celebrates the town’s including a reduction in advertisement clutter and leisure. This investment will focus on the heritage and waterside location, through: and retaining the commercial character of the Golden Mile section of the A4 Great West Road, • Maximising the centre’s vitality and viability by roadside, as well as improving the connections to Brentford town centre and the land south of the promoting an increase in town centre floor- Brentford town centre; High Street and north of the confluence of the space appropriate in scale for a District Centre; 4. Promoting the provision of major public trans- Rivers Brent and Thames. • Reconnecting the High Street with the cen- port improvements for the Great West Road and tre’s wealth of historical assets which have Brentford as a whole, including new rail links to 2.51 Brentford, though lacking cohesion and been undervalued and neglected for many the Crossrail line at Southall and from Hounslow subject to high levels of traffic, traffic and aircraft years and a canal side environment which is station to Willesden Junction via the proposed noise and air pollution, has a unique and varied unique in character, enjoyable and diverse in west London transport interchange at Old Oak townscape with distinctive built and natural the variety of uses it provides; Common (links to Crossrail and High Speed 2); environments that are significant to its identity • Supporting the new retail with a mix of leisure, 5. Placemaking and connecting the Golden Mile and sense of place. These include waterways entertainment and cultural uses which pro- with development in the areas north and west of and waterside environments, historic buildings, mote greater use of the canal side, primarily Chiswick roundabout and with Chiswick Business the Golden Mile, and a large number of cultural on the Brentford Waterside site to the south Park; and recreational assets. Development proposals of Brentford High Street; 6. Supporting the relocation of Brentford Football will be expected to respond to the negative • Securing the future of the Waterman’s Arts Club to a site on Lionel Road South; issues and respect and enhance the established Centre including promoting its potential reloca- 7. Supporting Brentford’s distinctive role for the character. tion to Brentford town centre; provision of waterside industries and support fa- • Ensuring provision of short-term shopper car cilities, and reconnecting the area with its unique parking within the town centre; waterside location; • Promoting improvements to the High Street to 8. Securing the restoration and regeneration of improve the environment for pedestrians and Gunnersbury Park and Mansions, and Boston to ease north-south movement; and Manor House and Grounds; and • Identifying a site for the creation of a new 9. Targeting the social, economic and environ- market square in front of the old Magistrates mental improvements to the Haverfield, Brentford

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local Court on Brentford High Street. Towers and Syon estates as areas with high levels of deprivation (identified Areas of Regeneration). 40 Hounslow | Local Plan 41

this will look like what strategy spatial

Figure 7: Brentford spatial strategy diagram brentford spatial strategy osterley and spring grove our approach We will achieve this by 2.53 Aside from Osterley Park, the district is 2.55 We will achieve this by 6. Securing improved public transport provision predominantly residential in land use and can be 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated through a new rail link from Hounslow station to subdivided into the largely homogeneous Osterley sites including: land southwest of Gillette Corner Willesden Junction via the proposed west London to the north and the more diverse Spring Grove to and 632-652 London Road; transport interchange at Old Oak Common (links the south. 2. Promoting sensitive infill and peripheral to Crossrail and High Speed 2); development which provides a positive 7. Promoting pedestrian and cycle links between 2.54 The area will continue to be residential in contribution to the townscape and its 19th century the River Thames at Isleworth and Osterley Park character and the planning approach will focus on core; via the district’s historic core; and infill and peripheral development which respects 3. Protecting existing local shopping provision on 8. Allocating a site for the provision of a new the heritage assets and the green and blue Thornbury Road; Special Education Needs school on the existing infrastructure found there. 4. Promoting Osterley House and Park as key open space off Gresham Road. heritage and green assets; 5. Protecting views to Osterley Park and from within and across existing areas of Metropolitan Open Land; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

strategy spatial Figure 8: Osterley & Spring Grove spatial strategy diagram

this will look like what spring grove and osterley spatial strategy isleworth our approach We will achieve this by 2.56 Isleworth derives much of its special 2.58 We will achieve this by 5. Promoting and supporting enterprise and character from its relationship with the River 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated commerce on South Street to ensure a vibrant Thames, a major influence on its settlement sites including: Nazareth/Isleworth House, and prosperous local centre for the area; pattern. The area has undergone significant Europa House and John Bush House/Telephone 6. Targeting social, economic and environmental growth in the past 100 years, with interwar and Exchange; improvements to the Ivybridge and Worton postwar housing estates filling in any remaining 2. Maintaining and improving the riverside village estates as areas with high levels of deprivation gaps in the townscape. character through preserving and protecting the (Identified Areas of Regeneration); and varied townscape; 7. Promoting the area’s connection with and to 2.57 There is little room for new development 3. Utilising any opportunities to improve the River Thames by protecting and enhancing and this is reflected in the planning approach pedestrian access to and along the Duke of river-related facilities, improving the Thames Path which focuses on safeguarding and promoting the Northumberland’s River and River Crane, whilst and safeguarding Isleworth Ait and views to this established character. improving the riverside habitats for the diverse important local nature reserve. wildlife that exists; 4. Safeguarding Mogden Sewage Works and working with Thames Water to address and mitigate the environmental impacts on neighbouring residents; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

strategy spatial this will look like what

Figure 9: Isleworth spatial strategy diagram isleworth spatial strategy hounslow our approach We will achieve this by 2.59 Over the next 15 years the Central 2.62 We will achieve this by 3. Delivering over 3,000 new homes over the plan Hounslow district will benefit from significant 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated period that offer contemporary town centre living growth, predominantly on brownfield sites in sites including: High Street Quarter, Civic Centre, in a range of house types and tenures; and around the High Street. This growth will be Bus Grarage and London Road North and South; 4. Redeveloping the Civic Centre site in a supported by a coordinated regeneration program 2. Delivering the vision set out in the way which supports the surrounding low-rise, of massive public and private sector investment, Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan to create ‘A residential character of the area and complements which will help to transform the high street into a cosmopolitan 24 hour town centre community… the park landscape; prosperous 24 hour town centre community. offering an exciting cultural experience that cannot 5. Conserving and enhancing the St Stephen’s be found elsewhere in west London’, securing the Road conservation area, and exploring the 2.60 The high street will recapture its civic role future of Hounslow town centre as a Metropolitan suitability of the Inwood Road area and surrounds with the relocation of Hounslow Council offices Centre. The town centre will: for conservation area status; which will help strengthen it as a place to do • be economically prosperous with a significant 6. Enhancing the compact, lower-rise, family business, network, meet friends, shop and live, increase in retail floorspace and business housing character of surrounding residential supported by a transformed public realm and new premises and a diversification of land uses communities that lie to the north and south of the cultural and leisure attractions. creating new jobs; high street; and • be a shopping, cultural and leisure destination 7. Creating new open spaces where possible 2.61 Concentrating uses and growth will in outer west London; and improving and connecting existing spaces to create a compact, prosperous and contained • once again have a significant civic role with the address local deficiency and accessibility issues. centre, highly accessible by public transport and building of a new council civic centre; improving the quality of pedestrian routes to • have a transformed and upgraded public realm and from Hounslow Central and Hounslow East with new multipurpose public spaces for underground stations. cultural events and social gatherings; and • be easily accessible by bike and foot by the improvement of routes from and to Hounslow Central and Hounslow East stations and surrounding streets. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

46 Hounslow | Local Plan 47

hounslow strategy spatial this will look like what Figure 10: Hounslow spatial strategy diagram spatial strategy hounslow west our approach We will achieve this by 2.63 The distinction between the districts of 2.65 We will achieve this by 4. Continuing to protect the special architectural Hounslow and Hounslow West is subtle, though 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated and historic buildings at Hounslow Barracks; the cluster of restaurants, shops and cafes in and sites including: Cavalry Barracks, Hounslow West 5. Targeting social, economic and environmental around Hounslow West tube station has a distinct Station and Bombardier Aerospace; improvements to the identified Areas for character which differs from the busier and more 2. Protecting the vibrant collection of shops, Regeneration with high levels of deprivation; and built-up Hounslow town centre to the east. restaurants and cafes along Bath Road; 6. Opening up access to and along the River 3. Promoting the greater utilisation of land Crane particularly from Hounslow Heath. 2.64 Development should build upon the surrounding Hounslow West Station; subtleties of character, the heritage assets and the green and blue infrastructure found in the district. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

48 Hounslow | Local Plan 49

west hounslow strategy spatial Figure 11: Hounslow West spatial strategy diagram this will look like what spatial strategy cranford and heston our approach We will achieve this by 2.66 Once two separate villages, Cranford and 2.68 We will achieve this by 6. Supporting the redevelopment of Heston Heston are today merged together, with swathes 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated Leisure Centre and Heston Health Centre; of inter-war and post-war housing dissected by sites including: Rectory Farm, Heston Leisure 7. Targeting social, economic and environmental busy highways. The denser historic cores of Centre and The Hartlands; improvements to the identified Areas for Heston Lane and Cranford High Street/Bath Road 2. Continuing the protection of local shopping Regeneration with high levels of deprivation; provide a mix of retail, business and civic uses. centres including Heston shopping centre and 8. Opening up access to and along the River Bath Road in Cranford; Crane; and 2.67 Cranford and Heston will continue to 3. Promoting the improvement and expansion of 9. Protecting the extensive open landscape be a residential district that will see small infill the existing Gypsy and Travellers site at Hartlands; of the Green Belt whilst encouraging leisure development. New development should militate 4. Safeguarding Rectory Farm as a potential and agricultural uses which complement this against noise impacts arising from the close mineral extraction site; landscape. proximity to Heathrow Airport. 5. Safeguarding part of the Western International Market site for a waste facility; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

50 Hounslow | Local Plan 51

heston and cranford strategy spatial this will look like what Figure 12: Cranford and Heston spatial strategy diagram spatial strategy bedfont our approach We will achieve this by 2.69 Bedfont is predominantly residential 2.71 We will achieve this by though there are large areas devoted to 1. Protecting the extensive open landscape employment uses such as trading estates, utilities of the Green Belt whilst encouraging leisure and a business park. There are very large areas and agricultural uses which complement this of open space, much of it natural or semi-natural, landscape; reflecting the district’s Greater London fringe 2. Opening up access to and along the location. Bedfont merges almost imperceptibly two artificial rivers (Longford and Duke of with Feltham to the east, to which it relates as a Northumberland’s); and suburb. 3. Exploring options for improving public transport, particularly with regard to employment 2.70 Development will focus on respecting and and leisure sites at the western fringe, e.g. at enhancing the established character. There are no Bedfont Lakes. development site allocations in Bedfont. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

52 Hounslow | Local Plan 53

bedfont strategy spatial Figure 13: Bedfont spatial strategy diagram this will look like what spatial strategy feltham our approach We will achieve this by 2.72 Feltham is a powerful regional magnet for 2.74 We will achieve this by 3. Continuing the protection of industrial land, employment, retail and leisure and continues to be 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the allocated including the North Feltham Trading Estate, a major focus for regeneration both in the borough sites including: New Forest Road, Feltham Arenas much of which contains Heathrow Airport-related and in Greater London as a whole. Feltham town and Feltham Ex-Servicemen’s Club; business operations; centre, which continues to perform strongly, will 2. Building on the current success of Feltham 4. Improving links to Hounslow Heath and opening see modest retail growth, building on and adding town centre by exploring opportunities to intensify up access to and along the River Crane and Duke to its existing character, particularly on peripheral uses on sites surrounding the town centre in of Northumberland’s River; sites where more scope exists for redevelopment. accordance with the principles of the Heathrow 5. Enhancing the existing sports and recreation The North Feltham Trading Estate will continue to Opportunity Area, through: provision on Feltham Arenas together with wider be protected as a designated Strategic Industrial • Retaining the existing level of retail floorspace environmental improvements; Location. within Feltham town centre and promoting 6. Exploring options for improving access and the introduction of new restaurant uses to movement across the railway which currently acts 2.73 Feltham is predominantly low-rise increase evening town centre activity; as a pinch point into the town centre; and residential in character, with large areas devoted • Preparing an a focused review of the 7. Protecting the extensive open landscape to employment uses, and is one of the greenest Local Plan for this area to promote the of the Green Belt whilst encouraging leisure areas in Greater London, with three rivers, redevelopment or refurbishment of buildings and agricultural uses which complement this access to Hounslow Heath, a lake-dotted country or sites near to the town centre to include landscape. park to the west, and many large recreation a mix of residential and leisure uses, and spaces. However it has many of the social and improve transport access into the town centre; environmental issues typical of towns that and developed in the post-war era. Additionally, • Maximising and improving links to the town despite being part of the Heathrow Opportunity centre’s environmental assets such as the Area, growth will be constrained by, for example, Longford River and Feltham Green; large areas of green belt, and the airport public safety zone and noise levels. Development proposals will be expected to respond to the negative issues and respect and enhance the established character. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

strategy spatial Figure 14: Feltham spatial strategy diagram

this will look like what feltham spatial strategy hanworth our approach We will achieve this by 2.75 Hanworth is predominantly residential 2.77 We will achieve this by 5. Protecting existing Locally Significant Industrial though there are large areas devoted to 1. Encouraging redevelopment of the Hanworth Estates; employment uses in the form of trading Library site; 6. Protecting the extensive open landscape estates and utilities both centrally and on the 2. Protecting local shopping provision including of the Green Belt whilst encouraging leisure fringes. Most of the residential areas are fairly Hanworth local shopping centre; and agricultural uses which complement this homogeneous though there are small pockets 3. Promoting improvements to heritage assets landscape; and of diversity of character. The main historic core including Hanworth House and Park; 7. Opening up access to and along the Longford is focused on the parish church and the site of 4. Targeting social, economic and environmental River and continuing the Crane River path and the manor at the south end of Hanworth Park. improvements to the identified Areas for linear park northwards. Hanworth merges almost imperceptibly with Regeneration with high levels of deprivation; Feltham to the north, with which it shares many of the social and environmental issues typical of towns that developed in the post-war era.

2.76 Development will focus on regeneration and the promotion of sense of place whilst respecting and enhancing the established character. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

strategy spatial Figure 15: Hanworth spatial strategy diagram

this will look like what hanworth Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

58 Hounslow | Local Plan 59 chapter town centres three town centres Policy TC1 - Town and neighbourhood centre network

Our approach We will achieve this by We will maintain a network of successful town (a) Recognising the borough’s network of and neighbourhood centres, each with their town and neighbourhood centres as set out in own role and function, to provide the shops, Table TC1.1, consisting of four town centres services and facilities needed to meet the in Hounslow (a Metropolitan Centre), Chiswick needs of the borough’s population. (a Major Centre), and Brentford and Feltham (District Centres), supported by seven large neighbourhood centres in Hounslow West, Bedfont, Isleworth, Cranford, Hanworth, Heston and Old Isleworth, and 36 small neighbourhood centres; and (b) Supporting development and initiatives that promote the borough’s town centres, to ensure they fully meet their position in the town centre network and to enable them to change and evolve, and take forward the council’s regeneration objectives.

We will expect development proposals to (c) Be located appropriately in the context of the town and neighbourhood centre network, consistent with Policy TC3; and (d) Be of a scale and type that is appropriate in the context of the town or neighbourhood centre, consistent with Policy TC4 and Policy TC5. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

60 Hounslow | Local Plan 61 Small neighbourhood centres There are 36 small neighbourhood centres, as set out in Appendix 5 Neighbourhood centres Neighbourhood Large Large neighbourhood centres Hounslow West Bedfont Hanworth Heston Cranford Isleworth Old Isleworth It should also be noted that Hounslow’s Hounslow’s also be noted that It should 3.4 part of London’s strategic town centres form The network in Hounslow, town centre network. proposals, should therefore be and development context of strategic and cross- managed in the boundary retail patterns. District Centres District Brentford Feltham Town centres centres Town Major Centre Chiswick

The borough also contains a large also contains The borough

development of retail and main town centre uses) centre and main town of retail development (“main town centres” for the purposes of policy on the purposes for centres” (“main town Table TC1.1: The borough’s network of town and neighbourhood centres and neighbourhood of town network The borough’s TC1.1: Table Metropolitan Metropolitan Centre Hounslow 3.3 centres, ranging in number of neighbourhood serving the day-to-day needs size but primarily and workers, and acting as of local residents borough’s residential areas. focal points in the centres include seven These neighbourhood centres, and 36 small large neighbourhood (see Table TC1.1). neighbourhood centres the performance of Sustaining and improving central to ensuring that the local these centres is within close retail and service needs are met and future proximity of the homes of current sustainability of residents, as part of ensuring the communities and residential areas.

Within the borough there is a network Within the borough There are four town centres in the

network centre T and neighbourhood TC1 -own Policy 3.2 3.1 centres that serve of town and neighbourhood The borough’s town centres different functions. retail role, but they are also have a fundamental and are hubs for services, places to do business, community activity. These are leisure, cultural and centres, which serve supported by neighbourhood residential communities. the needs of surrounding is identified borough. Hounslow town centre Centre in the London Plan as a Metropolitan and although it is currently under-performing and is in need of substantial regeneration Centre, improvements. Chiswick is a Major for evening which performs well and is a centre are District activities. Brentford and Feltham parts of the Centres that serve their respective has borough, where large scale development so in Brentford taken place (and continues to do particularly) but where further improvements The are needed to strengthen their functions. seeks to council’s approach to town centres and sufficient encourage proactive management for example flexibility to enable centres to change, floorspace, where there is surplus retail or office to maintain and promote a wider range of uses appropriate. or improve a centre’s vitality, where These four town centres should be the focus of new retail and other main town centre uses. We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We centres town town centres Policy TC1 - Town and neighbourhood centre network What this will look like

Town centres

Large neighbourhood centres

Small neighbourhood centres Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local Figure TC1.2: Town centres and local centres in the borough © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 62 Hounslow | Local Plan 63 Hounslow West Hounslow West Bedfont Hanworth Heston Cranford Isleworth Old Isleworth greengrocers and chemists). They also contain greengrocers and local residents such as other uses that serve or dentists’ surgeries. banks, and doctors’ centres tend to make The layouts of these sometimes around a focal up strong clusters, station in Hounslow West, point e.g. the tube in Heston and Isleworth the war memorial Isleworth. Public Hall in Old • • • • • • • centres Small neighbourhood centres in There are 36 small neighbourhood Appendix 5. the borough, which are listed in that serve These centres provide retail units residents. the key day-to-day needs of local row, parade They are generally made up of a at least or small cluster of units and contain as a centre four or five units to maintain a role with (at least) a small variety of shops/services for day-to-day requirements. local shops Isolated borough and These are dispersed around the may help to meet the key day-to-day needs of local residents. high street, and one main convenience store high street, and The centre is located located to the east. to the River Thames within close proximity character and waterside and has distinctive uses that regeneration environments and should enhance. Feltham is also identified as Feltham town centre and has seen significant a District Centre of investment following the redevelopment includes its managed shopping centre, which town a relatively good fashion offer. Feltham centre contains a range of convenience as banks, a retailers as well as services such library and health centre. centres Neighbourhood in size and These centres vary substantially residents, character but primarily provide local accessible workers and businesses with easily day-to-day shops and services to meet key for needs. They are particularly important to a car, residents who do not have access residential and enhance the sustainability of environments. centres neighbourhood Large range of Large local centres contain a good day-to- retail units (at least five) that serve day shopping needs (e.g. newsagents, post offices, grocery stores, bakers, butchers,

Centre - Metropolitan centres Town Hounslow centre is identified as a Hounslow town in the London Plan. It is Metropolitan Centre serving the the borough’s largest town centre, other parts widest catchment, extending into managed of west London. It includes two multiple shopping centres, a range of national stores. retailers and anchor high street fashion leisure and It also contains business (offices), theatre. cultural uses, such as a library and Centre - Major centres Town Chiswick as a Major Chiswick town centre is identified borough’s Centre in the London Plan. It is the serving second largest town centre, primarily the east of the borough. It is a successful niche retailers upmarket retail destination, with a relatively and boutique style shops serving affluent catchment population. Centres - District centres Town Brentford Brentford town centre is identified as a District Centre, although it struggles to fulfil this role, with a limited retail offer located on the The borough’s town and neighbourhood and neighbourhood town The borough’s network centre Supporting facts Supporting

network centre T and neighbourhood TC1 -own Policy centres town town centres Policy TC1 - Town and neighbourhood centre network Notes • West London Retail Needs Study (published in 2006 and updated in 2010 and 2013) • The designation of frontages in town and local examines the performance of town centres centres is mapped and listed in Appendix 5. and identifies retail need for the plan period. • Main town centre uses, as outlined in the • The Local Shopping Centres Study (published NPPF, include retail, leisure and entertainment in 2010 and updated in 2014) contains an facilities (e.g. cinemas, bingo halls, audit, analysis and assessment of smaller restaurants, bars and pubs) more intensive shopping centres across the borough. It sports and recreation uses (such as bowling identifies the role of local centres, examines alleys and health and fitness centres) offices, performance of them, highlights areas of hotels, arts, culture and tourism development deficiency (where a site is more than 400 e.g. theatres, galleries and museums. metres from existing local shopping provision) • The London Plan designates London’s and recommends centres for designation. town centre network, outlines town centre • Details on town centre designations including classifications and gives strategic guidance for primary and secondary frontages can be found growth and development of these centres. in Policy TC4, and are mapped in Appendix 4. Further areas of growth, such as Great West Corridor, may be further defined through reviews of the Local Plan. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

64 Hounslow | Local Plan 65 (e) Supporting the expansion of retail (e) Supporting the in Hounslow and floorspace particularly centres to ensure they meet Brentford town town centre network; their place in the town centres as a place for (f) Recognising and supporting business and networking, that support this; initiatives and enterprises and improving access to town (g) Encouraging of means of transport, centres by a choice as public particularly sustainable modes such transport, cycling and walking; cycle (h) Ensuring that adequate car and town parking space is maintained in each uses the centre, and that new development Plan; and standards established in the London local centres, (i) Promoting improvements to and by supporting businesses, access local public realm improvements to enhance character and identity. to proposals will expect development We of the (j) Contribute to the regeneration with the respective town centre, consistent out in the spatial strategy and policies set Local Plan, and guidance developed to improve the the performance of centres, including Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. (b) Promoting the regeneration of Brentford (b) Promoting the its role as a District town centre to fulfil include: encouraging an Centre. This will leisure floorspace, retail in increase appropriate reconnecting the High and cultural uses; assets and waterside Street with historical links from Brentford environments; improving Road, including business to the Great West and improvements networking opportunities; to the public realm; town (c) Supporting a re-visioning of Feltham and centre, to build on recent development Centre through consolidate its role as a District Local Plan the preparation of an area specific the existing review. This will include retaining the leisure level of retail floorspace, increasing evening and entertainment offer to encourage realm and activity, and improving the public opportunities for sustainable travel; the range (d) Sustaining and consolidating in Chiswick and quality of shopping provision of non- town centre. An appropriate variety retail uses, which are not over-concentrated, centre’s will be supported, to maintain the the diverse roles in terms of shopping, activity. Links evening economy and business at the with businesses and offices located to periphery of the centre will be encouraged, ensure opportunities for business networking within the centre are maximised;

We will achieve this by will achieve We of Hounslow (a) Promoting the regeneration Hounslow town centre, with reference to the promote Town Centre Masterplan. This will the town centre as a shopping destination remaining and include the redevelopment of the High key development sites including leisure Street Quarter as a focus for retail, a vibrant and entertainment growth, including to the public evening economy. Improvements access realm and opportunities to improve High Street and linkages between the existing Quarter and retail areas, and the High Street links to will be sought. In addition, enhanced hubs will be sustainable transport nodes and mainline encouraged, particularly to Hounslow Central and station to the south and Hounslow stations Hounslow East London Underground to the north; Our approach the regeneration of our We will promote a particular emphasis on town centres, with linked to the broader Hounslow and Brentford, locations. We will regeneration in these and viability of centres, and support the vitality places that provide a diverse promote them as cultural and leisure retail, service, business, offer.

centres of town vitality future Ensuring the TC2 - Policy centres town town centres Policy TC2 - Ensuring the future vitality of town centres We are taking this approach because 3.7 Feltham has seen substantial change in recent years with new shops, services and a 3.5 The borough’s town centres contain a significant amount of residential development. number of assets and variety of businesses Leisure (particularly restaurant) uses in the town providing a focus for shopping, employment, centre are particularly limited and access into the leisure, cultural and civic functions. This means town centre is also problematic. Therefore, new that a variety of activities can be undertaken restaurant uses will be promoted to increase in a single trip and they are generally the most evening activity, while the existing level of retail accessible locations in terms of public transport, floorspace will be retained, to ensure the centre’s making them sustainable places for development continuing day time vitality. The council will also and regeneration. work to promote links to the town centre, and maximise connections with nearby environmental 3.6 Both Hounslow and Brentford town assets and the green infrastructure network. centres underperform in terms of their place in the town centre network, with a more limited 3.8 Chiswick is a successful major centre variety of shops and services than nearby centres, with a good retail offer, including a range of chain poor appearance and image, and negative and independent shops, and wide provision perceptions from local people. This means that of restaurants and bars which create a vibrant business opportunities are lost as local people evening economy. The centre has a special local choose to shop elsewhere. The council seeks to character, largely due to its heritage and the layout address these issues by promoting investment of buildings, green spaces and mature trees lining and regeneration in these centres. the High Road. This character will be maintained and enhanced. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

66 Hounslow | Local Plan 67 Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan provides Hounslow Town the future of Hounslow town a framework for a vision and development centre, including provides detailed guidance principles. It also and spaces. on individual sites provides strategic guidance The London Plan development of for growth and regeneration town centres. out Town centre healthchecks are carried centres. regularly in the borough’s town highlights Data from them is analysed, and performance and other issues relating centres. to frontages and parades within centre The healthchecks also inform town regeneration proposals. sets out The Enhancing Connectivity chapter to further detail on the council’s approach including encouraging access to town centres, detail on car parking. Notes • • • • sustainable movement, particularly from north sustainable movement, river through the town to south, from the station and the Great West centre to Brentford Road. Feltham this centre is seen Following redevelopment good retail offer, including to have a relatively and comparison a range of convenience a variety of services shops. It also contains centre. such as banks, a library and health of the The leisure and entertainment offer activity centre need improvement, to promote in the evening and night-time. Sustainable issue with movement and travel is a particular access traffic pinch points which constrict to be to the centre. Links therefore need promoted, improved and sustainable transport and to both in terms of public transport the green maximise links and benefits of Longford River infrastructure network, such as and Feltham Green. Chiswick a Chiswick is a vibrant centre containing established variety of town centre uses, with any local character. It does not contain therefore substantial development sites, and consolidation and enhancement is encouraged, maintain and alongside careful management to protect retail uses while continuing to enable diversity in parts of the centre that contribute to its success.

Hounslow Hounslow town centre will Regeneration in redevelopment of key involve promoting High Street Quarter, as a sites, such as the and entertainment focus for retail, leisure space growth. A new market and performance end of is being developed at the western realm the High Street. Improving the public will and connections with transport nodes centre’s also be key to the Hounslow town regeneration. New residential development The will support town centre regeneration. sets out Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan these proposals. Brentford Redevelopment in Brentford includes and expanding retail, leisure, entertainment the south cultural uses on allocated sites to the of Brentford High Street, promoting into relocation of Waterman’s Arts Centre a new Brentford town centre and providing Magistrates market square in front of the old new Court. It will also involve significant the residential accommodation, enhancing public realm, connecting and improving links between the High Street, the River Thames and canal, and promoting opportunities for Regeneration and redevelopment of town of town redevelopment and Regeneration centres Supporting facts Supporting

centres of town vitality future Ensuring the TC2 - Policy centres town town centres Policy TC3 - Managing the growth of retail and other main town centre uses

Our approach We will achieve this by that suitable locations within town centres are We will support the council’s regeneration (a) Directing proposals for retail floorspace and not available; followed by edge-of-town centre objectives by directing the growth of retail other main town centre uses (as defined in the sites and large neighbourhood centres; with uses to the borough’s town centres, making NPPF) to the borough’s four town centres, and small neighbourhood centres then considered the most of their accessibility and maximising considering proposals in other locations based for smaller proposals that are suitable to the the opportunity for business opportunities and on sequential and impact assessments; proportions of the centre. Only then should out-of-centre sites be considered, and these linked trips. Other town centre uses will also (b) Directing large scale retail development to should be accessible and well connected to be directed to these locations, with Hounslow primary shopping areas or other allocated sites town centres; and Brentford being the focus of this growth within town centres; in the short to medium term, based on the (h) Demonstrate that the effect of the (c) Requiring impact assessments where identified needs of these centres. proposal, either individually or cumulatively, development of over 500sqm of retail on the vitality and viability of existing town or 2,500sqm of other main town centre centres has been considered, through the use floorspace is proposed outside of the preparation of an impact assessment where borough’s four town centres; development of over 500sqm of retail or 2,500 d) Allocating sites to meet the borough’s retail sqm of other main town centre use floorspace needs; and is proposed outside of the borough’s four (e) Supporting small scale retail development town centres; in identified neighbourhood centres. (i) Demonstrate that units are accessible to people with impaired mobility and pushchairs, We will expect development proposals to consistent with the Mayor of London’s (f) Seek to locate in one of the borough’s four Accessible London: Achieving an Inclusive town centres where retail floorspace or other Environment SPG; and main town centre uses are proposed; (j) Demonstrate that local context and (g) Where development is proposed character have been considered in terms outside of town centres, proposals should of the design of shop fronts and the wider demonstrate through a sequential assessment appearance of development. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

68 Hounslow | Local Plan 69 The Retail Needs Study Update (2013) The Retail Needs for a minimum outlines the requirement additional comparison of 30,000sqm of by 2021. goods floorspace goods, there In terms of convenience need for additional is not a substantial there floorspace borough-wide, although and is some localised need in Brentford Chiswick. demand Despite the projected slowing of for conventional retail comparison GLA goods floorspace outlined in the is and Experian’s report, overall there a need for additional retail floorspace, retail even after the floorspace in the centre pipeline is constructed. At a town level, there will be varying impacts that will need to be monitored, with policy that is responsive to managing where growth, consolidation or decline, appropriate. Supporting facts Supporting Retail need • • •

A mix of retail growth and diversification A mix of retail growth and diversification an Neighbourhood centres also play

emerging from the Greater London Authority and London Authority from the Greater emerging these changes to conventional Experian outlining shows that there may be retailing. Their research goods comparison retail for need less considerably forward. It is therefore important floorspace going promotes regeneration, it that where the council of these wider economic and also takes account ensures sufficient flexibility social trends, and in its town centres. In this to manage change in retail or commercial floorspace context, surplus regard to town centres will be dealt with having Plan policies, the spatial strategy and other Local of uses to and should promote a wider range improve town centre vitality. 3.11 to plans to of other town centre uses is integral centres, and regenerate and strengthen these the range also to help consolidate and improve of retail of shops within them. The development outside town and other main town centre uses vibrancy, and centres can pose a threat to their ensure it does needs to be carefully managed to not have adverse impacts on them. 3.12 day-to-day important role in serving the key the council will shopping needs of residents, and small scale retail support their role by encouraging type, within them. development, of an appropriate

The borough’s town centres are the focus The borough’s town There is an identified need for retail

uses town centre main and other of retail the growth Managing TC3 - Policy 3.10 of retailing in Hounslow, and also the hubs for a and also the hubs for a of retailing in Hounslow, town centre uses, including range of other main and cultural facilities. To leisure, entertainment and cultural functions are ensure their economic approach will be used maintained, a sequential of new retail floorspace to manage the growth centre uses, with a ‘town and other main town edge of centre centres first’ rule, followed by In accordance sites and neighbourhood centres. edge-of-town with the NPPF, for retail purposes, and centre sites are a location well connected For all up to 300m of a town centre boundary. location within other main town centre uses, a and for office 300m of a town centre boundary town centres development locations outside of interchange. but within 500m of a public transport and vibrancy This approach will ensure the vitality of the town centres, and meet sustainability in local objectives by reducing travel needs communities. Retail Needs growth across the borough. The and Study assesses demand for convenience particularly comparison floorspace, and identifies town centres. needs in Hounslow and Brentford that the function However, there is also evidence of town centres is changing, with evidence 3.9 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We centres town town centres Policy TC3 - Managing the growth of retail and other main town centre uses Notes • GLA and Experian Consumer Expenditure • Comparison goods tend to be more expensive and Comparison Goods Floorspace Need goods that we do not buy as often as • Main town centre uses, as outlined in the in London, August 2013, detail the latest convenience goods, and we may compare NPPF, include retail, leisure and entertainment available expectations for retail growth in before purchasing. They include clothing, facilities (e.g. cinemas, bingo halls, London. shoes, furniture, household appliances, tools, restaurants, bars and pubs) more intensive • Development proposals for new retail and games, toys, jewellery and electrical items. sports and recreation uses (such as bowling other main town centre uses should be • Hotels are defined as main town centre uses alleys and health and fitness centres) offices, consistent with the Mayor of London’s in the NPPF, and therefore proposals should hotels, arts, culture and tourism development Accessible London: Achieving an Inclusive be located consistent with the sequential e.g. theatres, galleries and museums. Environment SPG. approach set out in this policy, as well as the • The NPPF outline’s the government’s policy • Convenience goods are goods we use criteria set out in Policy ED4. on ensuring the vitality of town centres, daily or very often, such as food and drink, including detail on the sequential approach and newspapers and non-durable household criteria for impact assessments. goods. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

70 Hounslow | Local Plan 71 We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We proportion of retail uses in (h) Maintain a high and primary shopping areas primary frontages that the retail function of the by demonstrating where change of frontage is not undermined is proposed; use from A1 retail of uses, including A2 (i) Maintain a diversity Services and A3 financial and professional in secondary frontages, cafes and restaurants, or areas undesignated areas of town centres office where there is surplus retail and/or A1 retail floorspace, while maintaining an at least half function that will usually make up of a shopping parade or frontage; and character townscape local Contribute to (j) appearance, have a high quality of design and Shop Front in accordance with the council’s Design Guidelines SPD; at ground (k) Retain retail or business use that floor level, or another active frontage contributes to the centre; and floors (l) Encourage effective use of upper vitality and that contributes to town centre residential regeneration, such as business or other use, provided this is consistent with Local Plan policies. We will achieve thisby will achieve We town centre boundaries, as (a) Establishing Map; shown on the Policies primary and secondary (b) Designating four town centres, as shown frontages in the on the Policies Map; a primary shopping (c) In addition, establishing centres, as shown on the area in the four town Policies Map; of the (d) Protecting the strong retail role that borough’s town centres by ensuring areas primary frontages and primary shopping uses. This retain a high proportion of A1 retail impact of will be achieved by assessing the function development proposals on the retail that it of the remaining frontage, to ensure remains strong; particularly (e) Supporting a diversity of uses, in secondary frontages, undesignated is surplus frontages and areas where there and retail and/or office floorspace; to (f) Encouraging proposals that contribute centre, the vitality and viability of the town during the such as achieving an active frontage day and evening; and of (g) Considering the cumulative impact of town proposals on the vitality and vibrancy centres and the amenity of local residents, particularly avoiding the over-concentration of non-retail uses such as hot food takeaways.

Our approach maintain and enhance the We will seek to role of town centres, while fundamental retail are responsive to changing ensuring that they scope for a diversity of needs and provide places, that contribute to uses, in appropriate viability. their vitality and centres town centres uses in town Managing TC4 - Policy town centres Policy TC4 - Managing uses in town centres We are taking this approach because Supporting facts retail development is appropriately located and 3.13 Town centres have traditionally had a benefits the centre as a whole. primarily retail role, particularly in their core areas, Town centre healthchecks which needs to be maintained and expanded The town centre designations (including Chiswick where evidence shows there is need for growth. boundaries, primary and secondary frontages The primary frontages contain 68% A1 retail However, in order to boost competitiveness, and primary shopping areas) are based uses and secondary frontages contain 56% provide choice to residents and visitors, and on evidence collated and analysed in the A1 retail uses. In both frontages, retail units remain resilient to economic and social change borough’s town centre healthchecks. A are generally small in terms of their frontage (including the rise of internet shopping), summary for each of the town centres is lengths, so constitute a lower proportion of diversification in town centres is needed. This will provided below. frontages when looking at lengths. However, help ensure a variety of shopping, employment, Chiswick offers a good range of high street leisure, cultural and civic functions that provide Hounslow multiples and independent shops and activity during the day and night, and alongside Primary frontages perform well in terms of boutiques, the latter by their nature often wider regeneration, assist in creating vibrant town their retail function, with 79% of units in retail being smaller units. A range of other uses centres and tackling negative perceptions. (A1) use. In the secondary frontage 48% of - particularly restaurants, bars, financial and units are in retail use, showing a balance with professional services, offices and leisure uses other town centre uses. Despite containing - contributes to the diversity and vitality of the a range of high street retailers, there are a town centre. Consolidation and enhancement number of low value goods shops and national of the centre is encouraged, and careful retailer representation falls short of that in management of retail and non-retail uses is nearby Metropolitan Centres, such as Kingston needed to maintain an appropriate balance or Ealing. There is also a lack of high quality of uses to protect the centre’s retail function restaurant, leisure and entertainments uses, while continuing to enable the diversity of and limited activity in the evenings and night- uses (mainly in secondary and undesignated time. The council will seek to improve the frontages) that contributes to its success. quality of retail offered in Hounslow while also boosting the range of other activities to offer Brentford diversity. It is therefore important to protect While frontages in Brentford perform well the strong retail function of primary frontages in terms of their retail make up (63% A1 and promote further retail development in the in the primary frontage and 55% in the primary shopping area, while ensuring non- secondary frontage) the range of goods Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

72 Hounslow | Local Plan 73 Primary frontages are likely to include a high Primary frontages uses, and tend to be the proportion of retail a town centre. core frontages in provide greater Secondary frontages a diversity of uses such as opportunities for and businesses. restaurants, cinemas areas are a defined area Primary shopping is concentrated, where retail development and those and generally comprise the primary and secondary frontages which are adjoining closely related to the primary frontage. are Town centre boundaries and designations shown in Appendix 4. Hounslow Council’s Shopfront Guidelines planning (January 2013) is a supplementary installing document and provides detail on as new and refurbishing existing shopfronts, and part of a wider approach to regeneration town and local improvements in the borough’s centres. an Residential use is not considered level in town appropriate use at ground floor centres. Notes • • • • • •

Feltham in terms Frontages in Feltham perform well retail units of their retail make up (66% A1 in the in the primary frontage and 55% good range secondary frontage) and offer a of retailers following recent redevelopment. such The centre contains a range of services Leisure as a library and health centre. The only West development is the borough’s and multiplex cinema and bowling alley, provides together with supporting restaurants, town a leisure cluster just outside Feltham town centre centre. Links and access to the and from Leisure West should be improved, leisure and opportunities taken to improve the centre itself, entertainment offer in the town and night- to promote activity in the evening time. The designations seek to build on recent development and strengthen and enhance Feltham as a vibrant District Centre. sold and types of shop (such as high street sold and types of is poor and does multiples) represented of the centre or meet the not fulfil the role The leisure, cultural needs of local residents. offer is also limited and and entertainment its greatest asset, Watermans dispersed, with located outside the town Arts Centre, being The regeneration proposals centre boundary. to tackle these issues, for Brentford seek by the town centre and are supported designations. centres town centres uses in town Managing TC4 - Policy town centres Policy TC5 - Managing neighbourhood centres and isolated local shops

Our approach (f) Work with stakeholders, including local We will maintain and improve neighbourhood residents and businesses, partners to make centres to meet the key day-to-day shopping improvements to the public realm and and service needs of local communities and accessibility of neighbourhood centres, to protect isolated local shops, to contribute to ensure they contribute to local character and sustainable development and local character in identity, and provide good links to surrounding the borough’s residential areas. residential areas; and (g) Considering the cumulative impact of proposals on the vitality and vibrancy of We will achieve this by neighbourhood centres and the amenity of (a) Protecting the retail and community local residents, particularly avoiding the over- functions of neighbourhood centres (shown in concentration of non-retail uses such as hot Figure TC1.2 and listed in Appendix 5) to meet food takeaways. key day-to-day needs of local residents; (b) Protecting isolated local shops, particularly We will expect development proposals to where they are located in areas more than 400m/5 minutes walking distance of a town (h) Ensure that at least 50% of units are or neighbourhood centre, or alternative local in retail uses in neighbourhood centres, shopping provision; demonstrating the contribution the proposed use will make in terms of its value to the (c) Retaining the retail function of local community, meeting wider local service neighbourhood centres by ensuring at least or business needs, and enhancing the 50% of units are in A1 retail use having regard neighbourhood centre’s vitality; and to the vitality and vibrancy of the centre; (i) Demonstrate the availability of alternative (d) Supporting businesses that provide for shopping provision in a town or neighbourhood the key day-to-day shopping needs of local centre within 400m/5 minutes walking residents, with the aim that neighbourhood distance where change of use from A1 retail is centres adequately serve the needs of local proposed. residents, workers and businesses; (e) Encouraging new, small scale shops that meet key day-to-day needs in identified neighbourhood local centres; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

74 Hounslow | Local Plan 75 Major neighbourhood centres and small Major neighbourhood centres and identified neighbourhood centres have been of following an audit, analysis and assessment the borough. smaller shopping centres across Figure TC1.2 shows a map of town centres and local centres in the borough. Residential use is not considered appropriate at ground floor level in local centres. Large neighbourhood centres neighbourhood Large centres have a different Large neighbourhood neighbourhood centres, in character to small size (they contain at least 37 part due to their a larger range of shops units). They provide a good range of shops and services, with All contain five or serving local residents. serve key day to day shopping more units that other uses that serve local needs, as well as dentists’ needs such as banks, doctors’ or cluster surgeries. They are formed by strong point of shops that may surround a focal Heston, or (for example the war memorial in Hall in Old Upper Square and Isleworth Public Isleworth). Notes • • • Supporting facts Supporting centres Small neighbourhood small neighbourhood Across the borough, identified which provide centres have been easily accessible shopping local residents with day-to-day needs. These provision that serve vary in size from four to 33 centres currently of a row units, and are generally made up or small (sometimes on both sides of a road) average of cluster of units. They contain an 26% of nearly 55% A1 retail units, whilst for local other units also provide services two shops communities. All contain at least grocery (including newsagents, post offices, butchers, stores/mini-supermarkets, bakeries, centres also greengrocers or chemists). These rates. perform well, with low vacancy The borough contains a large number of The borough contains The London Plan establishes a framework

3.15 . neighbourhood centres (as set out in Figure TC1.2 (as set out in Figure TC1.2 neighbourhood centres as well as isolated shops that and Appendix 4), they play in serving the day-to- are vital for the role of residents and businesses. day shopping needs centres often add to the character Neighbourhood giving them a and image of neighbourhoods, sustainability by being focal point and enhancing by walking or easily accessible to people’s homes cycling. local and for maintaining, managing and enhancing and states that neighbourhood shopping centres, by boroughs should identify areas under-served improve access local convenience shopping, and additional to existing provision or encourage to the facilities to tackle this. Recent updates the need to London Plan (March 2015) raise in local manage surplus commercial capacity to strengthening centres, which should contribute such capacity is and consolidating centres. Where for alternative identified there may be some scope enhance local uses, while needing to protect and centres overall. 3.14 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We centres town shops local isolated and centres neighbourhood Managing TC5 - Policy Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

76 Hounslow | Local Plan 77 chapter economic four development ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Policy ED 1 - Promoting Employment Growth and Development We are taking this approach because Our approach We will achieve this by We will secure the business opportunities (a) Proposing new employment uses on 4.1 The Hounslow Employment Land Review stimulated by the London Borough of Allocated Sites identified in the Local Plan and 2011 has identified a demand for an additional Hounslow’s location close to Heathrow its subsequent reviews; 200,000sqm office floorspace during the plan Airport and central London by ensuring that (b) Directing new offices to the borough’s four period to 2030. This is based on the assumption sufficient capacity is provided for anticipated town centres; and that the borough’s existing stock of 750,000sqm sectors of employment growth. This will be (c) Directing new industrial/ warehousing is retained. There is already an existing office accomplished by promoting new office-based and related development to the borough’s development pipeline of 110,000sqm based on employment in the borough’s four town Strategic Industrial Sites, Locally Significant current planning permissions. An additional 90,000 centres, as well as employment based growth Industrial sites and other existing industrial sqm of office floorspace is required in order to within the Great West Corridor Strategic Outer sites. meet the demand from potential occupiers. The London Development Centre in co-ordination Local Economic Assessment provides further with improvements to the public transport evidence on qualities of the local economy and infrastructure, and other strategically and We will expect development proposals to employment and the prospects for growth. locally significant locations for employment. (d) Provide flexible space within residential units, particularly in town centres, that can 4.2 The policy aims to ensure that new be used for home working and start-up space office development is appropriately located in wherever feasible; and accordance with national and regional guidance. (e) Provide incubator space appropriate for Retention and improvement of office provision start-up businesses as part of employment in town centres is a key element of their related or town centre mixed use development regeneration and their accessibility by public proposals, subject to demand and viability transport can cater for high trip-generating considerations. office uses. The delivery of major transport links identified in the Local Plan to improve the public transport accessibility of out of centre office locations on the Great West Road and Bedfont Lakes may create additional opportunities for new office development which will be addressed in the proposed Great West Corridor and West of Borough partial plan reviews. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

78 Hounslow | Local Plan 79 © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 Figure ED 1.1: Extract from the key diagram - the economic dimension Figure ED 1.1: Extract from the key diagram - the economic dimension

Outside town centres and major Outside town centres

London Plan Policy 2.16 and Local Plan London Plan Policy 2.16 and Local Hounslow Policy SV1 define the role of the London (Great West Corridor) Strategic Outer Development Centre. The jobs of 36,000 residents of the borough are reliant on Heathrow Airport (Heathrow Employment Impact Study - December 2013).

• • Notes and Development Growth Employment Promoting ED 1 - Policy

4.3 there are small businesses employment locations, to the diversity of the local which contribute quality range of office space economy. A good to meet the ever-changing will be required in terms of size, location and needs of business is less evidence of demand costs. Whilst there locations, small scale for offices in out-of-centre locations contribute to the offices in out-of-centre economy. diversity of the local ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ECONOMIC ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Policy ED2 - Maintaining the borough’s employment land supply

Our approach maintained in the borough throughout the i. Evidence of active marketing of the We will consolidate the London Borough plan period. The loss of industrial land will be site for employment uses for a period of of Hounslow’s major industrial and office regularly monitored against this figure; and at least two years in Key Existing Office sites to secure the continued major (c) Managing and protecting Key Existing Locations or for a period of at least one representation of international companies, Office Locations as identified on the Policies year in other locations; business headquarters and SMEs within the Map namely the borough’s four town centres ii. An assessment demonstrating that the borough, and to ensure that the supply chain (Hounslow, Chiswick, Brentford and Feltham), introduction of non-employment uses is opportunities created by Heathrow Airport are Chiswick Business Park, Bedfont Lakes and necessary to achieve sufficient viability to retained within the borough. sections of the Great West Road. deliver a development scheme. Preference will be given to the provision of new employment uses, followed by a mix of We will achieve this by We will expect development proposals to employment and non-employment uses. (a) In accordance with the London Plan, (d) Provide an assessment demonstrating that Proposals for non-employment uses will protecting designated Strategic Industrial development proposals do not compromise only be considered once the retention of Locations (the Great West Corridor Industrial the objectives of the SIL or LSIS designations employment uses has been shown to be Business Park, Transport Avenue Preferred and/or accord, where relevant, with the unviable; and Industrial Location and North Feltham Trading objectives of the Great West Strategic Outer iii. Evidence that surrounding employment Estate Preferred Industrial Location) and London Development Centre; uses/ sites will not be undermined; designated Locally Significant Industrial Sites, (e) Submit the following information where (f) Facilities that support and enhance as identified on the Policies Map a loss of B1a, B1b, B1c, B2 or B8 or similar employment uses such as a workplace crèche (b) Setting the monitoring benchmark for the employment uses is proposed outside of SILs or café may be acceptable where they are of a loss of industrial land to 6ha to ensure that and LSISs: small scale ancillary to the overall employment an adequate supply of industrial capacity is function of the site. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

80 Hounslow | Local Plan 81

These policies are strongly influenced by are strongly These policies

4.6 guidance in the London Plan,the policies and hierarchy of industrial land andwhich identify the within designated industrialthe uses appropriate sites.

The Hounslow Employment LandThe Hounslow Employment Growth in demand for office floorspace

supply land ’s employment the borough Maintaining ED2 - Policy 4.5 Review 2011 identified that there is a large andReview 2011 identified land throughout thevaried stock of industrial 450 ha in total. This includesborough of about of B2 and B8 uses andapproximately 302ha uses such as utilities, land for148 ha of land for The council’s industrialtransport and recycling. has identified negativedemand forecasting which equatesdemand for industrial floorspace the planto approximately 6 ha of land over in the borough’speriod to 2030. This is reflected limited releasecategorisation as an area for the to theof industrial land in the Further Alterations highlights aLondon Plan submission 2014 which land inneed to manage the stock of employment rates. the Borough to reduce overall vacancy Land Reviewmade in the Hounslow Employment existing stock of2011 assumes that the borough’s the borough’s750,000 sqm is retained. Many of out-of-centremajor employers remain in existing Chiswickstrategic office clusters, such as and BedfontBusiness Park, the Great West Road protect theseLakes. It is therefore necessary to For townlocations to safeguard employment. a key element ofcentres, employment uses form by publictheir regeneration and their accessibility transport can cater for high trip generating uses. 4.4 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ECONOMIC ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Policy ED2 - Maintaining the borough’s employment land supply

Supporting facts Industrial Business Parks (IBPs) Locally Significant Industrial Sites (LSISs)

Employment land in Hounslow IBPs are for firms that need better quality LSISs are employment areas of Borough industrial surroundings, including B1b, B1c wide significance providing industrial and Strategic Industrial Locations (SILs) and high value B2 activities. The borough has warehousing capacity. Sites have been one designated IBP on the Great West Road identified and reviewed as continuing to The Mayor of London has identified three the extent of which is shown on the Policies be locally significant through the Hounslow strategically important industrial locations Map. The Great West Road IBP also forms Employment Land Review 2004 and 2011. within the borough in the London Plan. These part of the Great West Corridor Strategic A number of these sites are also sufficiently are North Feltham Trading Estate, the Great Outer London Development Centre (SOLDC) close together to form important local West Road (part) and Transport Avenue which is identified in the London Plan as a employment clusters. The majority of LSISs (part) in Brentford. These SILs are identified strategically important area for digital and are located in the west of the borough as London’s main reservoir of industrial media related industries. where there is significant demand for land, comprising approximately 40% of the industrial land related to airport operations. capital’s total supply. SILs are split into two Development of SILs for non-industrial The borough has 36 designated LSISs which types to reflect their role in supporting the or related uses should be resisted other are shown on the Policies Map namely: requirements of different sorts of industrial than as part of a coordinated process of occupier: consolidation, or where it addresses a • Airlinks Industrial Estate need for accommodation for SMEs or new • Ascot Road Industrial Estate Preferred Industrial Locations (PILs) emerging industries, or where it provides • Ashford Industrial Estate local, small scale ‘walk to facilities for • Bedfont North Industrial Park PILs are designated for industrial uses that industrial occupiers or office space ancillary to • Bollo Lane Industrial Estate do not require a high quality environment. industrial use. In the context of the two SILs • Bulls Bridge Industrial Estate Such uses may require heavy goods access located in the Great West Corridor media- • Cargo Service Centre by road, rail and/or water, need to operate related industries, which are largely office • Challenge Road Industrial Estate outside normal hours and require sufficient based, are recognised as a new emerging • Clock Tower Road Industrial Estate distance or other barriers to noise-sensitive industry of strategic importance which in • Feltham Corporate Centre uses. Two PILs are designated in the principle, are an appropriate industrial use in • Feltham Marshalling Yards borough, at North Feltham Trading Estate and this location. Transport Avenue, Brentford and these are shown on the Policies Map. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

82 Hounslow | Local Plan 83 Key Existing Office Locations (KEOLs) Existing Key identified the borough’s four The council has with existing office town centres together Bedfont Lakes, Chiswick developments at on the Great West Road (2 Business Park and a strategic role in providing areas) which serve for businesses that demand office floorspace Whilst the KEOLs at Bedfont large premises. Great West Road do not have Lakes and on the modes sustainable by accessibility of levels high locations of transport, the offices in these to the local and make a significant contribution also support regional economy. The council will to better initiatives to better serve them and facilities and link them with the nearest local to town centres and to achieve improvements of these the transport connectivity and capacity places. sites Other employment and business Existing undesignated industrial strategic sites which are not of borough or to importance but which usefully contribute activity in the local employment and economic borough. Felthambrook Industrial Estate Felthambrook Industrial Centre Five Ways Business Estate Hanworth Trading Harlequin Centre Industrial Haslemere Heathrow Estate Heathrow Causeway Trading Heathrow International Estate Heston Industrial Heston Phoenix Business Park Kew Bridge Distribution Centre Maple Industrial Estate Parkway Trading Estate Phoenix Trading Estate Plane Tree Crescent Popham Close Power Road Industrial Estate Prologis Park Radius Park Serco Spitfire Estate Sun Life Trading Centre The Heston Centre Victory Business Centre Victory Way Worton Hall Industrial Estate

• • • • • Estate • • Estate • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

supply land ’s employment the borough Maintaining ED2 - Policy ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ECONOMIC ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Policy ED2 - Maintaining the borough’s employment land supply

Illustrative of boundaries as shown on Proposals Map

Hounslow | Local Plan 85

London Plan Policy 2.17 defines the strategic London Plan Policy industrial locations. Land Review and The Hounslow Employment Assessment provide evidence Local Economic Locally Significant Industrial on the role of the Locations. Sites and Key Office to employment land include Uses appropriate and similar uses not Use Classes B1/B2/B8 (as “sui included in the Use Classes Order utilities generis”) such as builders merchants, to a town but not uses which are appropriate centre.

supply land ’s employment the borough Maintaining ED2 - Policy • • • Notes ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ECONOMIC ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Policy ED3 - Hotels and Visitor Accommodation We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will promote new visitor accommodation (c) Seek to locate in one of the borough’s 4.7 Since 2000 15 new hotels have been in appropriate locations to support local four town centres. Where suitable locations constructed representing a growth rate of 113% businesses and to enhance the London within town centres are not available, edge- and creating 1,519 additional bedrooms. This Borough of Hounslow’s tourism offer. of-town centre sites that are well connected has resulted in the borough having the second to the town centre or sites within large highest number of hotel bedrooms in west neighbourhood centres should be chosen; We will achieve this by London, 16% of the sub-regions total stock. (d) Demonstrate through a sequential The Mayor of London’s Hotel Demand Study (a) Supporting proposals for visitor assessment that there are no available sites in 2006 identified the borough as a key growth accommodation where they contribute to the in a nearby town centre, an edge-of-town- area with international access for passengers area’s economic role or tourism offer; and centre location or a large neighbourhood travelling through Heathrow Airport. It predicted (b) Directing proposals for visitor centre where visitor accommodation is that between 2007 and 2026, 2,000 net additional accommodation to the borough’s four town proposed in out-of-centre locations, with hotel rooms will be required in the borough. centres, and considering proposals in other preference for sites that are well connected locations based on sequential and impact to town centres; 4.8 Hotels are identified as a main town assessments as set out in Policy TC3; (e) Demonstrate that they do not harm the centre use and, therefore, in accordance with the vitality and vibrancy of nearby town centres; sequential approach set out in Policy TC3 they are directed to the borough’s town centres which (f) Take available opportunities to support are the most sustainable locations. This approach the area’s economic role or tourism offer strengthens the wider role of town centres, where the sequential assessment for out- providing a range of employment opportunities, of-centre development has been satisfied, and allows visitors to easily access other town by incorporating ancillary facilities such as centre facilities such as retail, leisure, arts, cultural conference/meeting spaces, restaurants or and tourism uses. The Employment Land Review gyms; 2011 estimates that there was expenditure of (g) Demonstrate that they do not have approximately £209 million by overnight visitors adverse impacts on residential amenity; and in the borough in 2010. The location of hotels in (h) Have good access to public transport and town centres will also contribute to the council’s sufficiently mitigate the impacts of increased wider regeneration agenda. trip generation that may result from a new or expanded hotel development. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

86 Hounslow | Local Plan 87

Proposals for visitor accommodation for visitor accommodation Proposals

Hotels are defined as a main town centre Hotels are defined as a main town locational use in the NPPF, and therefore the the objectives set out in this policy reflect centre sequential approach for main town uses set out in Policy TC3. town The council will advise which nearby sequential centres should be considered in assessments. town Edge-of-town centre sites for other defined as centre uses including hotels are those that are well connected, and not more than 300 metres from one of the borough’s four town centres.

Accommodation Visitor Hotels and ED3 - Policy ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ECONOMIC • • • Notes 4.9 town centres may outside of the borough’s a sequential assessment be acceptable where are not suitable and demonstrates there sites, and would not have available town centre on existing town centres. adverse impacts should seek to support the These developments tourism related roles of nearby business, retail or facilities that contribute to the areas, and include locality, such as conference / mix of uses in the gyms, where meeting spaces, restaurants and of town it would not harm vitality and viability centres. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Policy ED4 - Enhancing Local Skills We are taking this approach because Our approach We will support the London Borough of 4.10 Evidence shows that the borough Hounslow residents into local jobs by providing residents are more likely to be working in access to training and employment support elementary occupations and less likely to opportunities. be working in professional occupations than the London average. Large numbers of high We will achieve this by quality jobs within the borough are taken by in- commuters, while the borough’s residents work (a) Seeking planning obligations in lower quality, lower paid jobs elsewhere. More towards employment training, including of the borough’s residents of working age have apprenticeships, and job brokerage where no qualifications or lower qualifications than the related in scale and kind to the development; London average. and (b) Supporting the location of higher and 4.11 Local Plan policies will help to encourage further education colleges within the borough the borough’s businesses to employ the to provide new training opportunities for local borough’s residents. The key mechanisms for residents. achieving this will be by upskilling local residents through training, including apprenticeships, We will expect development proposals to and job brokerage initiatives. Ensuring a (c) Deliver construction training in conjunction skilled workforce will also have the benefit of with the council’s recognised providers for all encouraging businesses to both locate and major developments; and remain in the borough, as well as enabling more sustainable patterns of travel to work. (d) Enter into agreements with the council where appropriate to provide local access to new training and employment opportunities.

Notes

• Evidence from the Hounslow Local Economic Assessment 2011 and the Local Economic Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local Assessment Update February 2014. 88 Hounslow | Local Plan 89

Figure ED 5.2: Mapping the population of the borough’s residence-based the population of the borough’s Figure ED 5.2: Mapping economy 2011 and workplace-based

Local Skills - Enhancing ED4 Policy ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ECONOMIC Figure ED 5.1: Changes in the occupation of residents of the in the occupation of residents Figure ED 5.1: Changes of Hounslow 2001-2011 London Borough Supporting facts Supporting Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

90 Hounslow | Local Plan 91 chapter SUSTAINABLE MIXED five COMMUNITIES SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC1 - Housing growth

Our approach (d) Investigating, collaborating and promoting (i) Re-considering development proposals We will seek to maximise the supply of new opportunities to augment housing in the context of the Local Plan where housing in the borough to meet housing need delivery targets with sustainable development, applications to renew unimplemented planning in a manner that is consistent with sustainable including through the preparation of two partial permissions come forward, and reviewing the development principles and is built at a rate plan reviews for the Great West Corridor and need to review Local Plan site allocations in that will exceed the London Plan annualised the west of the borough; the later phases of the plan period in order to completion targets to achieve at least 12,330 (e) Publishing information on the rate of maintain a rolling supply of deliverable housing new homes between 2015 and 2030. We housing completions and the trajectory of sites and infrastructure. will seek new opportunities to augment this deliverable and developable housing supply growth where new infrastructure investment against an annual monitoring target of 822 We will expect development proposals to creates opportunities for levels of growth additional homes per year. In doing so we (j) Have regard to the design standards of the hitherto found to be unsustainable. will regularly review the need for changes development plan and have regard to related to the site allocations and policies impacting supplementary planning documents; on housing supply as part of a housing We will achieve this by implementation strategy; (k) Be completed in balance with existing and (a) Allocating sites of a range of different sizes planned infrastructure, and contribute to the (f) Recognising that an important contribution and locations to ensure there is a resilient provision of further infrastructure to achieve to housing supply will come from small infill and flexible stock of opportunities for housing sustainable development and sustainable sites throughout the borough, and requiring development that offers a choice of high mixed communities; the design of these to respond to and reflect quality homes; local context and character. In doing so we will (l) Include clear information on the anticipated (b) Supporting proposals for new development monitor and manage the cumulative impact of rate of completion of the proposed and conversions on other sites, including small development; development, and to construct housing in the sites, in the context of the presumption in phasing anticipated; and (q) Maintaining a presumption against the favour of sustainable development; development of self-contained residential (m) Provide a clear explanation of why (c) Encouraging the effective use of land by units within the curtilage of existing dwellings development could not proceed in the case of reusing previously developed land provided where the proposal would be in conflict with applications to renew unimplemented planning that it is not of high environmental value or in other policies in this plan; permissions, and set out a programme of a use that is protected otherwise in the Local proposed works. (h) Working with developers to unlock Plan; blockages to development and seek to ensure necessary infrastructure is in place in a timely manner; and Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

92 Hounslow | Local Plan 93 On the supply side, the London SHLAA side, the On the supply the The Local Plan provides for exceeding 5.3 to address the NPPF 2014 was designed supply to meet future requirement to identify well as being ‘consistent with housing need as in this Framework’ (NPPF the policies set out least its central dictum that paragraph 47), not must be sustainable. The resultant development housing target constrained result is a minimum a planning balance to ensure by the need for (March London Plan The sustainable development. of 822dpa over 2015) sets a housing supply target the period 2015-2025. 5.4 the whole of annual housing supply target for provision to the plan period 2015-30, and makes infrastructure augment this growth where new for levels investment creates opportunities of growth hitherto found to be unsustainable. investigate, The Plan commits the council to collaborate and promote new opportunities with to augment housing supply targets in town sustainable development opportunities sites around centres and any surplus industrial the best existing transport nodes. However, be where new opportunities are considered to can transport links and major policy change at the emerging transform development potential Corridor and Opportunity Area at the Great West the borough thorough a review of the west of including the Heathrow Opportunity Area. The 2011 Census found that the The 2011 Census On the demand side, in accordance

5.2 5.1 was growing much faster population of London than was previously and in different ways the borough population has forecast. Similarly, of leading to increased levels been growing faster, changes to the housing types housing need and projected population required. The borough’s in continued demand for new growth will result the lifetime of the housing in the borough through Local Plan. the council with national planning guidance, objectively has considered the full extent of a range of assessed housing need in the borough; are available alternative projections and forecasts considers but these are uncertain. The council unconstrained the best available assessment of 2014 London need to be those derived from the This Strategic Housing Market Assessment. 1350 additional indicates a need for (on average) the period dwellings per annum (dpa) over new household 2015-2030; with a higher rate of plan period and formation in the early part of the of need will lower rate in the later part. The level housing be reviewed regularly through borough of the best market assessment taking account and household available evidence of population change across the London housing market area and also more localised patterns. We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We

COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SC1 - H growth SC1 -ousing Policy SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC1 - Housing growth 5.5 This policy seeks to maximise the 5.6 Site allocations have been made for a supply of additional housing in the borough in range of types, sizes and spread of sites both to a manner that is consistent with sustainable meet a step-change in annual housing delivery development principles, and ensure it is built at (from the previous 470 per year to 822 per year - a rate of that will meet the London Plan annual an increase of 79%), and to ensure resilience to completion targets for the relevant period. The the potential blockages to delivery. council will seek to ensure that during the period between 2015 and 2030, a minimum of 12,330 5.7 While in past years the new average additional dwellings will be completed. The best annual monitoring target of at least 822 dwellings available household projections indicate a level has been exceeded, to maintain this rate will of housing need far in excess of the figure of require a step-change in new housing completions 12,330 dwellings over the plan period. It can that will be challenging to maintain. This policy be seen from the table and figures below that commits the council to work with stakeholders the spatial focus of new development will shift and the promoters of development to maintain through the phases of the Local Plan, first to this rate of new housing development. the most accessible locations for regeneration and intensification, then moving on to new opportunities. The evidence base used to identify the capacity for new housing supply does include a contribution from small sites (criterion (b) refers) developed in a manner consistent with the policies of the plan and sustainable development principles. However, it does not require development of back gardens to achieve this. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

94 Hounslow | Local Plan 95 The increase in housing development in housing The increase

will inevitably lead to new pressures on will inevitably lead and services, but planning the environment continue to ensure sustainable decisions should new development should development. All local heritage, respond to conserve and enhance context and character and comply and reflect local and guidelines. Planning with policy standards necessary transport, decisions will ensure infrastructure, including physical and social deliverable in additional school places, will be generated a timely manner to meet the needs to support by new housing development and residents and the continuing needs of existing avoiding serious businesses in the borough, whilst assets harm to the historical and environmental The and essential character of the borough. development, council will monitor the impact of of small including the cumulative impact development developments, and manage future and plan through the development management protect making processes, and where necessary, necessary the potential of allocated sites for and make infrastructure uses (such as education) appropriate new site allocations. 5.8

COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SC1 - H growth SC1 -ousing Policy SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC1 - Housing growth What this will look like

Table SC1.1: Distribution of housing growth, showing the sources and broad distribution of housing sites over the plan period

• ‘Allocated sites’ are specific deliverable sites identified in the site allocations in this plan • Potential developable sites for housing growth have been identified using the pan-London SHLAA (2014) methodology. At this stage these are identified at the scale of ‘broad locations’ where housing growth will be achieved. • ‘Small sites’ are smaller than 0.25ha. • The ten locations used in this table and the following diagrams are derived from the London Borough of Hounslow Urban Context and Character Study (2014) and do not correspond to electoral wards. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

Hounslow | Local Plan 97

COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE Table SC1.1A: Further detail to identify the distribution of allocated of allocated identify the distribution detail to Further SC1.1A: Table Phase 1 comprising and existing planning permissions housing sites What this will like look SC1 - H growth SC1 -ousing Policy SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC1 - Housing growth What this will look like

Figure SC 1.2: Spatial strategy for housing growth - diagrams showing the broad distribution of housing growth over the phases of the plan period Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 98 Hounslow | Local Plan 99

COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SC1 - H growth SC1 -ousing Policy SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC1 - Housing growth Table SC1.3: Projected population growth in the borough across the ten districts Supporting facts Data Index: 12 Round of Demographic Projections - SHLAA-based ward projections 2013-03-26 By LB Hounslow 'Local Plan 2015-30' Districts • Total number of existing dwellings in the London Borough of Census 2011 Projected Projected Projected Increase As % borough is estimated to be 97,000 (2011 Hounslow District 2016 2025 2030 2011-30 Census). • The number of households in the borough Bedfont 15.2 has been growing at an average of 12,752 13,462 14,319 14,684 1,932 1,100 each year over the last decade, Brentford increasing from 84,000 households in 38.7 14,404 16,842 19,361 19,981 5,577 2001 to 97,000 in 2011. The Census Chiswick shows that the average household has 18.1 34,490 36,701 39,478 40,727 6,237 increased in size from 2.54 in 2001 to 2.67 in 2011, indicating a rising birth rate and Cranford and Heston 17.9 overcrowding because of a shortage of 49,543 53,013 56,739 58,420 8,877 larger affordable family homes for families Feltham 23.8 with dependent children, and a shortage 27,209 28,785 32,415 33,679 6,470 of affordable small accommodation Hanworth suitable for new households to form. 25.2 23,652 25,805 28,537 29,611 5,959 Hounslow 29.3 26,680 29,300 32,863 34,490 7,810 Hounslow West 34.7 27,479 30,484 34,799 37,015 9,536 Isleworth 21.1 25,634 27,501 30,192 31,054 5,420 Osterley and Spring 15.6 Grove 13,083 13,890 14,763 15,118 2,035 LB Hounslow 23.5 254,926 275,783 303,466 314,779 59,853

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local NB. These figures are indicative and derived from ward based projections 100 Hounslow | Local Plan 101 The council will publish monitoring reports to monitoring reports will publish The council the expected rate of housing annually monitor the delivery of a five-year completions and land through a housing supply of housing trajectory. maintain a housing The council will strategy to seek to maintain implementation supply of housing land. delivery of a five-year Policies IMP1 and IMP2 See Implementation on implementation of for further guidance use all developments including on mixed necessary sites allocations, the provision of viability and infrastructure and development CC1, Urban Context and Character Policies CC2 and CC4. Urban See London Borough of Hounslow a definition of Context and Character Study for and Table the districts given in Figure SC1.2 SC1.3. land The curtilage of a dwelling is the any immediately surrounding it, including structures, closely associated buildings and garden land and driveways. • • • • •

The Local Plan should be in general conformity The Local Plan should Plan, including the borough with the London growth targets set in level annual housing The London Plan (2011) the London Plan. target of 470 set an annual completions per year for the borough, additional dwellings the rates in previous plans. broadly similar to UDP adopted this The previous Hounslow increase rate. In response to the significant on the in new population projections based 2015) 2011 census, the London Plan (March as far as sets new housing targets that seek need. This possible to meet rising housing new Local Plan seeks to meet an anticipated for the annual target of 822 additional homes and rolls this borough over the period 2015-25, forward to 2030. (2014) provide The London SHMA and SHLAA to the evidence for the Further Alterations are London Plan (January 2014); details available on the GLA website. The National Planning Policy Framework to requires the local planning authority of deliverable demonstrate a five-year supply and broad housing sites, and developable sites and 11-15. locations for growth for years 6-10

• • • Notes

COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SC1 - H growth SC1 -ousing Policy SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC2 - Maximising the provision of affordable housing

Our approach We will achieve this through: We will expect development proposals to We will maximise the provision of affordable (a) Seeking the maximum reasonable amount (e) Provide an open book financial viability mixed tenure housing on development sites of affordable housing to be negotiated on a assessment and any supporting evidence and from all other sources of supply. We have site by site basis on all sites with a capacity to demonstrate the maximum provision of set a strategic target that 40% of additional to provide ten or more homes (gross) with on-site affordable housing is being proposed housing delivered across the borough between reference to the strategic borough-wide target on sites with a capacity for 10 or more 2015 and 2030 be affordable. of 40% of all new housing as affordable; homes, with reference to the 40% strategic (b) Employing a review mechanism upon affordable housing target as well as the partial or full completion of a development impacts of existing floorspace through VBC when financial viability assessments and reduced CIL liability. Developers may also demonstrate that current market conditions be asked to facilitate an independent viability will support less than 40% affordable housing; assessment by a third party where requested by the council; (c) Recognising that development proposals with a significant amount of existing (f) Provide affordable housing on-site, unless floorspace will result in a lower CIL liability the council considers that such provision which could further enhance viability for the is not practical or feasible, in which case delivery of a greater proportion of affordable off-site provision or appropriate cash in-lieu housing than would otherwise be achievable. payments may be considered in exceptional Vacant Building Credit (VBC) will also be circumstances; applied in this context whereby the Council (g) Deliver a mix of 60% affordable/social will seek the maximum reasonable amount of rented and 40% intermediate tenures on all affordable housing across areas of increased qualifying sites; and floorspace, recognising improvements in (h) Provide an appropriate mix of both overall viability that may have been secured housing size and tenure in accordance with through the application of VBC on existing housing need as set out in Policy SC3. floorspace; and (d) Delivering and supporting the delivery of affordable housing through other sources of supply, such as local authority new builds, reuse of empty homes and various forms of specialist housing. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

102 Hounslow | Local Plan 103 To take account of changes in market account of changes To take The Local Plan does not specifically 5.12 with paragraphs 50 and conditions in accordance the council will require a further 205 of the NPPF, assessment of a scheme upon financial viability based upon the actual partial or full completion scheme nearer to completion finances of the anticipated to deliver low for schemes presently housing. Further information levels of affordable in an Affordable Housing will be made available Document. Supplementary Planning 5.13 of people allocate sites exclusively for groups or other wishing to build their own homes however specialist affordable housing needs, with such supporting information submitted A proposals will be positively considered. be designed proportion of all development should users. to be readily adaptable to wheelchair In terms of the tenure of affordable In terms of the tenure of affordable Low Cost Home Ownership) has been set by the has been set Home Ownership) Low Cost lifetime of the plan. In addition, council over the in the preparation of the Local evidence prepared that the application of the Plan has demonstrated Credit will have significant impact Vacant Building of affordable housing delivered on the quantum allocated development sites as the majority of floorspace. Consequently, the contain existing will be to seek the maximum council’s approach eligible floorspace a scheme viable amount the above the can deliver, which may be significantly housing. strategic target of 40% affordable 5.11 proposes a housing provision, the Local Plan rented and strategic split of 60% affordable/social of the 40% intermediate housing in recognition in freeing- up role intermediate housing can play Londoners get social rented housing and helping housing ladder. a first step onto and move up the applied in the This 60/40 strategic split will be It is borough as a starting point for negotiation. will vary on a acknowledged that deliverability on available scheme-by-scheme basis depending that will be funding sources and circumstances assessment. demonstrated in the financial viability The need for affordable housing in the The need for affordable This policy seeks to maximise the

5.10 borough significantly outstrips the capacity and outstrips the capacity and borough significantly Housing Needs Assessment supply. The council’s that approximately half of all (2009) identifies borough seeking to move households in the housing, either to rent or buy cannot afford market of income is spent on housing). (assuming 40% all sites. provision of affordable housing on the on-site However the council is aware that be limited provision of affordable housing will and other policy by overall development viability Local Plan objectives. The council’s CIL and that in most viability study evidence demonstrate an affordable cases schemes can accommodate and 40% housing requirement between 10% 30% and (without grant funding), and between borough- 40% in higher value areas. A strategic 40% of new wide affordable housing target of new build, homes from all sources (including bringing council housing building programme, of street empty homes back in to use, purchase such as properties and government initiatives 5.9 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We housing affordable of the provision Maximising SC2 - Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC2 - Maximising the provision of affordable housing Notes • The Community Infrastructure Levy and • The Hounslow Housing Strategy (2013) and Local Plan Policies Viability Study (2014) Hounslow SHMA (2009 and 2014 update) • The London Plan Policy requires boroughs to demonstrate that the housing policy together address evidence of housing need in the negotiate the maximum reasonable amount with the other requirements of CIL and the borough and the council’s strategy. of affordable housing on individual schemes whole of the Local Plan is financially viable. • The London Housing Strategy (2014) and to contribute to meeting housing need, and to Affordable housing funding over the plan Further Alterations to the London Plan achieve mixed and balanced communities with period is unknown but based on past funding, (2014) update the policies and mechanisms housing choice. Policy 3.13 requires affordable past performance and current evidence, a necessary to step up the delivery of housing housing provision on all sites with capacity 40% target is considered reasonable. across London. to provide 10 or more homes, applying the density guidance set out in Policy 3.4 of that Plan. This also provides for boroughs to seek a lower threshold where justified. • The London Plan Policies 3.10, 3.11 and 3.12 define affordable housing; address the setting of affordable housing targets and the negotiation of provision on a site by site basis. • The council will publish monitoring reports to annually monitor the delivery of market and affordable housing. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

104 Hounslow | Local Plan 105 (e) Recognising that new housing (e) Recognising each year is a development completed of the total housing stock relatively small part will be adapted to in the borough, which with and without the meet housing needs planning permission. Trends need for express and change to the existing in the subdivision be monitored, and aspects housing stock will will be managed were of these changes best meet housing need. necessary to help to proposals will expect development We as (f) Provide a mix of new housing unless summarised in the Figure SC 3.1, on the otherwise agreed with the council basis of evidence; (g) Include a schedule of housing and accommodation size and tenure; (h) Provide a unit of family accommodation to the at ground floor or with direct access of external amenity space where sub-division floor large family houses (>130sqm ‘original’ area) is proposed.

We will achieve this by will achieve We of new housing to meet (a) Seeking a mix and evidenced local objectively assessed the latest and/or most need, based on applying specific available evidence, and the general housing need mix requirements summarised in Figure SC3.1; requirements mix housing the Negotiating (b) SC 3.1 using the mix summarised in Figure as the starting point for the consideration achieved of all housing proposals, whether or new through change of use, conversion development; monitoring (c) Using this mix as the basis of and new development across the borough site mix in local areas, and possibly adjusting of this requirements in the light of the results evidenced monitoring; (d) Promoting and supporting appropriate affordable specialist housing to meet specific groups of housing needs, including sites for home; and people wishing to build their own Our approach meet local housing need by We will seek to new housing type, size and securing a mix of borough. tenure across the

type size and housing a mix of need for Meeting the SC3 - Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC3 - Meeting the need for a mix of housing size and type We are taking this approach because Table SC 3.1: General housing need mix requirements

5.14 An important part of understanding the Tenure One bedroom Two bedroom Three bedroom Four bedroom + need and demand for housing for the borough’s population is to ensure that new housing is of an Market 30% 40% 25% 5% appropriate size and type, and that the existing stock is managed appropriately too. To this end Intermediate 35% 40% 16% 9% the council undertakes objectively assessed Social or Affordable 25% 45% 25% 5% housing needs assessments and monitors new Rent building and changes to the existing housing (until superseded by new evidence published by the council) stock, with this work being reported through the latest Hounslow Borough Housing Market Assessment and Annual Monitoring Reports.

5.15 The latest Borough Housing Market Assessment has provided the source of mix included in Table SC3.1 below. This will be reviewed to take account of the latest Strategic Housing Market Assessment produced by the GLA for the London housing market area together with Borough Housing Market Assessment and the latest available projections and analysis. The requirements the council seeks will be based on the best available objective assessment of demand need, including careful consideration of the specific needs of different groups of occupiers, such as older people, families with children and single people. The council will also take account of evidence of specialist housing need submitted with any proposal, as well as any special characteristics of the site and the results of borough-wide and local area monitoring of recently completed development. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

106 Hounslow | Local Plan 107 housing need including those of different of different need including those housing families with groups in the community, people with disabilities, children, older people, and people wishing to build service families their own home. Housing Market The GLA Strategic and the Borough Housing Assessment (2014) (2009), and subsequent Market Assessment evidence on the form of Reviews, provide housing need. a Policy SC5 addresses the need for to be proportion of homes to be designed readily adaptable to wheelchair users. sub-division Policy SC6 seeks to manage the at least one of large family houses to include to family unit, or in appropriate locations, refers). provide a large HMO (Policy SC10 housing needs Policy SC8 addresses specialist including those of older people. • • • • For the purposes of the Local Plan, a unit For the purposes is defined as that of family accommodation and four bed spaces providing two bedrooms or more. 3.8 addresses the need for London Plan Policy housing choice. Policy Framework The National Planning requires that local planning (paragraph 159) of authorities have a clear understanding that they housing needs in their area, and Market should produce a Strategic Housing the scale and Assessment (SHMA) to identify that is mix of housing and range of tenures of the plan. likely to be needed over the period population This should meet household and and projections taking account of migration types of demographic change, address all Notes • • •

The total number of dwellings in the The total number estimated to be borough is currently 97,000 (2011 Census). one bedroom, 32% Of these, 18% have 35% have three have two bedrooms, have four bedrooms bedrooms and 10% completed in the last Of those dwellings have one bedroom, eight years, 32% have 46% have two bedrooms and 16% three bedrooms. Further information on housing need is available from the Strategic Housing the Market Assessment produced by GLA and the borough Housing Market Assessments. These will be regularly reviewed.

• • • • Supporting facts Supporting

type size and housing a mix of need for Meeting the SC3 - Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC4 - Scale and density of new housing development

Our approach We will achieve this by We will expect development proposal to We will ensure the scale and density of new (a) Optimising housing output, taking into (d) Meet the design standards set out housing development balances the need account the policies for context and character, in Building Regulations and the Local to make efficient use of land and achieves the design standards in the Local Plan and Plan and expanded upon within detailed high quality design and accessibility, whilst public transport accessibility on a case-by-case supplementary guidance documents, responding to and reflecting local context and basis; including but not limited to, demonstrating character and protecting existing residents’ (b) Applying the design standards contained compliance with prevailing daylighting amenity. Large-scale developments will be within this Local Plan to ensure the delivery standards (BRE Guidance 2011) and habitable required to include a mix of land uses and of high quality developments which will not room window separation guidance; and spaces to help create a sense of place and compromise the amenity of existing and future (e) Respond to the Urban Context and community neighbourhood. residents; and Character Study, Conservation Area (c) Having regard to the density ranges Appraisals, planning briefs, Neighbourhood contained within the London Plan Policy 3.4 Plan and other guidance prepared. to help guide the design and scale of new housing developments. Notwithstanding this consideration, where opportunities to maximise housing densities at suitable larger sites in areas of good public transport accessibility exist or can be created, they should be explored where all other planning policies can be fully satisfied to achieve sustainable development. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

108 Hounslow | Local Plan 109

The housing growth enabled through the through the growth enabled The housing

5.17 aims of improving the quality Plan reflects the application of the density and design of housing, development principles. matrix and sustainable should not compromise Development proposals and future residents or the amenity of existing of the area, including the important characters character of back garden spaces. the amenity and considered in the context Proposals will be supplementary guidance of planning policies, Context and evidence including the Urban against these and Character Study. Assessed garden land polices, proposals for inappropriate development will be rejected. The London Plan provides a strategic scale The London Plan

COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE 5.16 of possible housing density broad-brush matrix of location and accessibility, as in different types Transport Accessibility Level measured by Public approach is a useful guide at (PTAL). While this the council will expect all a pan-London scale, a more sophisticated approach proposals to adopt to the context and character of that is responsive of the the site and its setting, and the assessment (including real multi-modal transport accessibility to the impact of committed improvements) and Context proposal sites. The Urban Character identified urban Study reveals the complexity of London Plan types compared to the broad brush Density Matrix. We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We development of new housing density - Scale and SC4 Policy SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC4 - Scale and density of new housing development Notes

• The council has published a borough-wide Urban Context and Character Study, which describes significant defining characteristics of development types and local geographic areas, offering design recommendations. The study is available on the council’s website and is supported by Policy CC1. • The London Plan Policy 3.5 and supplementary housing guidance address the quality and design of housing development, including space standards. • The London Plan (March 2015) Policies 3.4 and 3.7 define ‘large sites’ where higher densities served by good public transport as appropriate to be of 5ha and accommodating more than 500 dwellings. • The council will update the supplementary guidance on residential extensions and design. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

110 Hounslow | Local Plan 111 (g) Be in accordance with the London Plan (g) Be in accordance are proposed. where flatted developments provision of a minimum This requires the outdoor space for all 1 to 2 5sqm of private with an additional 1sqm person dwellings, occupant. Balconies for each additional as an integral part of the should be designed to maximise a beneficial building’s elevation positions that result in aspect, and avoid and loss of privacy unacceptable overlooking dwellings; to other units or existing nearby and of (h) Contribute to the achievement where other objectives in the Local Plan the development proposals compromise delivery of elements of this policy. We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We compliance with the (d) Demonstrate Space Standard with Nationally Described taken to residential a flexible approach heritage conservation conversions to achieve objectives; through a clear design (e) Demonstrate benchmark external rationale how the contained in Figure SC5.2 space standards area and have been considered. The exact will vary character of external amenity space the dwelling according to the size and use of unit; sense of (f) Show how the aspect, usability, established enclosure and prevailing pattern by local character have been considered to create in external open space proposals sufficiently high quality living conditions. The arrangement of external amenity carefully space across a site should also be balance considered to ensure an appropriate space. In of public, communal and private direct and family sized units, there should be garden; easy access to a good sized private

We will achieve this by will achieve We space (a) Applying the minimum internal standards for all new housing developments out in the and residential conversions, as set Nationally Described Space Standard; external (b) Seeking that provision of private privacy space that is usable and affords and security with regard to the benchmark in Figure external space standards set out SC5.2; and (c) Ensuring the delivery of a minimum 10% of new dwellings provide enhanced the local accessibility or adaptability where or authority is responsible for allocating dwelling. nominating a person to live in that Our approach housing development We will ensure new the quality contributes to improving in the borough. and design of housing be required to be of the Developments will and externally, and highest quality internally of everyday life for the meet the demands whilst offering flexibility intended occupants, needs and respect the to meet changing principles of good neighbourliness.

space and external internal Ensuring suitable SC5 - Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC5 - Ensuring suitable internal and external space We are taking this approach because 5.19 The standards and guidance for internal space are set out in the London Plan and 5.18 New housing should provide the highest associated Supplementary Planning Guidance and quality of internal and external space to meet based on research and evidence supporting the the demands of everyday life for the occupants, London Plan and prepared in line with the former including adequate space for people, moving Lifetime Homes Standards, Housing Quality around, their belongings and furnishings, and Indicators and other evidence. The external space a range of activities. This requires a suitable standards adopted in the borough reflect the more quantity and quality of space for members of the open outer-suburban character of the borough household, of different ages and mobility, both compared to the more general pan-London to be together and to have a degree of privacy standards of the London Plan. This additional and space for activities such as home study outdoor space is an essential characteristic of and occasional home working when needed. In suburbia and the borough and the reason why addition, a suitable quantity and quality of external people wish to live in the borough. This character amenity space, appropriate for relaxation as well should be maintained so that residents choose as essential activities (such as waste recycling, to stay. The standards applied reflect the well- drying space and storage), is also needed. established standards of the Hounslow UDP and Supplementary Planning Guidance for houses with updates drawing on the London Plan to address the requirements for open space within flatted developments and conversions. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

112 Hounslow | Local Plan 113 The internal housing space and wheelchair and The internal housing and accessibility standards other adaptability housing development should required of new ‘Technical Space Standards comply with the Space Standard’ and Nationally Described Technical Standards and any Housing Optional where specified by superseding standards, (This refers to the optional the London Plan. M4(2) and Building Regulation requirements standards /or M4(3) as appropriate.) These consolidate and supersede the previous and Lifetime Homes and other guidance standards. Policy CC2 addresses design quality. the Housing London Plan Housing Policies and and SPG provide further detailed requirements standards. and These standards draw on research Homes standards provided through: Lifetime Housing Guidance, Building for Life, HCA Case for Quality Indicator Standards, RIBA the Space and other good practice. Also, been Hounslow UDP standards that have appeal consistently supported in planning decisions. The council will update the supplementary and design. guidance on residential extensions Notes • • • • • 25sqm 30sqm 40sqm Communal external space should be provided Communal external following standards: at no less than the For each flat rooms Up to 3 habitable 4 habitable rooms 5 habitable rooms private space Less a reduction for the area of provided for each flat. There should be a safe and convenient to pedestrian access from every dwelling usable communal space(s) of good and be well aspect and quality. These should privacy landscaped and maintained, protect readily and personal security and not be overlooked or accessible by non-residents. should not Extensions or on-site car parking space. result in undue loss of usable garden conversions In the case of flats and building will be the quantitative space requirements design applied with regard to exceptional considerations. 50sqm 60sqm 75sqm

A minimum of 5sqm of private outdoor A minimum of 5sqm of private outdoor 1-2 space should be provided for each should be person dwelling and an extra 1sqm of that provided for each additional occupant dwelling. This can be provided in the form of usable balconies, roof terraces or private garden space. Other forms of development should provide Other forms of development should space for a combination of private outdoor space. every flat and communal open Flats and other forms of residential of residential Flats and other forms including conversions development 3 habitable rooms 4 habitable rooms 5 habitable rooms and over amenity In addition to size the layout of the shape, space must always provide a suitable on-site car aspect and siting. Extensions or loss of parking should not result in undue garden space. For houses the usable amenity space should For houses the usable less than the following be provided to no standards: Houses space and external internal Ensuring suitable SC5 - Policy

Figure SC 5.2: Benchmark external space standards space external Benchmark SC 5.2: Figure COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC6 - Managing building conversions and sub-division of the existing housing We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to To manage the conversion of buildings and the (f) Have a minimum 130sqm net original 5.20 The borough contains over 97,000 subdivision of existing housing stock so as to internal floor area to be considered suitable for dwellings as well as other non-residential contribute to housing supply without having an conversion or subdivision; buildings that may be suitable for conversion and/ adverse impact of the character of an area, or (g) Provide at least one family-sized unit or sub- division to create several independent residents’ amenity. at ground floor, except in locations not flats. In terms of the application of Policy SC6, considered suitable for families; subdivision includes the conversion of existing We will achieve this by (h) Have regard to the internal and external outbuildings for use as separate dwellings. The policy supports the conversion of larger existing (a) Establishing a minimum net original floor space standards; houses to flats where the ‘original’ floor area of area threshold for the conversion of houses to (i) Provide a good standard of living conditions the house is in excess of 130sqm (this reflects flats; and amenity for future occupiers in terms of the minimum standards of internal space required privacy, daylight and outlook; (b) Requiring at least one family-sized unit for new development). However the conversion (two bedroom - four person or more) be (j) Be of a high quality design and include of residential properties that have been previously provided at ground floor in any residential provision for the storage of waste and extended (or to which out-buildings have been conversion; recycling; and added) to create a total accommodation of at (c) Recognising that properties in locations (k) Ensure that there is no undue loss of least 130sqm will not be supported. In the latter suitable for more intensive household amenity for neighbouring occupiers and the situation, the impact of multiple-occupation on occupancy may be appropriate for conversion surrounding area. the residential amenity and character of the to HMO (Policy SC10) or conversion to surrounding established residential area is likely to several flats, other locations will be preferred give rise to serious harmful impact. to remain as family houses or potentially for conversion to flats of a more modest intensity of occupancy; (d) Ensuring all residential conversions maintain the amenity of neighbours and the general character of the surrounding area; and (e) Considering the cumulative impact of the proposed conversion with others in the vicinity of the application site. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

114 Hounslow | Local Plan 115

Policy SC10 establishes principles for Policy SC10 establishes to HMOs, which will be the conversions as an alternative to considered favourably flats, depending upon the a conversion to location of the property to suitability of the household occupancy. accommodate intensive in more occupants Usually HMOs result households, resulting in living as individual etc. In other more cars, comings and goings, houses locations the retention of large family to flats for family occupation or conversion rather than an HMO will be preferred. and Policy SC7 addresses housing extensions as a the conversion of buildings to housing matter of housing supply. external Policy SC5 addresses internal and space standards for housing.

• • • Notes

housing existing of the sub-division and conversions building - Managing SC6 Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC7 - Residential extensions and alterations We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will support the extension and (e) Complement the original building, 5.21 The council promotes and supports a high improvement of residential properties provided harmonise with adjoining properties and standard of urban design and architecture for all extensions and alterations (including maintain the character of the general street all development that respects heritage and the outbuildings, basements, and the construction scene and the character and amenity of private natural environment; this applies equally to small of paving and driveways) maintain the spaces (including rear gardens); scale householder development of extensions, character of the area, and do not result in harm (f) Minimise harm to neighbouring residents minor alterations and outbuildings. However, to the amenity of neighbouring residents, (such as avoiding an unacceptable loss of the cumulative impact of these many minor existing and future occupants, and the built daylight/sunlight, outlook or by creating an developments can have a significant impact, and and natural environment. unacceptable sense of enclosure) and future therefore policies for design and environmental occupants through high quality design; quality will apply in all cases. This policy highlights We will achieve this by (g) In the case of an extension or outbuilding some specific advice in respect of smaller scale residential development. (a) Requiring that all alterations and additions development, have regard to the quality, do not harm the existing character and character, materials and scale of the principal 5.22 The scope for the scale and appearance appearance of the building and its context by building, be subordinate to the existing of an extension should reflect the building, ensuring development has regard to relevant building, and not over develop the site in terms setting and local context and character rather design guidance and standards set out in of mass and density; than achievement of a uniform borough-wide Supplementary Planning Documents; (h) Respect the surrounding established ‘standard’. The Urban Context and Character context including the quality and size of (b) Ensuring development responds to and Study and other guidance prepared by the council gardens. reflects the design recommendations in provide an essential basis that designs should the Urban Character and Context Study and (i) Have regard to further design guidance reflect. Conservation Area Appraisals; as set out in Supplementary Planning (c) Preparing guidance for basement Documents, and design recommendations in 5.23 The system of householder permitted extensions in the form of a Supplementary the Urban Context and Character Study and development rights provides for a variety of Planning Document; and Conservation Area Appraisals; and smaller scale development without the need (d) Using planning conditions to prevent the (j) Have regard to the design standards set for further planning approvals, although building use of outbuildings or extensions as self- out in the Local Plan and Supplementary regulation approval may still be required. However contained dwellings. Planning Documents where the development those promoting such developments will be of outbuildings, extensions and alterations encouraged to reflect the council’s policies and are carried out under householder permitted guidance in the design of their proposals.

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local development rights.

116 Hounslow | Local Plan 117

Hounslow Supplementary Planning Guidance Hounslow Supplementary design guidance for residential (1997) provides and successor extensions and alterations, improve on this to provide documents will having regard to the Urban design guidance Study 2014. Context and Character supplementary planning London Plan housing further guidance addressing guidance provides development the quality and design of housing including space standards.

• • Notes

alterations and extensions Residential SC7 - Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC8 - Specialist and Supported Housing We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will support the provision of appropriate (d) Be developed in partnership with the 5.24 The number of vulnerable adults living housing to meet the specialist and supported council and/or health partners; in the borough is rising significantly. Life needs of vulnerable local people, including (e) Have nomination arrangements for expectancy is increasing, resulting in a larger specialist housing for older people, and Supported Housing and Extra Care Housing older frail population and growing numbers of the strategic aim of minimising the use agreed with the council to maximise the children and young people with complex and of residential and nursing homes when utilisation for local residents, and to ensure multiple disabilities are surviving into adulthood. vulnerable people could otherwise be against the importation of need from outside Historically, the borough has placed its most supported to live independently or in the borough; vulnerable residents into institutional care often supported and extra care housing in their local outside of the borough due to lack of suitable (f) Be clear about how the provision will meet community. provision locally. These have often been in the needs of the borough’s residents; placements made into private hospitals, nursing (g) Be of a size appropriate to the service homes and residential care homes. We will achieve this by user group and level of need; and (a) Supporting the provision of purpose built (h) Support the integration of vulnerable 5.25 Current policy and evidence show that supported housing to meet specialist housing residents with specialist housing need into people residing in institutional settings have needs where the proposed accommodation communities. poorer life outcomes, are often at a higher risk will meet identified local need (for example, of abuse, and the health and social care costs Extra Care Housing, Supported Housing for are disproportionate to actual need. Typically People with Learning Disabilities, Mental institutional care is more expensive and less Health Problems, Homeless People with enabling than supported housing models. There is Support Needs and Young People); a strong policy drive in the council, in accordance (b) Carefully considering the need for further with the national agenda, to reduce the number nursing and care homes with regard to the of placements into residential and nursing care, evidence submitted of the need for that form in favour of independent accommodation with of provision and alternative forms of provision care and support or supported housing where to meet that need; and appropriate. The supply of appropriate supported (c) Requiring a proportion (in excess of 10% accommodation within the borough is limited and dependant on client group) of supported the existing stock is not always fit for purpose. housing to be designed for or readily There is an overprovision of private nursing and adaptable to meet the needs of wheelchair residential care in the borough, however local need for care homes will be balanced against Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local users. strategic benchmarks for care homes. 118 Hounslow | Local Plan 119 is Lifetime Neighbourhoods Mental Health: Hounslow Clinical Mental Health: Hounslow Group Out of Hospital Commissioning Care Closer to Home Strategy and Better (2012) and North West London NHS Shifting Settings of Care; Joint Learning Disabilities: Hounslow’s Care Learning Disabilities and Adult Social The Commissioning Strategy 2010 -2016, Winterbourne View Concordat(2013), Valuing People Now (2009); and Review Extra Care Housing: Older People by of Housing, Care and Support approved target of Cabinet recommended a planning Public 160 Extra Care units (Council, Other April Sector or Registered Provider) in 2012. addressed in the London plan’s vision and strategy, policies 2.15 and 7.1 and glossary and Housing SPG. The case for reducing out of borough The case for reducing the reduction in use of placements and and the increase in provision institutional care in the borough is of supported housing following documents: supported in the The report for the GLA ‘Assessing Potential The report for the GLA ‘Assessing in London Demand for Older Persons Housing of - March 2014’ updates the modelling supply, older persons housing demand and people and reflecting tenure amongst older based on the revised household projections the 2011 Census. The concept of i. ii. iii. Notes • • • housing schemes. London- wide, care housing schemes. London- wide, homes are still the dominant form of new provision of older person’s accommodation in London. young While the borough has a relatively that population profile compared to number typical in London and the UK, the of older people is increasing rapidly, with implications for specialist housing care. provision, increased support and In the period 2001 - 2011 the borough’s above) older population (65 years age and a 19.6% increased by 10.2% compared to increase in the population as a whole. of In the period 2012 - 2018 the number by older people is projected to increase 14.5% compared to a 9.74% increase in the whole population. • forecasting based on local demographics and demographics based on local forecasting the continuum of care for an which supports with the Plan’s support for individual. Consistent facilitates assisted living in the development that the Plan supports the design local community, healthy place to support health of buildings and Lifetime Neighbourhoods and wellbeing and objectives. In order to meet the challenges of to meet the challenges In order The GLA report ‘Assessing Potential The GLA report ‘Assessing Potential Demand for Older Persons Housing the in London - March 2014’ updates modelling of older persons housing demand and supply, reflecting the older housing tenure patterns amongst people and the revised household projections based on the 2011 Census. for The report identifies potential demand units 145 specialist older persons housing period per year in the borough over the 2015-2025, with 95pa for sale, 30pa intermediate sale and 20pa affordable rent. The council monitors planning consents for care homes, extra care or assisted living accommodation, and sheltered

• • • Supporting facts Supporting 5.26 and the reduction in local increasing need NHS funding, the council will government and way with health partners work in an integrated with developers to increase and in collaboration quality supported housing the quantity of high housing in the borough, in stock and adapted supported housing demand order to meet the

Housing Supported and - Specialist SC8 Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC9 - Gypsy and traveller and travelling showpeople We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will give careful consideration to the (d) Ensure proposals for additional pitches 5.27 Gypsy and Traveller accommodation is needs of Gypsies, Travellers and Travelling have good and safe access from the road a specialist form of housing accommodation Showpeople and provide appropriate network, with adequate turning space for provision suitable of the needs of qualifying accommodation where it meets an identified vehicles and no adverse impacts on traffic people, for which adequate provision should be need and will fully satisfy the criteria in this movements in the locality; and made to meet evidenced need in accordance with policy. (e) Ensure the proposed pitch provision is national planning policies. The need for this form for an appropriate layout in terms of pitches, of accommodation is limited in the borough and We will achieve this by amenity buildings, employment space, hard- suitable affordable provision is made on one site standing, open space and landscaping. (‘The Hartlands’) that includes space to improve (a) Safeguarding the borough’s authorised the existing 20 pitches and provide 6 more to Gypsy and Traveller site in Cranford known meet projected need. There are several sites in as ‘The Hartlands’. This allocation provides the Feltham area that provide the ‘winter quarters’ sufficient capacity to expand to accommodate base for a significant population of Travelling anticipated future need; Showpeople, representing some 55% of the (b) Considering proposals for additional entire London population of showpeople. pitches on alternative sites where there is an identified unmet need and the use of the site 5.28 In the event that a suitable supply of sites would have no serious adverse impact on the is not available to meet demonstrated need, amenity of occupiers of adjoining land, and no proposals will be considered in terms of the serious adverse impact on the visual amenity criterion above and policies of the Plan. of the locality; and (c) Ensuring that additional pitches can be supported by adequate social infrastructure in the locality. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

120 Hounslow | Local Plan 121 showpeople and travelling traveller and ypsy

National planning policy requires that provision National planning Travellers and Travelling be made for Gypsies, part of meeting housing need. Showpeople as Gypsy and Traveller The London Boroughs’ Needs Assessment (2008) Accommodation for accommodation. projects future need Gypsy and The existing council-owned The Hartlands has been Traveller site at and in use since approximately 1970 These are currently comprises 20 pitches. overcrowded. 2014- The Hounslow Housing Strategy for up to 20 2018 document outlines a need by March improved pitches and 6 new pitches 2015. in February Planning permission was granted extension of 2014 for the refurbishment and site. the site within the safeguarded

• • • •

SC9 - G SC9 Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE Notes SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES Policy SC10 - Housing in multiple occupation, hostels and bed & breakfast accommodation We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will recognise that Housing in Multiple (d) For Housing in Multiple Occupation, 5.29 Private rented accommodation, including Occupation and the temporary accommodation hostels and bed and breakfast the letting of ‘spare’ bedrooms and property provided by hostels and bed and breakfast accommodation, be located within convenient sharing by groups of individuals, provides a flexible accommodation are a responsive and flexible walking distance of town centre facilities and and responsive housing resource for singles and part of the range of housing provision good public transport links; families moving into the local housing market. The necessary to meet the needs of individuals (e) Have a minimum ‘original’ floor area multiple occupations of smaller houses in this way and families within the borough, and to greater than 130sqm to be suitable for do not require planning approval. However, the support these in locations suitable for more conversion into non-family HMO, hostel or bed creation of larger Housing in Multiple Occupation intensive occupancy. and breakfast accommodation, where these for 6 occupiers or more, and the development of are located within convenient walking distance temporary accommodation in a hostel or bed and breakfast format, constitutes a change of use that We will achieve this by of town centre facilities and good public transport links; requires planning approval. These are of a scale (a) Supporting proposals for change of use to that can bring about material change and impacts (f) Include suitable facilities for the storage create new Housing in Multiple Occupation on the surrounding area and consequently require and collection of waste and recycling in a (for six occupiers or more) in appropriate planning approval. locations (outlined in (d) below) for intensive manner that complies with waste authority guidelines and will not have a serious impact occupancy, and where these help meet 5.30 This policy supports the conversion on the character and appearance of the local housing need and comply with the required of larger houses to HMO (rather than flats as standards; area; and provided for in Policy SC6) in certain locations (b) Supporting proposals for temporary (g) Demonstrate that proposals together with only, and where the ‘original’ floor area of the accommodation in appropriate locations other similar development in the surrounding dwelling is in excess of 130sqm. The conversion (outlined in (d) below) including new hostels area will not have a serious harmful cumulative of properties that only achieve a total floorspace and bed and breakfast accommodation where impact on the character and residential of more than 130sqm because of previous or these help meet housing need and comply amenity of the area. proposed extension will not be supported. In the with required standards for registration; and latter case, the impact of multiple-occupation (c) Not requiring the provision of a family-sized on the residential amenity and character of the ground floor unit in proposals for conversions surrounding area is likely to give rise to serious into HMOs, hostels and bed and breakfast harmful impact. In making planning decisions the accommodation. council will consider the cumulative impact of the proposal together with other similar developments in the surrounding area upon residential amenity Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local and character. 122 Hounslow | Local Plan 123 Hounslow Housing Strategy (2014) recognises Hounslow Housing of Housing in Multiple the contribution explains measures to improve Occupation and the quality of provision. Notes • Planning approval is required for Planning approval property for occupancy conversion of a living as separate by 6 or more individuals sharing a property. households and under housing Licences are required basis. Mandatory legislation on a different licences are issued under the national in mandatory scheme which all councils This England and Wales must operate. applies to HMOs of 3 or more storeys basic with 5 or more occupiers sharing amenities. issued Additional Licences are licences under the borough’s additional scheme. and not These are discretionary schemes all councils have them. The borough’s more scheme applies to HMOs of 2 or sharing storeys with 4 or more occupiers currently basic amenities. The scheme is from being extended to the whole borough currently the five central wards where it applies. Supporting facts Supporting Occupation Housing in Multiple • • • The council operates a HMO registration The council operates a HMO registration The development should be located should The development

scheme and manages the licensing of different scheme and manages the licensing suitable types of accommodation to ensure In facilities are provided in accommodation. with turn these registrations require compliance for safety and necessary Building Regulations will not be protection. These considerations but the local duplicated in planning decisions share information planning authority will liaise and when appropriate. 5.32 5.31 absorb the more intensive in a place that can of 6 or more individuals household occupancy households and sharing a living as separate to occupancy as a large property. Compared as several flats, this will give rise family house or from home to shops, to increased movements by occupiers that are unlikely services and work to a private car. Therefore to each have access that proposals for such it is a requirement a reasonable accommodation be located within be 400m) of town walking distance (considered to However this centre facilities and public transport. for hostel may not be such an important factor which are accommodation catering for families, and for which likely to generate less movement other factors may be of more importance.

COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE accommodation & breakfast and bed , hostels occupation multiple - Housing in SC10 Policy SUSTAINABLE mixed COMMUNITIES

Policy SC 11 - Student accommodation We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will provide for student accommodation in (e) Demonstrate the site is in an area of good 5.33 The borough does not have an allocation appropriate locations that are convenient for accessibility by public transport (normally PTAL of student accommodation under the London higher education institutions within or near to 4-6) and cycling networks; Plan, however the council will support new the borough. (f) Provide accommodation of high quality, development for student accommodation in including size of units, daylight and sunlight locations which are accessible by sustainable We will achieve this by standards; modes of transport. (a) Ensuring that the development is in an (g) Provide a proportion of accessible 5.34 Some compromise on conventional area with good public transport accessibility accommodation to meet the needs of disabled residential standards may be acceptable but all (normally PTAL 4-6) with access to local students; and development should provide a suitable standard conveniences; (h) Be secured to the occupation of specific of amenity to the occupiers, recognising that education institutions or where this is not the (b) Ensuring that the proposal would not occupants will occupy the accommodation on case, providers should, subject to viability, generate additional demand for on-street a non-permanent basis and enjoy the use of deliver an element of student accommodation parking; recreational and domestic facilities available that is affordable for students in the context of (c) Ensuring there would be no loss of existing through the educational institution. average student incomes and rents for broadly housing or sites allocated for conventional comparable accommodation provided by housing supply; and 5.35 The occupation and use of the London universities. (d) Ensuring that the development does not development should be compatible with the have a detrimental impact on the local area, amenity of neighbouring occupiers and character and will include agreement of a management of the area. and maintenance plan for the accommodation to demonstrate how the amenity of neighbouring properties will be protected and what steps would be taken to minimise the impact of the accommodation on neighbouring uses. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

124 Hounslow | Local Plan 125

Information on the affordability of student Information on the is available through the accommodation Forum and in the London Mayor’s Academic Report. Plan Annual Monitoring Policy 3.8 Housing The London Plan the need for student Choice addresses provision as part of providing accommodation supporting higher housing choice and education in London.

• • Notes

SC 11 - Student accommodation SC 11 Policy COMMUNITIES xed mi SUSTAINABLE Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

126 Hounslow | Local Plan 127 chapter context and six character context and character policy cc1 CONTExt and character

Our approach We will achieve this by We will expect development proposals to We will recognise the context and varied (a) Improving and promoting the appreciation (f) Have due regard to the Urban Context and character of the borough’s places, and seek to of the character and qualities of the Character Study and demonstrate how the ensure that all new development conserves distinctive areas of the borough, by securing proposal: and takes opportunities to enhance their development that sensitively and creatively i. Responds to the design special qualities and heritage. responds to an area’s character and by recommendations for each character refusing poor quality design; area and urban type within which their (b) Sustaining and conserving those areas development proposal is located. which have a high quality, well established and ii. Responds to the wider context and coherent character that is sensitive to change; history of the area, its communities, its (c) Enhancing those areas which have a natural landscape and its urban structure, medium quality, mixed character and which form and function. would benefit from sensitive improvement and iii. Conserves and takes opportunities to intervention; enhance particular features or qualities (d) Transforming those areas which have that contribute to an area’s character, e.g. a low quality, poorly defined character and/ mature trees. or where an opportunity exists to establish a iv. Provides opportunities to help form a new coherent character, enhancing positive new character or improve the poor aspects elements where they exist; and of an existing character that could benefit (e) Monitoring and updating the Urban from enhancement; and Context and Character Study and ensuring the v. Responds to any local architectural study informs any supplementary planning vernacular that contributes to an area’s documents. character, for example bay windows. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

128 Hounslow | Local Plan 129

The study also assists developers in also assists developers The study

6.3 a place has come from, understanding where and where it is going and where it is now, proposals to respond helps guide development area’s character. sensitively to an

Successful, legible and loved places Successful, legible The council has produced an Urban

cc1 policy character xt and CONTE 6.2 are those that provide a character that is easy are those that provide relate to, and that buildings to understand and should help reinforce or and the spaces created legibility, permeability and enhance the character, neighbourhood. The council accessibility of the in the London Plan that shares the aspiration the senses, take care of the city should delight the best of its buildings and streets, and have the most of modern architecture, whilst making its heritage assets. has identified, Context and Character Study which and quality described and assessed the character areas. This is of the borough across its 11 study which through a key part of the evidence base, research extensive field survey work, historical has identified and input from local amenity groups, sensitivity to areas in terms of design quality, for tall and likelihood of change and suitability is well- buildings. In some areas, the character and spaces that defined with high-quality buildings and where any require cherishing and preserving, established change should be sensitive to this is less character. In other areas the character lower quality, defined, more mixed and generally the character where opportunities to improve should be welcomed. A map of these areas can be found in the Urban Context and Character Study and will be subject to periodic updates. 6.1 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We character t and x conte context and character policy cc1 CONTExt and character

Supporting facts

How context and character is considered at the national, London-wide and local levels • The NPPF makes it clear that local authorities should develop policies that are rooted in an understanding and evaluation of an area’s defining characteristics. • The London Plan Policy 7.4 and SPG on Context and Character sets out how LPAs must identify areas of different character and which ones should be protected, sustained and enhanced. • The London Borough of Hounslow Urban Context and Character Study (2014) has established 232 character areas identified across 10 discrete study areas and one cross-cutting study area covering the entire borough. Each character area was surveyed, described, assessed and a response formed, covering which ones should be conserved, enhanced or transformed. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

130

Hounslow | Local Plan 131

Context can be defined as the way in which Context can be defined spaces interrelate with places, sites and physically, functionally one another whether way in which they are or visually, or the and understood. experienced sequentially ‘what’s there’. Context is essentially by the interplay of Character is created including the physical different elements, place, or built elements that make up the factors the cultural, social and economic identity, which have combined to create it through and the people associated with If context memories, association and activity. is ‘what is essentially ‘what’s there’, character it’s like’.

cc1 policy character xt and CONTE • • Notes character t and x conte context and character policy cc2 - urban design and architecture

Our approach We will achieve this by We will expect development proposals to We will retain, promote and support high (a) Ensuring proactive urban design forms an (g) Understand, integrate and where possible quality urban design and architecture to create integral part of council development plans, add to the natural landscape; including the attractive, distinctive, and liveable places. programmes and processes, and prioritising topography, geology, existing features, design guidance for areas of change and landscape context, local flora and fauna intensification; and wider ecological setting of an area. (b) Working with applicants at an early stage Schemes should ensure that trees are suitably (pre-application) to guide and shape the design sited, protected during detailed design and of development proposals; construction, and provide amenity for the long term through effective maintenance (c) Reviewing built and proposed arrangements; developments, decisions and advice to help raise design standards and awareness of the (h) Deliver the right land use mix, amount value of good design; and density in the right places to support the rejuvenation of our town centres and the (d) Working with housing providers to creation of healthy, diverse and varied places; improve the design of estates as part of wider regeneration programmes; (i) Create places that are easy to get to and through, foster active lifestyles, are easy to (e) Working with local communities understand and navigate and feel safe during to understand and improve the urban the day and night, with a particular focus on design of their areas through, for example pedestrians and cyclists; neighbourhood plans; and (j) Function well in themselves and in their (f) Using good practice guidance such as effect on surrounding areas, have a positive By Design, the Urban Design Compendium, impact on the amenity of current and future the Mayor’s Housing Design Guide, residents, visitors and passers-by and help Mayor’s Housing SPG, and Building for Life create Lifetime Neighbourhoods that foster assessments. social interaction and capital; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

132 Hounslow | Local Plan 133 (t) Provide adequate outlook, minimise (t) Provide adequate and overshadowing, and overbearingness sunlight and daylight to ensure sufficient dwellings; proposed and adjoining/adjacent on single aspect dwellings, reduce reliance facing, within noise particularly if north defined in the Noise bands C and D (as Document) or Supplementary Planning or more; provide containing 3 bedrooms of privacy and minimise direct adequate levels layout, design overlooking through the careful spaces; and and orientation of buildings and for bicycles, (u) Make well-designed provision and the acceptable storage of refuse, and materials for recycling and composting and for convenient access for its deposit council’s collection in consultation with the be robust, waste services. Enclosures should with well ventilated and attractively integrated and the building and screened for privacy security. (o) Promote and support contemporary (o) Promote and responds intelligently to architecture that lifestyles, needs and current and future ensuring it’s rooted in local technology, whilst context, at all scales; carbon design and (p) Promote low efficiency measures that incorporate energy well integrated into the design are themselves of the development; and appearance (q) Carefully consider external appearance, through its composition and arrangement, and the use of high quality, durable materials detailing for finishes and careful, considered interest and building facades which add visual indication richness to the street scene. A clear should of how buildings are used and occupied for passive be presented, seizing opportunities design wherever possible; and air (r) Be designed to mitigate noise affect parts quality issues which significantly of the borough; to (s) Be designed so it is fully accessible mobility; people with disabilities or impaired

(k) Respond meaningfully and sensitively to (k) Respond meaningfully and constraints, the site, its characteristics massing and height and the layout, grain, The orientation of of surrounding buildings. on sites to make best use buildings and uses for passive design and access of opportunities should be considered; to daylight/sunlight distinction between private, (l) Provide a clear public space, through an semi-private and of buildings, understanding of fronts and backs of street ground floor uses, and continuity to help frontages and enclosure of space places; foster comfortable, usable and safe safe (m) Provide a high quality, comfortable, and attractive public realm, well-integrated clear, well- into its surroundings through using to address defined boundary and building lines and animate the public realm; are designed (n) Ensure buildings and spaces easily to stand the test of time and are economic and adaptable and resilient to social, technological change, and can accommodate and movement and car parking in a safe useable way; character t and x conte and architecture design cc2 - urban policy context and character policy cc2 - urban design and architecture We are taking this approach because 6.8 Urban design and architecture are also 6.6 The borough has a number of different important contributors to health outcomes, 6.4 Urban design considers how a building physical and landscape characters, many of particularly through the encouragement of more or area works, looks and feels. It includes the high quality, which attract residents, visitors active lifestyles. ‘Active design’ can be achieved design and architecture of buildings and their and workers, such as Osterley and Syon Parks. through a range of measures, including: creating relationship with the spaces between them, and Increasing the amount of new housing and and maintaining mixed uses; encouraging walking the streets, squares, parks and linkages which development density, together with changes and cycling; improving access to public transport; form a whole greater than the sum of their parts. in work-type and car-use also means that ensuring new development connects with existing The quality of our buildings and public spaces is development must use the principles of good parks and open spaces for recreation; providing important as they form the backdrop for social urban design to absorb change appropriately. This facilities like showers and cycle storage that and economic life. They can help or hinder, includes intensifying and uplifting areas where support exercise; and designing building exteriors inspire or dull people’s everyday lives. Achieving there is room for improvement and change. and public realm that contribute to pedestrian good design is critical to securing sustainable friendly environments. communities. Where this does not happen there 6.7 Across the borough, and particularly in can be negative long-term, social, environmental growth areas, the council will work with partners and economic impacts on an area. to secure exemplary urban design and architecture and create high quality, distinctive places. The 6.5 The NPPF attaches great importance to council will proactively manage growth and the design of the built environment and states change, and work with applicants to explore and that good design should contribute positively to shape design issues through the pre-application making places better for people. Design covers process, ensuring that significant design matters how an area functions, not just how it looks, such as layout and form are addressed at the and should be informed by an understanding earliest possible stage. The council aims to of its prevailing character, history and identity. prepare more detailed design guidance for Development should create long-term value specific places (e.g. masterplans, urban design by investing in good design and high quality frameworks) and types of development or design materials, to help ensure places can stand the topics (e.g. residential extensions guidance, test of time as evidenced by the appeal of historic streetscape guidance, tall buildings and amenity areas and buildings that can be enjoyed across the space). By working proactively with local borough. people, developers and others, the council will ensure good design is embedded into its plans, programmes and development schemes from the

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local outset.

134 Hounslow | Local Plan 135 The borough is leading on significant public The borough is leading and Brentford town investment in Hounslow the Golden Mile where centres and along is focused on improving the much of the work of the area through public urban design quality works. realm and building on urban design For more information Design, urban design in objectives see By practice the planning system: towards better (DETR 2000) guidance The Mayor’s Housing SPG contains and on space standards, privacy, daylight sunlight matters, whilst BRE guidance daylight in includes standards on sunlight and site layouts. is set Further information on active design Wellbeing out in Hounslow’s Joint Health and Active by Strategy and the Design Council’s Design - A Short Guide. Notes • • • •

Urban design can be defined as ‘The art of Urban design can design involves the making places. Urban groups of buildings, design of buildings, in villages, towns and spaces and landscapes, of frameworks cities, and the establishment facilitate successful and processes which Urban development.’ (From By Design: better design in the planning system: towards practice) Defining urban design Defining urban Supporting facts Supporting character t and x conte and architecture design cc2 - urban policy context and character

policy cc3 TALL buildings

Our approach We will achieve this by have a significant adverse impact on the To contribute to regeneration and growth, (a) Supporting tall buildings in Hounslow town setting of, or views from heritage assets we will support tall buildings of high quality centre; including Gunnersbury Park, Royal Botanic Gardens Kew World Heritage Site, Syon Park in identified locations which accord with the (b) Supporting a limited number of tall and Osterley Park; principles of sustainable development. buildings in Feltham town centre; (e) Preserving the predominantly 2 to 3 (c) Supporting a limited number of tall storey (less than 10m) building heights across buildings in Brentford town centre. These the rest of the borough with some limited should be carefully designed and sensitively scope for 4 to 6 storey (up to 20m) buildings/ placed so as not to have a significant adverse elements along main streets (for example impact on the setting of, views from and London Road), to assist with way-finding and between heritage assets including Royal where the opportunity exists for higher density Botanic Gardens Kew World Heritage development; Site, Syon Park and the Thames foreshore landscape. They should also respect and (f) Not seeking to replace existing tall respond to the area’s special townscape and buildings which are in inappropriate locations heritage value; (assessed against the criteria of this policy) and not allowing them to be a justification for (d) Supporting tall buildings along sections of the provision of new ones; the A4 Golden Mile frontage. Specific sites will be identified in the Great West Corridor (g) Undertaking more detailed design Plan subject to the delivery of strategic public analysis including a study to identify spatial transport improvements. These should be sensitivities; and carefully placed so as not to create a wall of (h) Working with our partners, particularly tall buildings, ensuring they relate sensitively Historic England and Royal Botanic Gardens to surrounding residential areas and do not Kew World Heritage Site.

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

136 Hounslow | Local Plan 137 (o) Provide for biodiversity within the building (o) Provide for biodiversity to surrounding open form and be sensitive waterways to ensure spaces including minimal impact; to enhance the setting (p) Take opportunities assets, the overall of surrounding heritage skyline and views; the façade and overall (q) Carefully consider visual interest, vertical and detailing to ensure of how the horizontal rhythms, an indication comfort building is inhabited, internal thermal visually and the visual break-up of the building at varying scales; are robust, (r) Use materials and finishes that with durable and of the highest quality, variety and facades providing innate interest, function; to (s) Incorporate innovative approaches and provide high quality, usable, private residential communal amenity space where uses are proposed; and of the (t) Comply with the requirements Public Safety Zone.

We will expect tall building development will expect tall building development We to proposals located and be of a height (i) Be sensitively in proportion to its location and scale that is carefully relate and respond to and setting, and the surrounding area; the character of architectural design (j) Be of the highest attractive, robust and and standards; be sustainable; relevance (k) Be of a scale that reflects their located and hierarchical importance when within a grouping/cluster of tall buildings; to its (l) Be designed to give full consideration any form, massing and silhouette, including impact cumulative impacts, and the potential context; of this on the immediate and wider spaces to (m) Relate heights to widths of and provide a achieve comfortable proportions, and a human positive edge to the public realm of ground scale through the careful treatment floors and lower levels; pleasant (n) Provide for a comfortable and vortices microclimate which minimises wind and over-shadowing; character t and x conte cc3 policy buildings TALL context and character

policy cc3 TALL buildings We are taking this approach because 6.10 Due to the relatively flat topography of the borough and its low, open landscape, tall buildings Supporting facts 6.9 The borough is predominantly low rise, are generally inappropriate as they can dominate characterised by two to three storey buildings the skyline over a very wide area. Way-marking Tall buildings in the London Borough of giving a general building height of up to 10m. The can come from distinctiveness rather than size, so Hounslow majority of medium rise buildings (up to 20m) can tall buildings should be placed in suitable locations be found in and around town centres or along where access to public transport is good and they • There are, at the time of publication, 96 tall main routes such as the London Road. The Urban provide a relevant marker and focal point. Located buildings (taller than 20m) in the borough. Context and Character Study defines a tall building in the right place and designed sensitively, tall • The tallest building in the borough is, at the in the borough as any building or structure which buildings can add to an area’s townscape and time of publication, the 25 storey (75m) is over 20m in height and/or which is significantly image, assist in regeneration, mark a town centre/ mixed use ‘The Tower’ on Brentford’s taller than the surrounding townscape and/ or public transport node or assist in way-finding. Golden Mile and near the important which recognisably changes the skyline. Building junction with Ealing Road, completed in height is measured from the ground plane to the 6.11 The borough has a number of tall 2014. roof, including the height of any rooftop plant. buildings that do not positively contribute to the • The borough’s tall buildings were The majority of buildings above 20m are located townscape and their existence should not be constructed essentially within two periods: in and near the Chiswick Business Park, along grounds for the provision of more. The council the 1960s and 1970s era of high-rise the Golden Mile and in Brentford, Hounslow and also recognises that creating successful, vibrant residential and office building, which gave Feltham town centres. urban environments is about compactness and little consideration to their location and density, not necessarily about height of buildings. their visual and environmental impact; and The density and spacing of buildings and their the 1990s and 2000s urban renaissance, architectural quality are important factors in an era of greater understanding and creating well used public spaces and a coherent, application of urban design principles. attractive townscape. • It should be noted that an assessment of a character area as having any degree of suitability for tall buildings should not be taken to imply that every location within that area is suitable. Applications for tall buildings will be expected to include considered and thorough urban design and architectural analysis demonstrating why a specific site is an opportunity for a tall building. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

138 Hounslow | Local Plan 139 The council will produce supplementary supplementary will produce The council type and location of tall guidance on the the borough in due course. buildings within tall building types, The work will consider towers/mixed e.g. very tall buildings/slender scrapers, and how they use towers/ground in the borough. The might be accommodated urban design analysis study will also include locations for the that identifies appropriate tall buildings, and will include various types of identified protection of sightlines and views World in the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew (2011). Heritage Site Management Plan •

The council’s definition of a tall building is The council’s definition which is over 20m ‘any building or structure which is significantly taller in height and/or townscape and/ or which than the surrounding the skyline.’ Refer to the recognisably changes Character Study for more Urban Context and information and assessment detailed baseline suitability. criteria on tall building Public Safety Zones (PSZ) are designated within areas of land close to airport runways, in order to which development is restricted increased control the number of people at maps are risk of aircraft related hazards. PSZ Transport, published by the Department for Transport for with policy set out in Department in circular 01/2010 (Control of development airport public safety zones).

character t and x conte cc3 policy buildings TALL • • Notes context and character policy cc4 HERITAGE

Our approach We will achieve this by (d) Working with Royal Botanic Gardens We will identify, conserve and take (a) Collating a borough-wide Heritage Strategy Kew World Heritage Site, London Borough of opportunities to enhance the significance of to guide a long-term, ambitious strategy for Richmond and Historic England to conserve the borough’s heritage assets as a positive the continued conservation, enhancement and and enhance the outstanding universal values means of supporting an area’s distinctive enjoyment of the significance of the borough’s of The Royal Botanical Gardens Kew World character and sense of history. heritage assets, in consultation with the Heritage Site, its buffer zone and its setting, borough’s local history societies and residents; including views to and from this asset. This includes assisting in the implementation of the (b) Conserving and taking opportunities to World Heritage Site Management Plan; enhance the significance of the borough’s network of designated and non-designated (e) Promoting the appropriate re-use of heritage assets and their settings, identifying historic buildings and supporting schemes that new assets where appropriate and recognising conserve the significance of, and provide the the cumulative positive impact of heritage heritage asset with a sustainable, long-term assets in a given area in consultation with use; the borough’s local history societies and (f) Working with our network of partners to residents. We will use Article 4 directions ensure the borough’s heritage is accessible, where appropriate to enhance conservation of appreciated, valued and enjoyed by residents, character or fabric; workers and visitors; (c) Promoting heritage-led regeneration, (g) Conserving and enhancing the strategic particularly where this brings long term value and local views identified in the Urban Context and sense of place to development, such as in and Character Study that give the borough its our town centres and along the Golden Mile. character, visual richness and coherence; and We will aim to secure the regeneration of by maintaining and updating a schedule of heritage assets at risk, including those within views; and Gunnersbury Park, Hanworth Park, Boston (h) Conserving and enhancing the borough’s Manor House and the former Hounslow beneficial and historic landmarks identified in Powder Mills sites; the Urban Context and Character Study, which provide a strong visual and physical presence in the townscape. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

140 Hounslow | Local Plan 141 iii. Opportunities to mitigate or adapt to iii. Opportunities the re-use or climate change through as long as this is adaptation are maximised of important aspects not to the detriment of character; the character of iv. That it maintains internal features of interiors and retain layouts, methods and interest including where these are means of construction important; viable v. That the original use is no longer use are and the benefits of the proposed demonstrated and would be in keeping with the character of the area; and of vi. That a record is made and submitted maintained features of interest found, to be and extended during works. Sustainability and salvage aspects should be factored into proposals. i. It is in keeping with the character of i. It is in keeping harmonious with its the building and the wider character of surroundings and particular respect to the area; and, with identified aspects of listed buildings or their locally listed buildings, it preserves special architectural or historic character and any features they may possess; ii. It is of a high quality design and form sympathetic in terms of scale and use of to the original building and in the period materials and other details to the and style of the original building; Buildings and structures alterations, extensions or (n) In the case of of a heritage asset a proposal changes of use that: should demonstrate HERITAGE

We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We take opportunities to (i) Conserve and asset and its setting in a enhance any heritage to its significance; manner appropriate and reuse a heritage (j) Retain, conserve appropriate to its value and asset in a manner significance; that substantial harm (k) Demonstrate asset is avoided, to or loss of a heritage can be unless exceptional circumstances NPPF; demonstrated, consistent with the (l) Demonstrate that where a development proposal will lead to less than substantial harm to the significance of a designated harm will heritage asset (see Glossary), this of the be outweighed by the public benefits viable proposal, including securing its optimum use; or or loss of, (m) Have regard to any harm to, heritage the significance of a non-designated and indirect asset, including from both direct assets effects. Non-designated heritage include locally listed buildings, Archaeological local Priority Areas and areas of special character.

cc4 policy character t and x conte context and character policy cc4 HERITAGE

Conservation areas Sites of archaeological importance Strategic and local views (o) Any development within or affecting a (r) We will expect the development proposal (v) Conserve and enhance any strategic or Conservation Area must conserve and take to submit an Archaeological Evaluation Report local views identified in the Urban Context opportunities to enhance the character of if the proposal falls within or adjacent to an and Character Study and undertake a visual the area, and respect the grain, scale, form, Archaeological Priority Area; impact assessment to demonstrate no proportions and materials of the surrounding (s) We may require that an on-site adverse impacts on the designated view or on area and existing architecture; and assessment by trial work (archaeological field views from Royal Botanic Gardens Kew World (p) Retain and reuse any building in a evaluation) is carried out before any decision Heritage Site. conservation area which makes or can be on the planning application is taken; and adapted to make a positive contribution to (t) We will require any nationally important Registered parks and gardens the character of the area. Where a building remains and their settings to be preserved (w) Consider adding to the list and makes little contribution to the area, consent permanently in situ, subject to consultation encouraging preservation and enhancement for demolition will not be given unless there with Historic England as the borough’s through appropriate management measures. are approved plans for redevelopment or reuse archaeological adviser. If preservation in situ is of the land which will conserve and enhance required the development proposal will need the character of the area. Sustainability and to accommodate this in the design. Listed Buildings at Risk salvage aspects should be factored into (x) Continue to assist with Historic England’s proposals. Register of Heritage at Risk, adding items Scheduled ancient monuments where necessary but seeking their removal (u) Conserve and enhance a scheduled World Heritage Site by developing a proactive strategy for ancient monument and its setting if affected. working with owners to ensure the continued (q) Conserve and enhance the internationally Proposals must assess and submit an conservation of the significance of the recognised Outstanding Universal Value of the evaluation report if the proposal affects a boroughs heritage assets. Royal Botanic Gardens Kew World Heritage scheduled ancient monument. Site, its buffer zone and its setting, including views to and from the site. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

142 Hounslow | Local Plan 143 The protection and enhancement of the of the and enhancement The protection 6.13 well as core principle that a historic environment is sustainable development, a legal duty underpins NPPF. The borough’s heritage as outlined in the resources and are assets are irreplaceable to change and development, particularly sensitive protection and careful treatment requiring special and importance for future to sustain their value can impinge on the generations. Development important assets, whilst the settings of the most away through value of lesser ones can be whittled Alternatively attrition and incremental change. reuse of their conservation and the sensitive development heritage assets in regeneration and catalyst, adding proposals can act as an important environmental significant social, economic and to the quality and value and contributing positively and the value of character of new development, the borough. HERITAGE The borough enjoys a network of heritage The borough enjoys

assets and aspects that defines its origins and assets and aspects A heritage asset can illustrates distinctiveness. place, building, monument or be a landscape, been identified as having special feature that has interest. Within the architectural or historic from Grade I statutorily borough, these range such as Syon House, located with Listed Buildings Syon Park and other listed buildings in registered Riverside’s lying within the 141ha of Isleworth individual or designated conservation area, to listed for groups of buildings that are locally Outside their contribution to an area’s character. Kew the borough, the Royal Botanic Gardens Borough World Heritage Site lies in the London is set of Richmond. Its international importance Universal out in the Statement of Outstanding falls within Value and part of its buffer zone Syon Park the London Borough of Hounslow, the focus of is specifically mentioned as being opposite banks one of the garden vistas on the affects and of the Thames. Its setting includes, Syon Park. contributes to the borough, including Royal We have a duty to assist in preserving universal Botanic Gardens Kew’s outstanding historic value which includes a rich and diverse legacy, landscape and an iconic architectural views and which in turn provides benefit in character to, and recognition of, the assets of the London Borough of Hounslow. 6.12 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We cc4 policy character t and x conte context and character policy cc4 HERITAGE

Supporting facts

The borough’s heritage assets

• The Context and Character Study has found that the character and identity of an area is heavily derived from its historical pattern of development, whether it’s along the borough’s historic Roman road and later incarnation as a great coaching route; its medieval pattern of lanes, villages, riverside settlements and the great estates; the effects of Hounslow Heath and the industrial revolution; its rows of Victorian terraced housing or art deco edged highways of the twentieth century; or the showpiece gems such as Boston Manor, Chiswick House, Osterley House and Chiswick Mall. • Definitions of designated and non- designated heritage assets are provided in the Glossary (Appendix 2). • Maps and descriptions of the Areas of Special Character and Archaeological Priority Areas can be found in the Urban Context and Character Study. • The council will maintain and publish a List of Buildings of Local Townscape Character. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

144 Hounslow | Local Plan 145

HERITAGE

Historic England has published a range of Historic England planning decisions relating guidance to inform the English Heritage to heritage, including - Enabling Development Policy Statement of Significant Places, and the Conservation Policies and Guidance Conservation Principles: of Historic Buildings (2005), (2008), The Repair in the View: A Method Seeing the History in Views for Assessing Heritage Significance (2011). (2011), The Setting of Heritage Assets has published The Royal Botanic Gardens Kew a range of guidance to inform planning the decisions relating to heritage, including Heritage Royal Botanic Gardens Kew World the Site Management Plan (2011) and Value. Statement of Outstanding Universal the The Mayor of London has published Guidance on London’s World Heritage Sites: Guidance, Settings Supplementary Planning on planning which provides further guidance Site. decisions near the World Heritage

cc4 policy • • • Notes character t and x conte context and character policy cC5 Advertisement panels, hoardings and structures

Our approach (d) Reviewing the existing Areas of Special elevation and any architectural features, and We recognise that advertisements can have Advertisement Control and where appropriate, relevant to the use and context. Proposals economic development benefits and that designating additional areas for protection due should not detract from the elevation or any they may support regeneration objectives to their sensitivities; and architectural features to ensure that they in appropriate locations, however all (e) Encouraging the use of temporary shrouds are compatible with existing amenity. Free advertisements must respect their context and advertising where these make a positive standing adverts should be well designed as with suitable regard to considerations of contribution to the appearance of an area architectural elements and avoid any impact on amenity and public safety. during construction or on-site works; important views. A proliferation of stand-alone advertisements and billboards will be resisted as being harmful to townscape amenity; We will achieve this by We will expect development proposals to (j) Demonstrate that the advert is sensitively (a) Focusing advertisements in town centres, (f) Describe the advertisement and the placed and designed to not adversely impact shopping parades and areas of commercial supporting structures in every case; the setting of heritage assets and strategic or activity; (g) Demonstrate that the advertisement and local views; (b) Ensuring that advertisements do not associated structure are of a size, design, (k) Demonstrate that the advertisement will adversely impact on the setting of heritage scale and degree of illumination that is not result in visual clutter or a proliferation of assets, the skyline or the amenity of compatible with the surrounding buildings, harmful advertising; residential properties. Any impact will be other advertising and the wider area; (l) Demonstrate that the advertisement and assessed in terms of its significance; (h) Demonstrate that the advertisement, associated structure does not adversely (c) Encouraging all corporate branding, the illumination and associated structure do impact on pedestrian and vehicle movement signage and advertisements (including not appear obtrusive or unduly dominant on and safety; illuminated advertisements and lighting) the skyline, including during the hours of (m) Contribute good quality hard and soft positively contribute to an area and resisting darkness. Reference should be made to the landscaping to enhance the appearance of the adverts that will cause severe harm in terms of requirements of the ILP (Institute of Lighting area; and townscape, amenity and public safety; Professionals) Technical Note 5; (n) Demonstrate that the advertisement, its (i) Be of a high quality design to support illumination and associated structure will not the enhancement of the borough’s amenity. adversely impact (or cumulatively impact) the Advertisements on buildings should be integral amenity of residential areas or pedestrians. to the building’s design, working with the Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

146 Hounslow | Local Plan 147 Although many signs can be displayed Although many signs consent, the council has without express the most prominent powers to control under the outdoor advertisements Planning (Control of Town and Country (England) Regulations Advertisements) 2007. is required unless Planning permission in The the advertisement is allowed for of Town and Country Planning (Control Advertisements) (England) Regulations 2007. National Planning Policy Framework, Department for Communities and Local Government, March 2012 Supporting facts Supporting • • Notes • We recognise that well designed and that well We recognise 6.15 advertising, corporate branding carefully located lighting and illumination) and signage (including the creation of a vibrant can contribute to and positive approach to commercial image investment and regeneration to focused inward parts of the borough.

and structures , hoardings panels Advertisement

We have evaluated the existing character We have evaluated demand for There is continuing

cC5 policy 6.14 and aspirations for the enhancement of the and aspirations for borough, and identified where character of the should be focused and where advertisements - including Areas of they should be avoided Control. Special Advertisement areas outdoor advertisements in commercial arterial of the borough and along the major Road routes. In particular, the Great West through and M4 - stretching from Chiswick number Brentford - already has a significant The council of tall advertisement structures. resisted and has consistently and successfully enforced against inappropriate advertisement in terms of installations that are unacceptable including the safety and amenity, for reasons dominance unacceptable addition of visual clutter, due to their of the area or impact upon the skyline because height. The luminosity or visual impact display is of intensity/frequency of any digital may seek to also a significant factor. The council and design of provide additional guidance on siting Planning advertisements through a Supplementary Document. 6.13 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We character t and x conte Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

148 Hounslow | Local Plan 149 chapter GREEN AND BLUE seven INFRASTRUCTURE GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB1 - Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land

Our approach We will expect development proposal to We will protect and enhance Green Belt (e) Be compatible with and not inappropriate and Metropolitan Open Land to maintain its development in the Green Belt (as set out openness, quality and permanence. This will in the NPPF) or Metropolitan Open Land (as be achieved through the positive management outlined in the London Plan); of both designations and improving public (f) Carefully consider the cumulative access. impact of extensions and alterations to existing development in the Green Belt and We will achieve this by Metropolitan Open Land; (a) Establishing a Green Belt boundary, to (g) Conserve and enhance the nature ensure that it is strong and permanent; conservation, landscape and recreation and amenity value of Green Belt and Metropolitan (b) Establishing the extent of Metropolitan Open Land through positive management; Open Land in line with the Mayor of London’s designation; (h) Improve public access to the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land; and (c) Protecting Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land by ensuring that any development (i) Maintain the openness, setting and visual is not inappropriate and meets the purposes of amenity where it is located near the Green the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land; Belt and Metropolitan Open Land, with and particular attention given to the location, setting, design, materials, height and (d) Working with partners to improve public landscaping. access to the Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land, including the promotion of sports, recreation, leisure and cultural uses that fall within the acceptable uses outlined in the NPPF. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

150 Hounslow | Local Plan 151 Both the Green Belt and Metropolitan Green Belt and Both the 7.3 up a large and important part Open Land make green infrastructure, playing of the borough’s in providing space for habitats a significant role and access to nature for local and biodiversity, also boost environmental residents. They to control flood risk and resilience by helping of climate change. These mitigating the risks up large parts of a network of designations make the borough and beyond as open spaces, linking London Green part of the Mayor of London’s All Grid. Green Belts prevent urban sprawl by Green Belts prevent the Metropolitan Open Land is afforded

keeping land permanently open. They assist in keeping land permanently countryside, preserve green safeguarding the biodiversity, and support urban infrastructure and encouraging the re-use of existing regeneration by NPPF gives the purposes of the urban land. The policy protection and should Green Belt strong guidance on the forms of be referred to for in the development which are not inappropriate Green Belt. 7.2 Belt by same level of protection as the Green It is defined in the policies in the London Plan. land within the London Plan as strategic open the structure the urban area that contributes to It provides of London and provides open breaks. recreation, space for open air facilities for sports, River Thames leisure and culture, includes the may also contain within the borough boundary and value. landscapes of historic or biodiversity 7.1 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN Open Land and Metropolitan G Belt GB1 -reen Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB1 - Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land

Supporting facts • The environmental quality and value of the • Most of the borough’s Metropolitan borough’s Green Belt varies significantly, Open Land is well maintained and highly The borough’s Green Belt and from sites that are highly valuable in valued for public use, with specific open Metropolitan Open Land terms of biodiversity (such as Kempton spaces such as Osterley Park and Syon Waterworks and Bedfont Lakes Country Park acting as destinations that attract • Significant areas of the borough Park) to those in a poor environmental visitors from across London and beyond. are designated as Green Belt and state. In these areas the council will Good maintenance should continue and Metropolitan Open Land. This land is need to work with partners to positively improvements should be made where diverse in character and land use, and manage and make improvements to sites necessary. Much of the borough’s contains the largest open spaces in of poor environmental quality, and support Metropolitan Open Land also holds the borough, taking in sports clubs and the development of plans or projects important heritage value, containing facilities, nature conservation areas, aiming to take this objective forward. historic buildings and gardens, such heritage assets and agricultural land. The as Boston Manor, Osterley, Syon and Green Belt also contains some developed Chiswick Houses and Grounds. sites, including housing and industrial uses, a number of schools and HMP Feltham Young Offenders Institute. These sites require careful management and are subject to controls that limit extensions or alterations.

Notes

• The London Plan sets out the Mayor’s approach to protecting the current extent of Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land in Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local the capital. 152 Hounslow | Local Plan 153 We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We Local Open Space from (g) Protect existing where it would lead development, especially publicly accessible open to a deficiency in satisfies the criteria for such space, unless it the NPPF in that: it has been development in surplus to requirements; assessed as clearly by equivalent or or it would be replaced in a suitable location; or the better provision and development is for alternative sports for which recreational provision, the need clearly outweighs the loss; upon (h) Avoid the loss of or encroachment an open Local Open Space, or intrusion into the open aspect. Development ancillary to space use must preserve its predominantly open character; and accessible (i) Enhance the provision of publicly especially Local Open Space in the borough, as identified in areas of open space deficiency Monitoring on an annual basis through Annual achieve Reports Major developments should this through onsite provision wherever substantial possible, particularly in areas of change and intensification.

We will achieve this by will achieve We and protecting Local Open (a) Designating on the Policies Map, in line Space as shown the London Plan; with the NPPF and Open (b) Protecting and enhancing Local in quality, Space, addressing deficiencies quantity and access; Open (c) Maintaining the supply of Local borough’s Space to meet the needs of the on-site growing population, by expecting space, provision of publicly accessible open in particularly in major new developments areas of deficiency; an (d) Encouraging the provision of space appropriate balance and mix of open different parts types specific to meet needs in to of the borough, with specific reference and gardens; increasing the provision of parks areas of Local (e) Protecting quiet and tranquil Open Space that are relatively undisturbed recreation by noise and are valued for their amenity attributes; and groups, (f) Working with partners, friends other stakeholders and the general public to improve and enhance the quality of and access to Local Open Space. Our approach and enhance Local Open We will protect Space.

GB2 - space GB2 open Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB2 - open space We are taking this approach because 7.6 The majority of open spaces in the borough are highly valued by local residents for 7.4 Together with the borough’s Green Belt their landscape, heritage, biodiversity or space and Metropolitan Open Land, Local Open Spaces for recreation, and provide areas for community are integral to the character and image of the activities and cultural events. In this respect, borough, breaking up the built environment, and they can help aid community involvement and adding to local context and amenity. They make the general well-being of residents. As such, the an important contribution to the health and well- provision of open space relative to the population being of borough residents, providing space for will be kept under review and considerations of sport, physical activity and play, as well as tranquil whether Local Open Space be regarded as surplus spaces for quiet recreation. in accordance with paragraph 7.4 should take into account the needs arising from future population 7.5 Local Open Space is a key element growth. of green infrastructure and plays a role in providing habitats and biodiversity, and boosting environmental resilience by helping to control flood risk and mitigating the risks of climate change. The borough’s open spaces provide green connections around and beyond the borough as part of the network making up the Mayor of London’s All London Green Grid, for use by people and wildlife. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

154 Hounslow | Local Plan 155 Quality of open space borough contains the greatest The west of the open spaces, followed number of low quality and Chiswick. This by Cranford, Heston management issues, both highlights current extensive areas of land to where there are area, and also where maintain in the west use may already be leading to high intensity of in Cranford, poorer quality environments e.g. and Heston and Chiswick. Investment to address improvements should be focused issues of low quality. Quantity of open space Hounslow and Cranford and Chiswick, Central open space in relation to Heston have less than the rest of the borough. their population open spaces in these areas This means that used, and this will are already intensively by new development. It be exacerbated that development is therefore important provide open proposals in these areas seek to deficiencies space on-site to ensure quantity are addressed and not worsened. open space to Access Publicly accessible open space deficiency areas. is mapped using 400m catchment in Barriers to access also present problems to severance certain parts of the borough due as roads by major transport arteries, such base and railways. The open space evidence deficiency areas identifies the most significant in Brentford, Isleworth, Central Hounslow and Cranford and Heston. Development existing should therefore seek to address space, and deficiencies in access to open leading to not result in a loss of open space Accessible increased deficiency. A Publicly takes Open Space Deficiency map which account of barriers to access, will be published and updated through the Annual Monitoring Report.

Despite there being a good overall level of Despite there being a good overall and access open space, the quantity, quality with varies substantially across the borough, areas of deficiency that new development tackle. and other projects should help to open These are assessed in detail in the as space evidence base and summarised follows: The borough has 349ha of Local Open The borough has a particularly important Space which plays for recreation and amenity, role in providing and character. or adds to local context in Hounslow is set to As the population reach grow by around 30,000 people to will 280,000 by 2030, Local Open Space Green Belt need to be protected, alongside ensure and Metropolitan Open Land, to of future that provision meets the needs residents. Open space in the borough Supporting facts Supporting

GB2 - space GB2 open Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB2 - open space Notes require an assessment of the borough’s open space, sports and recreational facilities. This • The NPPF highlights the importance of assessment contains mapping of open space open space and protects these spaces typologies and further detail on borough-wide from development. The Local Open Space and local deficiencies. designation identifies those areas of open • The Open Space Background Paper assesses space that are more accessible or provide a local open space needs and identifies areas of particularly important role in recreation, leisure deficiency in line with the public open space and context and character. categorisation, or hierarchy, in the London • The London Plan and the Mayor of London’s Plan. Green Grids SPG provide further detail on • Quiet and tranquil areas are defined as areas Green Infrastructure, particularly outlining that have remained relatively undisturbed by the approach that Local Plans should take to noise and are prized for their recreational and identify and tackle deficiencies and ensure amenity value for this reason in the NPPF, that future open space needs are met in with protection given in both the NPPF and the areas of substantial change, regeneration and London Plan. intensification. • Proximity to significant sources of noise or • The Open Space Assessment: (also known as air pollution can have a negative impact on the PPG17 study) is consistent with the NPPF the usability of Local Open Space for off-site and national planning practice guidance, which amenity provision. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

156 Hounslow | Local Plan 157 The council has a statutory duty to ensure The council has uses While development for education When considering proposals for We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 7.7 capacity and high quality of there is sufficient educational provision for primary phase, secondary needs (SEN) children and phase and special well as an early year’s provision young adults, as provision is fundamental to (EYP). Educational inclusive community, and a prosperous and borough’s schools have in recent years the rapidly experienced growing pressure from from population increasing pupil numbers arising as the growth. This pattern is set to continue to grow. borough’s young population continues 7.8 land wherever should be steered to brownfield to develop or possible, there may be the need sites, many extend existing school or education space (including of which are located within open or Local Green Belt, Metropolitan Open Land proposals will Open Space designations). These account of require careful consideration, taking and the need both wider sustainability objectives to minimise the loss of open space. 7.9 space, the development on education open providers and council will work with education consultee on Sport England, which is a statutory all applications affecting playing pitches. We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We there is need for increased (c) Demonstrate consistent with Policy education provision, CI2; that the open space is (d) Demonstrate educational purposes; currently used for of policy GB1 (e) Meet the requirements as Green Belt or where land is designated Land, or policy GB2 for Metropolitan Open In land designated as Local Open Space. other locations, development proposals on or loss of should still minimise the impact use; open space within an education sports (f) Retain and enhance playing fields, in these pitches and other existing uses that the spaces. It should be demonstrated make use quality of provision, and ability to significantly of the pitch or open space, is not impacted; and space (g) Provide public access to open of sports where possible, including the use fields and facilities.

We will achieve this by will achieve We requirements of policies (a) Meeting the applicable, and otherwise GB1 or GB2 where with minimising the release of open space is an education use so that development that permitted only where it can be shown open space significant adverse impact to the is avoided; and open space (b) Requiring enhancements to with an education use where development comes forward, including providing of sports community access and the use where fields and facilities by other groups possible. Our approach manage and facilitate the We will carefully or new education delivery of expanded space with an existing facilities onto open education use.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN use in education - Open space GB3 Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB3 - Open space in education use Notes Supporting facts • Sport England is a statutory consultee on all Open space for education applications affecting playing pitches. • Table CI2.1 shows pupil projections over the National standards Local Plan period (2015-2030) The The School Premises (England) Regulations 2012 state that suitable outdoor space must be provided to enable physical education to be provided in accordance with the school curriculum and so that pupils can play outside.

The borough’s open spaces with education use The Borough’s Open Space Assessment (PPG17 Study Sports Facilities Volume 2010) assesses all playing pitches in the borough, rather than specifically assessing school playing fields. However, its findings provide general context for school playing fields. The Assessment shows that the borough has a good level of general adult pitches for football, rugby, and hockey (a number of pitches for the latter are education based). However, there is unmet demand for youth football pitches, and by the end of the plan period (2030) there will also be a shortfall of provision for cricket. This, together with the standards set in the Assessment, should be taken into account where development proposals impact on open space in education use and sports facilities. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

158 Hounslow | Local Plan 159 The green infrastructure network provides The green infrastructure We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 7.10 including links to places multifunctional benefits, beyond the borough. These both within and walking and cycling, and enable links encourage The green infrastructure movement of wildlife. a number of parks, walkways network includes and within the borough, large and other spaces infrastructure network closely parts of the green particularly relate to the Blue Ribbon Network, and the River the River Thames, the River Brent grid areas Crane. These are identified as green Green Grid in the Mayor of London’s All London the borough’s SPG, highlighting the diversity of green and blue landscapes and environments. We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We contribution to the green (d) Make a positive by improving its quality, infrastructure network accessibility, design and functions, linkages, management; elements of green (e) Incorporating site to integrate into the infrastructure on green infrastructure, and wider network of may This borough. the of greening the in assist sustainable include provision of green roofs, plazas and drainage systems, trees, squares, pedestrian access routes; and no (f) Demonstrate that there will be borough’s significant adverse impact on the green infrastructure.

We will achieve this by will achieve We existing a) Identifying and protecting the green infrastructure network, including the grid All London identified in the Mayor of London’s Green Grid SPG; projects b) Working with partners to deliver benefits of that enhance and maximise the We will the green infrastructure network. new green also promote the development of can benefit chains and corridors where these and contribute local residents and biodiversity, and to wider environmental resilience; access c) Promoting projects to improve and to the green infrastructure network to form accessibility between open spaces, consistent a network for sustainable travel, Quietways with the council’s Greenways and initiatives. Our approach and enhance the green We will protect throughout the infrastructure networks those identified as part of borough, particularly All London Green Grid. the Mayor of London’s be improved to maximise the The network will and multiple functions, and diverse benefits access to, and links between improved public be encouraged. open spaces will

network infrastructure - The green GB4 Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB4 - The green infrastructure network

Supporting facts Union Canal, the Crane Corridor and Duke of Mayor of London’s All London Green Grid Northumberland’s River, which connect with SPG Green infrastructure network adjoining boroughs and districts. The quality London Borough of Hounslow is split The multifunctional, interdependent network and access to and within green chains and between three Green Grid areas identified in of open and green spaces and green features corridors varies across the borough, from the the Mayor’s SPG. These are: (e.g. green roofs). It includes the Blue Ribbon relatively well-maintained Thames Path (a • Arcadian Thames (Green Grid Area 9); Network but excludes the hard-surfaced National Trail) to less well maintained areas in • River Colne and Crane (Green Grid Area public realm. This network lies within the the west of the borough and around the River 10); urban environment and the urban fringe, Brent and Grand Union Canal. Greenways • Brent Valley and Barnet Plateau (Green connecting to the surrounding countryside. and Quietways are two initiatives being taken Grid Area 11). It provides multiple benefits for people and forward by the council to improve sustainable wildlife including: flood management; urban travel and maximise the use of green chains Partnership working cooling; improving physical and mental health; and corridors. The council is committed to working in green transport links (walking and cycling partnership to promote green infrastructure routes); ecological connectivity; and food Hounslow Biodiversity Action Plan (2011- and green grids, and projects that improve growing. Green and open spaces of all sizes 2016) them. The council is committed to working can be part of green infrastructure provided The borough’s Biodiversity Action Plan with the following groups: they contribute to the functioning of the provides strategic overview of biodiversity • Hounslow Biodiversity Action Plan network as a whole. in the borough, and provides detail on Partnership; habitats across the borough. It highlights • Thames Landscape Strategy and Thames The borough’s green infrastructure network and prioritises issues and actions to protect, Strategy Kew to Chelsea; includes its open spaces and nature conserve and enhance wildlife. These • Crane Valley Partnership; and conservation areas, as well as residential priorities and actions should be taken into • Brent Catchment Partnership. gardens which play an important role in account when enhancements to the green connecting green spaces across urban infrastructure network and Green Grid Areas areas. Green links in the borough include are proposed. the River Thames, River Brent and Grand Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

160 Hounslow | Local Plan 161

The Mayor of London outlines the approach to The Mayor of London of Green Infrastructure in London’s network Grid SPG which includes the All London Green to urban greening, maps, and the approach sustainable drainage. green roofs and Action Plan The borough’s Biodiversity on habitats and prioritises provides details to be taken forward. It also issues and actions ensure gauge monitors progress on actions to delivery of actions.

• • Notes network infrastructure - The green GB4 Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB5 - Blue Ribbon Network

Our approach (c) Protecting and prioritising water-related We will expect development proposals to We will protect and enhance the borough’s uses and related infrastructure that supports (h) Demonstrate that adverse impacts on Blue Ribbon Network, recognising the the active use of the Blue Ribbon Network, aquatic and waterside environments are multifunctional role that rivers and waterbodies including slipways, land storage, wet docks, avoided where developments in, over or play and their potential to contribute to the dry docks, moorings, workshops, cranes, adjacent to waterbodies are proposed (for borough’s regeneration. canopied warehouses, piers, marinas and boat residential moorings, refer to Policy GB6); launches; (i) Have regard to the context and character (d) Promoting opportunities for improved We will achieve this by of the Blue Ribbon Network, consistent access to waterways, including the provision with the Urban Context and Character Study (a) Assessing proposals for development of infrastructure to support walking, cycling, and Thames Landscape Strategies, where within, over or adjacent to waterbodies for leisure and recreation and river-based development in the Thames Policy Area is their impacts on the waterbody, waterside transport; proposed; environments and navigation, in line with the (e) Recognising the role the Blue Ribbon London Plan and guidance from the licensing (j) Restore waterbodies to their natural state Network plays in flood and surface water stakeholder; in line with actions of the Thames River Basin management, by safeguarding access to flood Management Plan, and ensure developments (b) Recognising the strategic importance of defences and working with the Environment are set back to provide a minimum 8m the River Thames, including maintaining the Agency and other partners to implement the buffer strip to the main river, 16m to the established Thames Policy Area designation actions of the Thames Estuary 2100 plan; Thames Tidal defence and 5m to ordinary and through working with Thames Landscape (f) Protecting aquatic and riverside habitats in watercourses. SuDS must be maximised on Strategy partners to promote enhancement of the Blue Ribbon Network, consistent with the these sites to achieve an improvement in the river environment; Hounslow Biodiversity Action Plan; and water quality in line with the aims of the Water (g) Promoting the improvement of water Framework Directive; and quality in the Blue Ribbon Network, consistent (k) Provide an assessment of the impact of with the Thames River Basin Management the proposal on the status of the waterbody, Plan, by working with the Environment Agency where it is likely that a proposal would have a and other partners; significant adverse impact. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

162 Hounslow | Local Plan 163

The Blue Ribbon Network also has a Ribbon Network The Blue

7.12 borough’s economy, and this unique role in the and enhanced as regeneration will be protected for enhanced provides new opportunities Infrastructure that waterside environments. uses of waterbodies includes contributes to active building, servicing and repair facilities for boat sites and posts, boathouses activities, mooring and other landing or and boatyards, slipways and waterborne freight. These stopping places and will be facilities are assets for the borough, use. At the protected to support their continued network will be same time, innovative uses of the for sustainable promoted, including opportunities from canals for development, such as using water cooling. The borough is shaped by its waterways, The borough is shaped

etwork Ribbon N - Blue GB5 Policy particularly the River Thames, which is important Thames, which is important particularly the River and the Rivers Brent and Crane. to all of London, Ribbon Network also includes However, the Blue Duke of Northumberland’s the Longford and of former millstreams and Rivers, a number waterbodies such as Bedfont canals, and other have multifunctional Lakes. These waterbodies relief from the roles: they form open space and for built environment; provide opportunities and transport; leisure, recreation, employment and surface form natural habitats; perform flood contribute water management functions and recognition of to local context and character. In Network, the strategic role of the Blue Ribbon Strategy the council participates in the Thames Strategy, partnerships (Thames Landscape Strategy Hampton to Kew and Thames Landscape Partnership Kew to Chelsea), the Crane Valley and works and the Brent Catchment Partnership Canal and with other partners, including the the River Trust, the Port of London Authority, Historic Environment Agency, Natural England, groups, to England, landholders and community maximise the network’s potential. 7.11 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB5 - Blue Ribbon Network

Supporting facts

Water-related facilities in the Blue Ribbon Network • Lots Ait, featuring an open slipway, land storage, dry docks, bankside moorings and covered workshop; • Ferry Wharf, featuring a slipway and moorings; • Soaphouse Creek, featuring a mooring basin; • MSO, featuring a wet dock, two floating dry docks, a slipway, covered workshop, barge crane and three grids; • Johnson’s Island, featuring a dry dock; • Jupps Wharf, featuring a canopied warehouse; • Ridgeways Wharf, featuring a mooring basin, land storage and slipway; and • Commerce Road, featuring a covered transhipment wet-dock and supporting warehousing. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

164 Hounslow | Local Plan 165 The Hounslow Biodiversity Action Plan The Hounslow Biodiversity Action Plans for rivers and includes Habitat tidal Thames. streams and the 2100 Plan was produced The Thames Estuary Agency and sets out the by the Environment for managing flood risk in strategic direction to the end of the century the Thames estuary and beyond. within two policy units of The borough falls the Thames Estuary 2100 Action Zone 1 in The Plan - Twickenham and Hammersmith. units are: to recommendations for these two actions continue with existing or alternative and to to manage flood risk (Twickenham); reduce keep up with climate change and of flood flood risk further to provide a level still than the risk management which is higher standard currently provided (Hammersmith). • • •

The Thames Policy Area designation is a designation is a Policy Area The Thames London Plan and includes requirement of the borough that form part of those parts of the landscape. Its purpose is to the River Thames in these locations ensure that development on the river and its have a positive influence Planning decisions in waterside environment. Area designation require the Thames Policy to their impact on the specific attention in the Thames character and conservation landscape. Directive The European Water Framework (WFD) and the Thames River Basin has been Management Plan (TRBMP) that as developed by the Environment Agency five the sub-regional response, includes as WFD water bodies located in the borough the River designations: the Grand Union Canal; Brook); Ash Crane (including part of Yeading Brent and Stanwell Brook; Port Lane Brook; The (from below Silk Stream to Thames). water bodies WFD policy aims to have these quality by achieving a good level of ecological Union Canal 2027. At present, only the Grand in the achieves this status, so development to contribution positive a make should borough water quality. • •

This policy sets out requirements for This policy sets in the Blue Ribbon development proposals Policy GB6 provides Network. However, for residential moorings. specific requirements Trust has responsibility for The Canal & River docks and reservoirs, certain canals, rivers, the Grand Union Canal in the including parts of borough. The council participates in two Thames to Landscape Strategy groups (Hampton Valley Kew and Kew to Chelsea), the Crane Partnership and the Brent Catchment together local Partnership. These groups bring and planning authorities and other statutory sub-region non-statutory stakeholders in the to collaborate on enhancement projects, education and policy.

etwork Ribbon N - Blue GB5 Policy • • • Notes GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB6 - Residential moorings We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will consider proposals for new (e) Have regard to the context and character 7.13 The multifunctional role of the Blue Ribbon permanent residential moorings where they of the waterway and wider landscape; Network includes providing housing in the form are compatible with waterways and their (f) Provide adequate servicing where of residential moorings, or houseboats as they are surrounding environment. appropriate, including provisions for water, more commonly known. These can play a role in electricity, waste and sewage; contributing to the borough’s supply of housing, We will achieve this by (g) Provide secure access to the waterbank; and in doing so contribute to communities and the unique water-oriented character of parts (a) Directing residential moorings to more and of the borough. However, the position and urban stretches of waterways, where they (h) Demonstrate that the mooring and concentration of residential moorings require relate to existing settlements; associated development and servicing do not due consideration, so that conflicts with other impede other waterside uses, paths or access (b) Ensuring that the number and density of water-related uses (such as economic activity, to the waterway. moorings in any one location are appropriate transport and recreation) are avoided. There are to their location on the waterway, and do also environmental considerations that proposals not separate people from the waterway, or should consider, such as a mooring’s compatibility interfere with navigation; with the waterbody in terms of flood risk, marine (c) Ensuring that moorings do not compromise and riparian biodiversity, and water quality. the use of waterways for economic activity; Further, residential moorings should be provided and with adequate services and facilities, such as (d) Ensuring that moorings do not exacerbate electricity and other utilities, and provision for flood risk, or cause detriment to water quality waste management. or biodiversity. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

166

Hounslow | Local Plan 167

This policy sets out the requirements specific This policy sets However, Policy GB5 to residential moorings. in the Blue Ribbon has regard to development Network more generally. that the use of Where it is considered may cause nuisance, engines or generators electricity should be connections to mains provided. water, Servicing (including provisions for be electricity, waste and sewage) should to provided within reasonable proximity moorings. be Management agreements should will be submitted setting out how the mooring managed and maintained.

moorings - Residential GB6 Policy • • • • Notes GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB7 - Biodiversity We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will protect and enhance the London (f) Contribute to the greening of the 7.14 Despite being developed, the borough’s Borough of Hounslow’s natural environment borough, by incorporating green roofs and significant open space, plus its location on the and seek to increase the quantity and quality walls, landscaping, tree planting and other River Thames, provides the borough with diverse of the borough’s biodiversity. measures to promote biodiversity such as bat habitats and a rich wildlife resource. This includes and bird boxes, through the preparation of 954ha of open space managed wholly or partly ecological plans and strategies where major We will achieve this by for nature conservation, with many other areas developments are proposed, thereby resulting and the built environment also hosting incidental (a) Permitting development only where it can in a gain for biodiversity in the borough; and species and habitats. As well as hosting sites that be shown that significant adverse impact on (g) Contribute to the action plans set out in are of importance to the local communities, the biodiversity is avoided, mitigated, or as a last the Hounslow Biodiversity Action Plan. borough includes areas of nature conservation resort, compensated; that have national, European and international (b) Protecting designated international, protection, as set out in the supporting facts. national and local nature conservation areas, The future development planned for the borough as set in supporting facts, and supporting new will place pressure on these habitats. However designations; it also presents opportunities for the creation of (c) Promoting the qualitative enhancement of new habitats and improvements to existing sites. biodiversity sites, including improvements to The provision of new habitats should focus on access, connectivity and the creation of new priority habitats and should give consideration to habitat; native and priority species taking into account the (d) Working with partners, including the species’ adaptability to climate change. Hounslow Biodiversity Partnership, the Crane Valley Partnership, the Brent Catchment Partnership and the Thames Landscape Strategy to improve conditions for biodiversity; and (e) Encouraging the greening of the borough, through landscaping and tree planting, and protecting existing trees through Tree Preservation Orders (TPOs). Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

168 Hounslow | Local Plan 169 Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation Conservation Nature for of Importance Sites (SINCs) that protect sites SINCs are local designations There are 47 of local wildlife importance. which are then classified SINCs in the borough, to include: 11 Sites of for their importance 14 Sites of Borough Metropolitan Importance; I; 11 Sites of Borough Importance - Grade II; and 11 Sites of Local Importance - Grade Importance. (LNRs) Reserves Local Nature features that LNRs protect wildlife or geological are designated are of special interest locally, and LNRs in the by Natural England. There are ten being borough covering 163ha, the largest Hounslow Heath. Supporting facts Supporting designations biodiversity The borough’s and (SPAs) Areas Special Protection Ramsars designations that protect SPAs are European birds, whilst Ramsar sites rare and vulnerable designations that promote the are international sustainable use of wetlands. conservation and part of the The Kempton Nature Reserve is SPA and South West London Water Bodies Ramsar site. (SSSIs) of Special Scientific Interest Sites that protect SSSIs are national designations assets, the country’s best wildlife and natural species and supporting rare and endangered and habitats. The Kempton Nature Reserve Syon Park are both SSSIs. To prevent the degradation of natural the degradation To prevent

7.15 sites will be protected, habitats, designated proposal must demonstrate and development cause adverse impacts, whilst that they do not qualitative improvements contributing to their better access or on-site through providing space provision in improvements. Open an opportunity to create development provides landscaping, tree planting new habitats through of existing trees, and innovative and the retention artificial design features such as green roofs, and rain nesting structures for bats or birds, gardens.

GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GB7 - Biodiversity GB7 - Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB7 - Biodiversity Notes • Greenspace Information for Greater London (GIGL) holds the boroughs biodiversity records • This policy sets out the overarching strategy for all flora and fauna. for biodiversity. However other policies, • There are a number of nature conservation including those in Chapter 7 covering open sites and open spaces in the borough that are space and the Blue Ribbon Network, and part of an Environmental Stewardship Scheme Chapter 10, covering sustainable design and and managed by the council construction, also have regard to biodiversity. • SPAs are designated by government • Planning guidance will be produced for in collaboration with the Joint Nature developers to outline the general principles of Conservation Committee, pursuant to EC what the council expects from developments Directive on the conservation of wild birds with regard to biodiversity, as well as the (79/409/EEC). ecological surveys and assessments that • Ramsar sites are designated by central should accompany planning applications. government, pursuant to the Ramsar • The Hounslow Biodiversity Action Plan Convention. promotes habitat management. The BAP is • SSSIs are designated by Natural England, produced and implemented by the Hounslow pursuant to the Wildlife and Countryside Act BAP Partnership, which is coordinated by the 1981. council. • SINCs are designated by the Hounslow BAP • The council participates in two Thames Partnership in consultation with the Local Landscape Strategy groups (Hampton to Wildlife Sites Board, and protected through Kew and Kew to Chelsea), which bring local plans. together local planning authorities and other • LNRs are designated by local authorities statutory and non-statutory stakeholders in under the National Parks and Access to the the sub-region to collaborate on enhancement Countryside Act 1949. projects, education and policy. • Government consulted on proposals for • The Crane Valley Partnership includes local biodiversity offsetting in September 2013. authorities and other agencies, and works As proposed, this scheme would provide to enhance the River Crane corridor. The biodiversity benefits to compensate for losses, Brent Catchment Partnership includes similar by improving existing sites of biodiversity or partners, and works to enhance the River creating new sites. Brent corridor. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

170 Hounslow | Local Plan 171 The use of green space for local food The use of green We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 7.16 benefits, by promoting more growing has many adding to local residents’ active, healthy lifestyles, and sense of ownership of local connection with supporting wider sustainability green spaces and agriculture and commercial benefits. Promoting encouraging farmers to adopt food growing, and schemes, can also environmental stewardship of urban fringe help improve the biodiversity value areas and the Green Belt. We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We with and positively contribute e) Be consistent and/or nature conservation to the open space land; designation of the and the best and most (f) Retain allotments land, unless it can be versatile agricultural they are no longer required demonstrated that purposes. In the event that or viable for such required, the feasibility such land is no longer uses of appropriate alternative open space its value for which allow the site to maintain gardens or growing food such as community first; and orchards, should be considered (g) Avoid adverse impacts on adjacent allotments or agricultural land.

We will achieve this by will achieve We and (a) Retaining the existing allotments with resisting their loss unless in accordance the borough’s Allotment Strategy; (b) Protecting agricultural land; (c) Working with partners and local potential for communities to identify sites with that projects supporting and growing food local farming and promote community gardening, orchards; and food (d) Supporting initiatives for commercial production. Our approach Our approach the continued use of We will encourage land, and promote allotments and agricultural uses of green space for local new, innovative community farming, food growing, including and commercial food gardening and orchards, production.

growing local food and , agriculture - Allotments GB8 Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB8 - Allotments, agriculture and local food growing Notes Supporting facts • The Mayor of London’s Food Strategy provides Allotments, agriculture and local food more detail on local food production, and sets growing in the borough the following aims: to improve Londoner’s health; reduce negative environmental There are 32 allotment sites (in active use) impacts of London’s food system; support a managed by the council, which seeks to vibrant food economy; celebrate and promote improve them to meet local demand. Recent London’s food culture; and develop London’s improvements have seen water supplies food security. added to existing sites to enable increased use. However it is acknowledged that poor infrastructure is an issue on some sites, and continued investment is required. There is currently a need to review local demand for allotments, and potential to expand existing and currently underused sites, if required. Capital Growth is a partnership project between London Food Link, the Mayor of London and the Big Lottery’s Local Food Fund. Its goal was to create 2012 community food growing spaces across London by 2012, and to date has created 2182 spaces. It offers practical support and training to individuals and groups wanting to grow their own food. There are also a number of farms in the borough, largely located in the west, in the Green Belt, but there is also agriculture present further east, at Osterley and Syon Parks. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

172 Hounslow | Local Plan 173 We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We with the open space and/or (f) Be consistent designation of the land; nature conservation of play areas, burial spaces (g) Avoid the loss facilities, including playing or outdoor sports very special circumstances, as fields, except in set out in the NPPF; facilities retain the sense (h) Ensure sports floodlighting can enable of openness. Where longer use of outdoor sports facilities, adverse proposals should avoid unacceptable as set impacts on local residents, biodiversity and out in policy GB7and/or the openness setting of the open space; improved (i) Contribute to the provision of and outdoor sports facilities, where possible; or (j) Contribute to the improvements new expansion of play spaces, and provide accordance play spaces where appropriate in London Plan. with the standards set out in the We will achieve this by will achieve We provision of high quality play (a) Promoting the for a range of age groups spaces that cater needs of the borough’s and help meet the growing child population; quality sports facilities to (b) Supporting high a range of sports and active meet demands for borough, where they are pursuits across the in accordance with polices acceptable uses GB1 and GB2; use of (c) Promoting the multifunctional sports, existing open space for play and and playing including school sports facilities fields; to (d) Ensuring burial space is preserved meet the ensure availability of provision to in the future; borough’s burial needs now and and or outdoor (e) Resisting the loss of play areas fields. sports facilities, including playing

Our approach and improve the provision We will protect sports facilities and of play spaces, outdoor meet the diverse needs of the burial spaces to now and in the future. borough’s population

space and burial facilities sports , outdoor space - Play GB9 Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE Policy GB9 - Play space, outdoor sports facilities and burial space We are taking this approach because Supporting facts Outdoor sports facilities 7.17 The multifunctional use of open spaces for The borough contains a range of outdoor play, sport and recreation is important, and should The borough’s play space, outdoor sports sports facilities and playing pitches, including be optimised. Play, sport and recreation are an facilities and burial space 90 football pitches (adult and junior size), 18 integral part of the borough’s social infrastructure, cricket pitches and 29 rugby pitches (adult and contribute to the health and well-being of Play space and junior). These are contained in parks and borough residents, both young and old. Play areas The borough contains 95 dedicated play open spaces, and schools and colleges and are particularly important in high density urban areas, making up 11.5ha of land and equating used by a large number of sports clubs and areas where families may not have access to to 2.6sqm of play space per child, which teams. Details of these can be found in the private outdoor space, and should be planned for is significantly lower that the Mayor of Open Space Assessment together with need in areas of major development and intensification, London’s benchmark standard of 10sqm per for further facilities to meet demand. to cater for additional children and young people, child. Surveys of residents have shown that to tackle existing deficiencies and ensure they are satisfaction with play areas in the borough is Cemeteries and disused churchyards and not made worse by new development. low. Spatially, the distribution of play areas is other burial grounds uneven with large parts of the borough not The borough contains about 29ha of 7.18 Cemeteries, churchyards and other burial within easy access of a dedicated play area, cemeteries and burial grounds. This grounds have a distinct primary function which as mapped in the Open Space Assessment represents a good supply, and there is scope needs to be protected so that there is sufficient and Open Space Background Paper. for expansion to meet demand for burial burial space available in the short, medium and space. long term. However, cemeteries and churchyards Areas of the borough where there is also provide green, quiet areas for passive particularly low provision of play areas (per recreation and walking (often forming part of 1,000 children) are Central Hounslow and the Green Chains and Corridors) and for biodiversity. west area. The areas projected to see the largest increases in child population over the next 10-15 years are Central Hounslow and Brentford. This should be considered when planning for development, to improve and add to play provision to meet increasing local demand. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

174 Hounslow | Local Plan 175

The Open Space Assessment (also known as The Open Space provides an assessment the PPG17 Study), space (by typology), sports of needs for open and play areas, and recreation facilities and opportunities for highlighting deficiencies new provision. the requirement It meets of the such an assessment. NPPF to produce Strategy. Background The Open Space needs and Paper assesses local open space line with the identifies areas of deficiency in or hierarchy, public open space categorisation, in the London Plan. The Mayor of London’s SPG Shaping Recreation Neighbourhoods: Play and Informal planning outlines in detail an approach to people, and that supports children and young promotes healthy, lifetime neighbourhoods. for play It sets a London-wide benchmark provision in and guidance to help secure play existing and new housing development. and Physical The council is producing a Sport a Sport and Activity Needs Assessment and which will Physical Activity Facility Review, planning inform council strategies and future decisions. Sport England’s Active People Survey population measures the percentage of adult of three who take part in sport for a minimum 30 minute periods a week. The results show that participation in the borough is low overall in comparison to other London boroughs, although it varies across the borough.

• • • • • Notes

space and burial facilities sports , outdoor space - Play GB9 Policy GREEN AND BLUE INFRASTRUCTURE BLUE AND GREEN Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

176 Hounslow | Local Plan 177 chapter COMMUNITY eight INFRASTRUCTURE community infrastructure Policy CI1 - Providing and protecting community facilities

Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will protect existing community facilities (d) Meet the following criteria if the scheme in the borough that continue to serve the will result in the loss of a community use and community and direct new community is not re-providing the existing community use facilities to the most appropriate locations. elsewhere, at an equivalent capacity that suits existing and future needs and has been agreed with the council; We will achieve this by i. The facility has been vacant or (a) Ensuring that existing community facilities significantly underused for a continuous continue to be used for the benefit of the period of 18 months and is not appropriate community where they are still providing the for any other community uses as intended community service; demonstrated by the applicant through (b Promoting the co-location of different evidence of sufficient marketing; uses and users within community facilities ii. The facility is no longer required by the where there are opportunities for effective body that operates it (for example NHS management of dual use; and England); and (c) Promoting new community facilities in iii. Robust evidence has shown that the areas of growth and where identified in the use is no longer required to serve its council’s Infrastructure Delivery Plan. catchment area; and (e) Locate new community facilities within or at the edge of town centres, unless the new facility is local in nature and scale and where a local need for the facility can be demonstrated. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

178 Hounslow | Local Plan 179 Details of re-provision of existing community Details of re-provision of existing facilities may be required by planning conditions. Applications regarding neighbourhood of planning, including the designation Neighbourhood Areas and Neighbourhood Forums, can be made to the council. right More information on ‘community to build’, ‘community right to bid’ and neighbourhood planning can be found on the Department of Communities and Local Government website. Supporting facts Supporting facilities Definition of community for the purpose of this Community facilities and education facilities, social Plan are, health services, sports venues, and emergency facilities, public houses, cultural and leisure and meeting places. Such places of worship to fall within the use classes facilities are likely Generis, C2, D1 and D2 and potentially Sui houses with some exception such as public This is which are under the use class A4. Country in accordance with the Town and (as Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 amended). Notes • • • Re-provision of community facilities Re-provision of community a range The Localism Act 2011 opened up Evidence that the rental levels offered have levels offered have that the rental Evidence (including the offer of been competitive to existing tenants at a renewal of lease and reasonable rate); offered including dividing Flexibility in space floorspace where this is up large areas of possible. • • 8.2 proposals must allow through new development facility the same level of use as the previous to the same provided. While this may not equate must provide scale of floorspace, the new facility as before for the community use to continue council and and involve negotiation with the facility to get the occupiers of the community agreement on what this will include. 8.3 to take a of opportunities for local communities area. New key role in the development of their right to mechanisms include the ‘community neighbourhood build’, ‘community right to bid’ and empowerment planning. The council supports the these tools in of the local community through facilities. protecting and providing new community

Accessible community facilities offering Accessible community

Agent(s) and media used (press articles and Agent(s) and media used (press advertisements); Interest in the site/premises (including not taking up reasons for prospective tenants have been space and how these problems addressed);

facilities community protecting P and CI1 - roviding Policy • • a wide range of uses, in sustainable locations, a wide range of to lead a healthy, increase the opportunity socially cohesive lifestyle in the prosperous and against the loss of existing borough. By protecting that serve a purpose for the community facilities uses can continue to operate community, these regeneration or redevelopment alongside wider from upgraded or have the opportunity to benefit The council must facilities through a new scheme. use is be sufficiently assured that community site, or that an not appropriate to continue on a to permit equivalent is being provided elsewhere, facility. This a change of use from a community the submission should be demonstrated either by or by the of evidence of sufficient marketing proposal of the inclusion within the development community details of re-provision of the existing capacity. The use elsewhere at an equivalent the following marketing evidence should include to be considered sufficient: 8.1 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We infrastructure community community infrastructure Policy CI2 - Education and school places

Our approach (d) Encouraging the mixed-use of sites which i. The school accommodation is not We will plan for, invest in, and facilitate are suitable for delivering education facilities required in that part of the Borough in the development of a network of education with other appropriate uses, particularly Plan period; or facilities which cater for the increased demand residential, to enable the provision of needed ii. A development for school use at that for places and the changing educational needs school places within the borough; location would not be viable because it of the borough population. (e) Supporting the growth and improvement would not meet funding requirements. of further and higher education facilities in the (i) Demonstrate that a new or expanded borough and looking for opportunities to bring We will achieve this by education facility, where the site has not been a new university to the borough; allocated for education use, will provide for an (a) Supporting the delivery of high quality new (f) Supporting the provision and improvement unmet demand for school places; and expanded primary, secondary and special of early years places and facilities in light of schools, in areas of identified need and where (j) Demonstrate that the impact in terms of changing statutory responsibilities of the local it can be evidenced that the school is providing traffic, car parking and noise from a new or authority; and for an unmet demand for places; expanded education facility will not cause (g) Working and co-operating with severe harm to the surrounding area; (b) Allocating sites and working with other neighbouring boroughs in planning for school school providers to meet the additional (k) Demonstrate that a new or expanded places through established forums and other number of forms of entry required to support education facility is accessible by a choice of mechanisms. the provision of primary, secondary and special sustainable modes of travel in accordance with needs places for the increased population over the type of facility being proposed and that the plan period; We will expect development proposals to car parking provision is in accordance with the standards set out in the London Plan; and (c) Supporting the provision of ‘bulge’ classes (h) Deliver new schools or expanded existing and temporary accommodation, but only schools in locations that are included in the (l) Be accompanied by a Travel Plan for a new where required in the short term and a longer development plan as site allocations unless a or expanded education facility, to be agreed term strategy is in place; robust case for not providing or expanding a with the council and implemented throughout school at that location can demonstrate that: the lifetime of the development. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

180 Hounslow | Local Plan 181 The council has allocated sites for uses has allocated The council 8.8 social and economic need to meet assessed such as for new school and critical infrastructure the necessary expansion of places. To facilitate mixed provision, including school places through expanded Free Schools and through new and have been allocated which when Academies, sites with the Local Plan education delivered in line sufficient capacity, flexibility policies, will provide how new school places will be and choice over been allocated provided. Thus some sites have Policy CI2 (h) for both housing and education use. future planning provides criteria for determining of part or the applications and to support use use where the whole of these sites for housing be needed site in question is not forecast to at for the provision of education expansion will provide the time of the development. This sites from a mechanism to prevent allocated unnecessarily constraining growth. Free Schools will also help to provide new to provide new will also help Free Schools A range of education sites is identified 8.6 is establishing of Free Schools school places. The the proposed school is likely to supported where need for places within the help meet an identified with other aspects of this borough and complies has responded to the changing policy. The council place planning and set in landscape for school working with Free School place protocols for providers. 8.7 school place to ensure choice and flexibility for will be provision. The need for school places of regularly monitored against the availability only a very appropriate sites. Where there are to meet need the limited number of sites available to facilitate council will work with stakeholders for the form of and protect the use of the site(s) to delivery of educational provision that is critical the Plan at that point in time. High quality educational provision for High quality educational duty The local authority has a statutory

8.5 all ages is fundamental to a prosperous and all ages is fundamental In recent years the borough inclusive community. growing pressure from rapidly has experienced numbers and will respond to increasing pupil planning and investment this with the required from early year’s provision in education facilities onwards. and high to ensure there is sufficient capacity primary phase, quality of educational provision for (SEN) children secondary phase and special needs early year’s and young adults, as well as an and early provision (EYP). Both post-16 years to changing year’s provision have been subject be accounted statutory requirements which must to GLA for across the plan period. According of school-age population projections, the number to increase children in the borough will continue period and then over the first ten years of the plan places and begin to stabilise. Temporary school when and facilities should therefore be provided where appropriate. 8.4 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We places school and E CI2 -ducation Policy infrastructure community community infrastructure Policy CI2 - Education and school places 8.9 If however an entirely non-education development is proposed on a site allocated in part or in whole for education uses in the Local Plan and on the grounds that the allocated need is no longer required at that time, then supporting evidence should be provided demonstrating that the need for the allocated use has been delivered elsewhere or has been assessed to be no longer relevant. Alternatively development proposals which do not deliver the proposed education uses on grounds of viability should provide an open book financial viability assessment. This should include supporting evidence to demonstrate why an education use on the site cannot meet funding requirements.

8.10 New facilities for further and higher education in the borough should also contribute to the skills and employment agenda and ensure that future employment opportunities in the borough can be accessed by those who have been educated within the borough. With the raising of the participation age to 18 this is more relevant than ever, as those who would have previously been school-leavers at 16 are more likely to focus on a vocational path of learning from 16-18 and onwards. The council will therefore ensure that high quality further and higher education facilities are available and seek to significantly improve the offer of higher education facilities within the borough with a new university for the borough. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

182 Hounslow | Local Plan 183 As part of the protocol for working with As part of the protocol ‘Standing Committee for Free Schools, a Academies’ has been Free Schools and in November 2013 to established by Cabinet potential new Free Schools support work with partnership development and regarding sites, ensure provision of high infrastructure, to quality places. is outlined The need for school places to 2030 Delivery at Appendix 3 in the Infrastructure Schedule. Notes • •

Table CI2.1: Projections of the number of pupils entering primary and secondary education primary of the entering number of pupils Projections CI2.1: Table the Local Plan (2015-30) over year each Supporting facts Supporting

places school and E CI2 -ducation Policy infrastructure community Pupil projection figures correct as of 31.03.14. These are projections and as such are liable to change Pupil projection figures correct as of 31.03.14. These are projections over time, being only indicative of future scenarios. community infrastructure Policy CI3 - Health facilities and healthy places

Our approach We will achieve this by We will expect development proposals to We will facilitate development of a network of (a) Supporting the delivery of new health (d) Contribute to the health and well-being of health facilities which caters for the increased facilities in areas of need, as identified by the local community where possible, using population and the changing health needs of Hounslow Clinical Commissioning Group guidelines such as Active Design; and the borough, while making the borough an (CCG) or a subsequent commissioning (e) Where required, use the outcomes of a environment which encourages healthy living. body and through the Joint Strategic Health Impact Assessment (HIA) to mitigate Needs Assessment (JNSA) or subsequent negative impacts and health risks arising from assessments. This will include: the scheme. i. The redevelopment of Heston Health Centre; and ii. A primary care centre at the West Middlesex Hospital site; (b) Supporting the improvement and modernisation of existing health facilities through partnership working with the relevant health service providers. This will include improvements to Chiswick Health Centre; and (c) Promoting measures which will help to prevent the health issues identified in the Hounslow JSNA or subsequent assessments and make the borough a healthy place to live. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

184 Hounslow | Local Plan 185 Where a HIA is carried out the council will the council will HIA is carried out Where a 8.13 to address broader health and expect the scheme of the development through wellbeing impacts health related problems. This the mitigation of improving to the council’sapproach out policy sets other policies, including health care. However 10 covering walking and cycling those in Chapter 6 covering accessible design, routes and Chapter measures which will improve provide detail on an alternative purpose. health while having The council will work in partnership with The council will 8.12 of health providers, led by the the new structure Public Health team which now newly established authority. New development sits within the local to consider its impacts on the will be required and also to contribute to the health of the borough well-being of residents. Major wider health and required to undertake Health developments are (HIA) by the London Plan Impact Assessments Policy An accessible network of high quality An accessible network

health facilities combined with other measures health facilities combined will help to create a which promote well-being in the borough. The population healthy community increasing, putting additional and of the borough is is to the health system. Action new pressures on the major health issues of this needed to target include obesity and ageing, as population which Strategic Needs identified in the Hounslow Joint Care, Closer to Assessment 2012/13. The ‘Better which has been Home: out of hospital strategy’, produced by Hounslow Clinical Commissioning number of Group (CCG), aims to deliver a greater rather than services at home or in primary care on the scale through hospitals. This will impact which and nature of the physical infrastructure with the is needed for health care in the future, early intervention emphasis being on ‘prevention, and care at home’. 8.11 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We places and healthy facilities H CI3 -ealth Policy infrastructure community community infrastructure Policy CI3 - Health facilities and healthy places Notes

• The estate strategy details are outlined in the ‘Better Care, Close to Home: out of hospital strategy’ February 2013. • The health and well-being needs of the current population in the borough are outlined in the Joint Strategic Needs Assessment (JSNA) 2012/13. • Sport England, in partnership with Public Health England, has produced Active Design guidance • Further information relating to this policy can be found through the Public Health England ‘Healthy People, Healthy Places’ programme. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

186 Hounslow | Local Plan 187 The council’s PPG17 Study 2010 assesses the The council’s PPG17 facilities in the borough. need for sports Audiences London undertook In October 2009 of the borough, combining a mapping exercise London, Mosaic lifestyle analysis of Snapshot Arts Insight. profiles and ACE Notes • • A network of affordable and accessible A network of affordable We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 8.14 (sports, recreation and arts) leisure and cultural healthy and inclusive facilities will encourage the borough. Participation in communities within by the Sport England Active sports is measured which finds the borough People survey (2010-11), in the UK, with 18.05%- in the highest threshold taking part in 30 minutes 25.97% of residents The arts offer of exercise three times a week. describe and participation rates for the borough in an the west of the borough as ‘non-engaged’ in 2009, Audiences London mapping exercise which is compared with the east of the borough classed as highly engaged. The council’s emerging address these Culture and Leisure Strategy will factors in more detail.

We will achieve this by will achieve We delivery of new culture (a) Supporting the through the and leisure facilities as identified Hounslow Culture and Leisure Strategy; and upgrade (b) Supporting the improvement and of existing culture and leisure facilities; culture (c) Allocating sites to deliver new and and leisure facilities within the borough of where necessary to secure re-provision to more existing leisure and cultural facilities appropriate locations. to proposals will expect development We (d) Locate leisure and cultural facilities they are in accessible places and ensure potential designed to enable access to all users. Our approach invest in, and facilitate We will plan for, a network of culture and development of cater for the increased leisure offers which identified needs and population and the borough. demands of the

facilities leisure and C CI4 -ulture Policy infrastructure community community infrastructure Policy CI4 - Culture and leisure facilities Supporting facts

Figure CI4.1: Active People Survey 5 (2010/11) Figure CI4.2: Participation rates in cultural activities 2009 for Greater London

Highly engaged Some engagement Non-engaged

© Crown copyright. All rights reserved Sport England Source: Audiences London mapping exercise 2009 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local 100033111 2011 188 Hounslow | Local Plan 189 ii. The proposal will not have a severe ii. The proposal will on the residential amenity negative impact of the area; are in place for any iii. Mitigation measures that will be held at the larger scale events place of worship; are in place where iv. Mitigation measures the impact of noise required to minimise surrounding area; and pollution on the car v. There will be sufficient off-street parking to accommodate the anticipated both users of the place of worship at in normal and peak times of use, while out in accordance with the standards set the London Plan. (c) Be accompanied by a Transport (c) Be accompanied by a Transport adverse Assessment to demonstrate that are avoided impacts on the transport network or mitigated. This must be balanced with consideration of the This must be balanced with consideration of worship impacts of new or expanded places area. on the amenity of those in the surrounding By minimising these impacts, the borough will be a cohesive and harmonious place to live and to worship for all of its communities. One of the borough’s assets is its multi- One of the borough’s assets is its

i. The proposed place of worship meets i. The proposed place of worship appropriate an identified need and is of an scale for that need;

We will expect development proposals to to proposals will expect development We criteria (b) Demonstrate that the following proposing a have been complied with when new place of worship: We will achieve this by will achieve We expanded (a) Supporting the delivery of new, worship which address and improvedplaces of area. the issues of impact on the surrounding Our approach many religions in the We will enable the an appropriate place to borough to establish the cultural and religious worship, celebrating without adverse effect diversity in the borough borough and particularly the on others in the area. immediate surrounding

CI5 - P of worship CI5 -laces Policy infrastructure community cultural community and it is important that the different religions within this community have a place to worship and meet within the borough. 8.15 We are taking this approach because this taking approach are We Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

190 Hounslow | Local Plan 191 chapter ENVIRONMENTAL nine QUALITY environmental quality Policy EQ1 - Energy and carbon reduction We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will move towards being a low carbon 9.1 Reducing carbon emissions in response borough, by minimising the demand for energy All developments to climate change is an established policy and promoting renewable and low carbon (d) Meet the carbon emission reduction priority at the national, London-wide and local technologies. requirements set out in the London Plan. levels. The government’s policy is for an 80% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, We will achieve this by and the London Plan seeks to achieve an overall All major developments reduction in the city’s carbon dioxide emissions (a) Promoting opportunities to secure (e) Connect to, or extend, existing of 60% below 1990 levels by 2025. The council carbon reductions where development decentralised heating, cooling or power is seeking to achieve carbon reductions, both in comes forward, including through a potential networks in the vicinity of the site, its operations and across the borough. The built Community Energy Fund to provide for unless a feasibility or viability assessment environment, including both new and existing allowable solutions, or a local carbon offset demonstrates that connection is not buildings, is central to achieving these targets; fund to provide local low carbon projects; reasonably possible. Where networks do not this is particularly true for the borough, which (b) Encouraging developments to incorporate currently exist, developments should make is already developed and preparing for further renewable energy and low carbon provision to connect to any potential future growth. Energy consumption in the borough’s technologies; and decentralised energy network in the vicinity housing stock alone is currently the second (c) Working with partners to identify of the site, having regard to opportunities largest source of carbon emissions, accounting for opportunities for carbon reductions and identified through the London Heat Map and 33% of the total. encouraging the take-up of opportunities to area specific energy plans; improve the energy efficiency of the existing (f) Evaluate the feasibility and viability of built environment. Combined Heat and Power (CHP) systems and, where appropriate, examine the feasibility of extending the system beyond the site boundary, where developments cannot immediately connect to an existing heating or cooling network; and (g) Where appropriate make a financial contribution to an agreed borough-wide programme for carbon reductions where required reductions cannot be achieved on-

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local site.

192 Hounslow | Local Plan 193 may also choose to establish a body, known a body, known choose to establish may also Energy Fund (CEF), to collect as a Community on a locally managed list and spend monies should refer to any of solutions. Developers regarding allowable supplementary guidance the potential to contribute solutions, including Energy Fund, where to a future Community use these to meet Building it is proposed to Regulations requirements. also use other means to The council may Carbon reduce emissions, including a Local forward; Offset Fund. Should these come out supplementary guidance will set expectations for development. Base The Carbon Reduction Evidence considers options for reducing carbon and emissions, and identifies that Brentford for local Hounslow town centres are suitable supported heat and power networks. This is for the by the London Heat Map report number of borough, which also identifies a schemes that may be viable. London The District Heating Manual for on provides useful guidance for developers energy the technical aspects of decentralised networks. • • • Climate Change Act 2008 requires the net UK Climate Change for the year 2050 to be at least carbon account the 1990 baseline. 80% lower than the GLA’s guidance on Energy Planning, statements, sets out preparing energy should be prepared to be how statements the London Plan’s energy consistent with should prepare energy policy. Developments guidance or statements consistent with this any subsequent updates. The means for achieving zero carbon it is development are emerging, though to meet likely that development will need on-site certain low carbon standards through and use measures called ‘carbon compliance’, remaining ‘allowable solutions’ to mitigate emissions to zero. paying ‘Allowable solutions’ would involve on the a third party to mitigate emissions of initiatives behalf of developers using a suite such as district heating or energy-to-waste that schemes. To facilitate this, it is likely Private Third Party providers of allowable the council solutions will come forward, and Notes • • • •

reduction and carbon nergy Q1 - E Building Regulations now set national Regulations now Building

E Policy

9.2 emission reductions in new policy for carbon in step-changes, lead to zero buildings and will, by 2016 for housing and carbon development uses. The means for 2019 for non-residential development are evolving, achieving zero carbon include opportunities for qualifying but are likely to contribute to off-site carbon developments to Certainly, however, taking reduction initiatives. building orientation, massing, account of layout, to minimise materials and construction techniques the use of energy consumption, as well as technologies renewable and low carbon energy emissions. will be central to achieving reduced policies on The London Plan includes detailed that these will these measures, and it is expected national policy, be updated to reflect changes to Sustainable along with the Mayor of London’s Design and Construction SPG. Innovative the solutions will be encouraged, including where deployment of district heating networks regeneration comes forward. uality q environmental environmental quality EQ2 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

Our approach We will expect development proposal to We will promote the highest standards (d) Incorporate established principles for of sustainable design and construction in sustainable design and construction as set development to mitigate and adapt to climate out in the London Plan, including passive change. solar design, water efficiency standards, sustainable drainage, the reuse and recycling of construction materials, green roofs and We will achieve this by urban greening; (a) Promoting sustainable design and (e) Be assessed against the standards for construction, consistent with the principles sustainable design and construction set established in the London Plan; out in Table EQ2.1 and submit relevant (b) Using national standards for sustainable documentation to demonstrate that minimum design and construction to assess specified levels are met or meet any national environmental credentials of developments, standards that subsequently supersede these; and requiring schemes to meet specified and levels as minimum; and (f) Prepare a sustainability statement, where (c) Encouraging the take-up of opportunities major developments are proposed. to improve the resource efficiency of existing homes and buildings through refurbishment to retrofitting, including through working with partner agencies such as Historic England to secure improvements in heritage assets. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

194 Hounslow | Local Plan 195 Hounslow is a developed urban borough Hounslow is a developed Sustainable design and construction We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 9.3 development of housing that will see further to support new populations and other buildings workers during the plan period. of residents and environment has a significant Therefore, the built change mitigation and role to play in climate for sustainable design adaption. The opportunities are rapidly evolving through and construction and in innovation and advances to technology, of the underlying turn feasibility. However, some and construction principles of sustainable design in the London are well established, and detailed the council’s Plan and in guidance prepared by other partners. 9.4 of the requires the implementation of many including policies included in the Local Plan, reduction, those on climate change and carbon waste flood risk and surface water management, sustainability and pollution. However to ensure development principles are embedded in future for in all locations, London Plan standards and national sustainable design and construction, Sustainable standards such as the Code for to measure Homes and BREEAM, will be used will performance, and minimum requirements and ensure provide for consistent implementation that all developments contribute to sustainable development. Refurbishments Major developments involving Major developments refurbishments should be assessed against BREEAM Domestic Refurbishments, and a rating of Excellent as minimum. Major developments involving refurbishments should be assessed against BREEAM Non-Domestic Refurbishments, and a rating of Excellent as minimum.

New build

All new development should meet All new development the standards for sustainable in design and construction set out the London Plan, including any of the ‘optional’ Building Regulations requirements it adopts. All new development over 500sqm should be assessed against BREEAM and meet a rating of Excellent as minimum.

2 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DESIGN Q2 - SUSTAINABLE Non-residential Residential Development in the borough will be expected to meet the following minimum standards, meet the following minimum standards, the borough will be expected to Development in standards. replaced by any applicable national unless they are

E uality q environmental Table EQ2.1: Standards for sustainable design and construction design sustainable for Standards EQ2.1: Table environmental quality EQ2 - SUSTAINABLE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Notes developments, also at the design and post- construction stages and awarding a rating • This policy sets out the overarching of ‘pass’, ‘good’, ‘very good’, ‘excellent’ or expectations for sustainable design and ‘outstanding’. It also includes nine elements. construction. Other policies, especially those • BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment has in chapters 7 and 9, set out more detailed been developed to assess the sustainability requirements on more specific sustainable performance of housing refurbishments, design elements, such as climate change and whilst BREEAM Non-Domestic carbon reduction, flood risk and surface water Refurbishments is being developed for non- management, pollution and biodiversity. residential refurbishments and is expected to • The government’s Code for Sustainable be operational in early 2014. Homes is the national standard for sustainable • BREEAM Domestic Refurbishment has design and construction for housing. The been developed to assess the sustainability Code assesses the sustainability performance performance of large-scale neighbourhood of new developments in nine areas at the schemes. design (or interim) and post-construction • A number of other standards can be used stages and awards a rating, starting at Level to assess the sustainability of development. 1 and increasing to Level 6 (zero carbon). BREEAM Communities can assess large- Certificates for each dwelling are issued after scale neighbourhood schemes and CEEQUAL assessments have taken place. can assess infrastructure and public realm • In addition to meeting Level 4 of the Code projects. Where appropriate, the use of these for Sustainable Homes as minimum, specific standards in addition to those required in Table credits for ENE 2 Fabric Energy Efficiency EQ2.1 will be encouraged. (five credits) and Mat 1 Environmental Impact • The Mayor of London has published a draft of Materials (ten credits) should be met to Sustainable Design and Construction SPD address local air quality conditions. (2013), which provides further details on • The London Plan requires residential sustainable design and construction elements development to be designed so that mains set out in the London Plan. water consumption meets a target of 105 • Climate Change and the Historic Environment, litres or less per head per day. produced by English Heritage (now Historic • The Building Research Establishment England), provides guidance on retrofitting Environment Assessment Method (BREEAM) historic and other older properties.

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local provides a similar measure for non-residential

196 Hounslow | Local Plan 197 We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We risk assessments, (g) Prepare flood the requirements of the consistent with and the Strategic Flood Environment Agency and apply the sequential Risk Assessment, site boundaries to ensure approach within decreased; flood risk is further flood resistance (h) Incorporate necessary including ensuring and resilience measures, in place that adequate flood defences are of the and maintained through the lifetime development; systems (i) Incorporate sustainable drainage with and avoid non-permeable hard standings runoff rates the aim of achieving greenfield Water and being consistent with the Surface Management Plan; and (j) Where adjacent to the River Thames, future demonstrate that they will not preclude as identified rising or set back of the defence to ensure in the Thames Estuary 2100 Plan lifetime of adequate flood protection for the the development.

(c) Promoting the opening up of river corridors (c) Promoting the opening up of the and making space for water through courses and creation of buffer zones to water increasing floodplain connectivity; the (d) Working with partners to ensure defences, provision and maintenance of flood Plan; in line with the Infrastructure Delivery opportunities to of take-up the Encouraging (e) in the improve flood resistance and resilience including borough’s existing built environment, guards and drainage improvements, flood vulnerable raising electrical sockets and other fittings; and Agency (f) Working with the Environment Estuary to implement actions of the Thames 2100 plan. We will achieve this by will achieve We and exceptions tests (a) Using the sequential decisions in flood risk to inform planning inappropriate development is areas to ensure avoided; surface water (b) Promoting improved the borough, by working with drainage across manage and reduce the partners to identify, flooding; risk of surface water management water and surface lood risk Q3 - F

We will ensure that flood risk is reduced We will ensure that developments are located by ensuring that incorporate any necessary appropriately and and resilience measures. flood resistance water will be managed In addition, surface emphasis on sustainable through an increased drainage. Our approach

E Policy uality q environmental environmental quality Policy EQ3 - Flood risk and surface water management We are taking this approach because 9.6 The Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) for the borough maps areas at risk from Supporting facts 9.5 Flood risk presents a major challenge for tidal and fluvial flooding, and is the basis for London, especially to boroughs like Hounslow, determining whether development proposals The probability of flooding in the borough located on the River Thames. As such, a proactive are appropriately located. A Surface Water approach to flood risk management is required, Management Plan (SWMP) has been prepared Of the 96,000 properties in the borough, and planning can significantly reduce the risk to minimise surface water flooding, and this will approximately 16,000 (or 15%) are at risk from of flooding by ensuring development is located be supported by the council’s role in requiring flooding in the scenario of a 1 in 1,000 year appropriately and by promoting design that is developments to incorporate SuDS, consistent event (0.1%). Most of these properties are flood resistant and resilient. Flooding can take with national policy. The Environment Agency’s located in Chiswick, Brentford and Isleworth, various forms: tidal flooding (caused by surges Thames Estuary 2100 Plan also provides actions as the primary source of flood risk is tidal in the Thames Estuary) and fluvial flooding (from for boroughs that have a relationship with the flooding from the River Thames (approximately other rivers, such as the Rivers Brent and Crane) River Thames, which seek to ensure that London 90%). However, it should be noted that are the most likely flood events, though flooding is adequately defended in the long term. To the likelihood of flooding is low given the from surface water, sewers and groundwater also manage all types of flooding, the council will work established flood defences locally and present risks. with the Environment Agency, who have statutory downstream (including the Thames Barrier). responsibility for flood risk and play a role in the Smaller areas of the borough were exposed to development management process. fluvial flooding in the event of overflows from the rivers Brent and Crane (flooding of the latter occurred in 1965 and 1999). Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

198 Hounslow | Local Plan 199 The Thames Estuary 2100 Plan was produced Plan was produced Estuary 2100 The Thames Agency and sets out the by the Environment for managing flood risk in strategic direction to the end of the century the Thames estuary plan groups local planning and beyond. The Zones, and provides authorities into Action for each of these zones. The specific guidance in Action Zone 0 (estuary- borough is included Zone 1 (west London), and wide) and Action should have regard to development proposals for these zones. recommendations surface The SWMP outlines the preferred the borough water management strategy for from and includes consideration of flooding runoff sewers, drains, groundwater and ditches from land, small watercourses and rainfall. that could occur as a result of heavy consistent Development proposals should be with the actions set out in the plan. and the The Flood Risk Regulations 2009 2010 have Flood and Water Management Act of increased the statutory responsibilities the unitary authorities. As a unitary authority, Local Flood borough is designated as a Lead for the Authority (LLFA) and is also responsible plan preparation of a flood risk management SuDS, and ensuring developments incorporate consistent with national policy. • • • management water and surface lood risk Q3 - F

The aim of the sequential and exceptions test The aim of the sequential areas with is to steer new development to Flood zones the lowest probability of flooding. established in the SFRA and Environmental these tests, Agency mapping are the basis for in the NPPF and their requirements are set out Technical Guidance. probability Flood zones provide a guide for the low of flooding. Zone 1 is considered medium probability, Zone 2 is considered high probability, Zone 3a is considered part of probability and Zone 3b is considered the functional floodplain. a flood risk Development proposals requiring in Flood assessment include those located in Flood Zone Zones 2 and 3 and those located Advice is 1 of over 1ha. Flood Risk Standing website Agency’s Environment the on available to inform these assessments. The SFRA sets out those parts of the borough The SFRA sets out flooding, and the extent that are at risk from events may impact the built to which flood be used alongside the environment. It should risk mapping published by most recent flood Agency to inform planning the Environment decisions.

• • • • Notes E Policy uality q environmental environmental quality Policy EQ4 - air quality

Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will seek to reduce the potential air (d) Carry out air quality assessments where quality impacts of development and promote major developments or change of use to improved air quality conditions across the air quality sensitive uses are proposed, borough, in line with the Air Quality Action considering the potential impacts of air Plan. pollution from the development on the site and neighbouring areas, and the potential for end users to be exposed to air pollution, We will achieve this by consistent with requirements established in (a) Assessing the potential air quality impacts the Air Quality SPD, the London Plan and in of development proposals; government and European policy are met; and (b) Encouraging air quality-sensitive (e) Incorporate mitigation measures where air development to be located in the most quality assessments show that developments appropriate places, and requiring mitigation could cause or exacerbate air pollution, or measures to minimise adverse impacts on end where end users could be exposed to air users through planning conditions; and pollution. (c) Ensuring that development does not exacerbate existing air pollution and wherever possible improves air quality, by promoting development that reduces and limits exposure to emissions through on-site mitigation and is ‘air quality neutral’, and through promoting sustainable design and seeking developer contributions where appropriate, consistent with the London Plan, the Mayor’s Air Quality Strategy and the National Air Quality Strategy. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

200 Hounslow | Local Plan 201 The council’s Air Quality SPD sets out The council’s Air required for air quality the information further guidance on air assessments and quality considerations. of the air quality Early assessment as potential environment is encouraged, can have implications mitigation measures design, construction and on the proposed sustainability of proposals. Air quality assessments should demonstrate be reduced how exposure to pollutants would known to within acceptable levels, including uncertainty of the model used. be usually will measures mitigation and Design required through planning conditions. under revision, The council’sis currently AQAP annually and progress reports are published quality AQMAs are designated where air which in objectives are not likely to be met, borough. the case of Hounslow is the whole out in European air quality policy is set air quality Directive 50/2008/EC on ambient requires and cleaner air for Europe. This to be exposure levels of harmful pollutants which the reduced and set out limit values borough should work towards. to be The London Plan requires developments best available ‘air quality neutral’, by using the techniques to be applied to minimise pollutant emissions. Notes • • • • • • • • Where development is proposed is proposed Where development forms There are also a number of other 9.8 air quality, planning in areas of poor twofold. Firstly, the considerations are the development makes to contribution that careful consideration air pollution requires of existing so as to avoid exacerbation mean, for example, that problems. This may certain areas that may attract developments in vehicle movements, or a high number of through the use of contribute to emissions the biomass, should be avoided. Secondly, needs to health and well-being of end users as such, be protected and maintained, and ventilation internal regarding measures specific Both of these and air filtering may be required. in considerations are particularly important Union limit locations that exceed European exceed these values, and areas that currently London Road, limits include Great West Road, and Chiswick High Road. 9.9 impact on of air pollution. Odour pollution can of residential amenity and the attractiveness which neighbourhoods, and dust pollution, also have often arises from construction, can ensure health impacts. Developments should is avoided. that pollution from these sources quality Q4 - air Air quality issues in the borough are Air quality issues

9.7 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We council’s Air Quality Action well known. The the whole borough as Plan (AQAP) designates Area (AQMA), and an Air Quality Management as the major source identifies road transport rise to nitrogen dioxide of air pollution, giving which can cause and particulate matter and other adverse health respiratory illnesses authority, effects. Hounslow, like every local air has a statutory duty to work towards Mayor’s quality targets established in the and Air Quality Strategy and in government European policy.

E Policy uality q environmental environmental quality Policy EQ5 - noise

Our approach (d) Encouraging the uptake of measures (h) Ensure that noise mitigation measures We will seek to reduce the impact of noise to decrease noise nuisance in the built are implemented, to demonstrate compliance from aviation, transport and noise-generating environment, including working with Heathrow with British Standard BS8233: 2014 - Guidance uses, and require the location and design Airport to improve conditions for households on sound insulation and noise reduction for of new development to have considered and other noise-sensitive uses exposed to high buildings, as appropriate; the impact of noise, and mitigation of these levels of noise, consistent with the Aviation (i) Demonstrate that new plant and machinery impacts, on new users and surrounding uses Policy Framework; and (including ventilation) do not harm the amenity according to their sensitivity. (e) Considering the designation of Quiet of neighbouring properties and generate Areas and identifying and protecting areas noise level that is at least 10dB below the of tranquility which have remained relatively background noise levels; and We will achieve this by undisturbed by noise and are valued for their (j) Be located outside of the 69 dB LAeq (a) Assessing the potential noise impacts of recreational and amenity value for this reason. 16hrs noise contour of Heathrow Airport development proposals where they are located where noise-sensitive uses (i.e. residential, near to noise-sensitive uses (such as housing) nursing/care homes, schools/educational or existing sources of noise; We will expect development proposals to establishments, hospitals/healthcare facilities) (f) Carry out noise assessments where major (b) Directing noise-sensitive development to are proposed, consistent with Section 2 of schemes or a change of use to a more noise- locations outside those areas identified where the International Civil Aviation Organisation sensitive use are proposed, detailing on site noise exposure is likely to cause adverse (ICAO) Balanced Approach to Aircraft Noise noise levels both internally and in any external effects in terms of public health and well-being Management which directs residential amenity space, and the potential impact of the and children’s cognitive learning in schools; developments outside this contour. development on surrounding uses; (c) Ensuring noise-sensitive development is protected against existing and proposed (g) Minimise noise disturbance from adjoining sources of noise through careful design, layout uses by incorporating sound insulation or and use of materials, adequate insulation alternative forms of noise barrier, using of the building envelope (including both appropriate materials and arranging and internal/external walls and ceilings), as well as locating rooms appropriately (such as through protecting external amenity areas; stacking rooms of similar use above/adjacent to each other), including where conversions or change of use are proposed; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

202 Hounslow | Local Plan 203 The council is working with adjacent The council is working with adjacent prevent and mitigate noise. Secondly, planning Secondly, planning and mitigate noise. prevent consider the context of the decisions should including established sources built environment, This approach is particularly of noise pollution. where noise from relevant in the borough, operations calls for land- Heathrow Airport’s have a role in reducing noise, use planning to government’s Aviation Policy as set out in the regard, the council has a role Framework. In this nuisance is not exacerbated in ensuring noise of higher noise by placing sensitive uses outside shows those contours. Noise contour mapping aircraft noise, parts of the borough affected by dB LAeq 16hr. rising from 57 dB LAeq 16h to 72 Approach Consistent with the ICAO Balanced noise- and advice from the airport operator, located outside sensitive development should be in the case of the 69dBA LAeq16h contour, and noise-sensitive family housing and non-residential 63dBA LAeq. development, also outside of the 9.12 on boroughs to develop further guidance sensitive to managing noise arising from and to work with new development, and will continue Airport, to other stakeholders, including Heathrow manage the impacts of noise. Q5 - noise The approach to minimising noise impacts The approach to minimising noise The principle sources of noise pollution in The principle sources

is twofold. Firstly, noise generating development, is twofold. Firstly, noise generating near existing and proposals for developments such sources of noise, should be designed use of noise that disturbance is avoided. The potential impact assessments, and assessing measures noise nuisance using recognised be used to such as British Standards, should 9.11 9.10 aircraft arrivals and departures the borough are at Heathrow Airport, and ground operations concerns in the west of the causing particular also causes noise borough. Road transport along major arterial roads nuisance, particularly M4, and other disturbance such as the A4 and generating uses such as can come from noise food, drink industrial and commercial operations, and a building’s and entertainment establishments noise pollution plant and equipment. In addition, sources of noise can arise from vibration. All these on human pollution can have a serious effect should seek to health, and therefore development avoid and mitigate noise nuisance. We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We E Policy uality q environmental environmental quality Policy EQ5 - noise Notes III, which gives local authorities powers to sensitive development in this zone. In addition, control noise from construction sites, and the between 63 and 57dBA LAeq contours all • The council is producing a Development Environmental Protection Act 1990, Part III (as new built development, including residential Control for Noise Generating and Noise- amended by the Noise and Statutory Nuisance extensions, should have high levels of sound sensitive Development SPD with the London Act 1993), which requires local authorities. attenuation and acoustically treated ventilation. Boroughs of Hillingdon and Richmond, which • Abatement notices will be served where noise The ICAO Balanced Approach encompasses will provide guidance on the location and emitted from any premises, or from vehicles, four principal elements: reduction of noise at design of new development with regard to machinery and equipment in the street, source; land use planning and management; noise (expected 2014). constitutes a statutory nuisance. noise abatement operational procedures; and • The council’s draft Air Quality SPD (2013) • The Aviation Policy Framework sets out the operating restrictions on aircraft. provides guidance on noise considerations. government’s policy on the noise impacts • The Aerodromes (Noise Restrictions) (Rules • British Standard BS8233: 2014 - Guidance arising from aviation, including planning and Procedures) Regulations 2003 transpose on sound insulation and noise reduction for considerations that may be a material European Directive 2002/30/EC on the buildings, BS 4142:2014 (Method for Rating consideration in planning decisions. The establishment of rules and procedures with and assessing industrial and commercial framework expects airport operators to offer regard to the introduction of noise-related sound and BS 6472-1:2008 (Guide to households exposed to levels of noise of operating restrictions at Community airports evaluation of human exposure to vibration in 69 dB LAeq 16h or more, assistance with into United Kingdom law. The regulations buildings) should inform noise assessments. the costs of moving, and to offer acoustic apply to major airport operators with over • Noise generating uses (such as industrial insulation to noise-sensitive buildings, such 50,000 civil jet aircraft movements a year and commercial operations, food and drink as schools and hospitals, exposed to levels of (which includes Heathrow Airport) and reflect establishments and other town centre noise of 63 dB LAeq 16h or more. the adoption of the ICAO balanced approach uses) can impact on surrounding residential • Between the 69dBA LAeq and 63dBA LAeq to managing aircraft noise. Management of properties. It may be appropriate to restrict contours there will be a presumption against noise by Local Planning Authorities is also hours of operation, deliveries and refuse and family housing, whilst other smaller one bed an element, and the borough considers that recycling collection. and studio housing will only be accepted the 69 dB (A) LAeq 16h contour represents • Noise pollution includes vibration, and planning where high levels of sound insulation and a Significant Observed Adverse Effect Level should limit human exposure to vibration ventilation are provided. There will also be a (SOAEL). As such, residential developments under the Control of Pollution Act 1974, Part presumption against non-residential noise- within this area are not permitted. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

204 Hounslow | Local Plan 205 We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We pollution by providing the (d) Minimise light of light necessary to achieve minimum amount energy efficiency measures; its purpose and efficiency measures; (e) Incorporate energy protection from glare and (f) Provide adequate receptors; light spill to sensitive that proposals will not (g) Demonstrate and adversely impact on biodiversity environments; and (h) Submit a light assessment report level of where necessary, and mitigate the light, in line illumination, glare and spillage of of with guidance produced by the Institute Research Lighting Engineers and Building Establishment. ighting Q6 - L

We will achieve this by will achieve We potential light impacts of (a) Assessing the development proposals; (b) Encouraging proposals to introduce on automated timing systems to operate are not in ‘night-time mode’ when buildings use; and in an (c) Refusing proposals which result adverse impact on local and residential amenity, wildlife and biodiversity. Our approach light pollution impacts We will reduce the and promote reduced light of development, glow across the borough. pollution and sky uality q environmental E Policy environmental quality Policy EQ6 - Lighting

We are taking this approach because Notes • Light pollution is established in the Clean Neighbourhoods and Environment Act 2005, 9.13 Lighting can provide opportunities for • The Institute of Lighting Engineers Guidance and defined as artificial light emitted from evening and night-time activities, increase Notes for the Reduction of Obtrusive Light premises so as to be prejudicial to health or a perceptions of safety and security, and add GN01:2011 and the Building Research nuisance. vitality to streetscapes by highlighting landmarks. Establishment (BRE) Obtrusive Light from • This policy sets out general requirements for However, excessive light can have a negative Proposed Developments DG: 529 set out lighting. However, other policies, including impact on health and well-being, as well as control measures to prevent obtrusive light. those in Chapter 6 on context and character biodiversity and the environment. In the borough, • Consideration should be given to the height of (and specifically advertising) and Chapter 7 sources of complaint include streetlights, floodlighting columns or the light source, the on green and blue infrastructure, should also floodlights at sports fields and lighting of hours of use, the angle of the light and level of inform proposals for lighting. advertisements. Overlighting (or perceptions of the light. Baffles or shields can be used on the overlighting) and glow from larger schemes or light source to restrict and direct the angle of cumulative impact can also cause nuisance. Good light. design is critical to minimising nuisance, and • Bats are protected under the Wildlife and therefore development proposals should draw on Countryside Act 1981 and the Conservation industry guidance and best practice. (Natural Habitats) Regulations 1994. Lighting near bat roosts can cause disturbance and desertion, or disturb behavioural patterns of bats. As such, Natural England must be consulted on any proposals which may affect bats. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

206 Hounslow | Local Plan 207 Another component Another management of waste Thames Water prepared a Development Thames Water prepared a Development Tideway Consent Order (DCO) for the Thames by Sewer Tunnels, which was considered in the Planning Inspectorate and consented September 2014. existing London Plan Policy 5.17 protects their waste facilities and seeks to facilitate maximum use, and also sets out criteria for determining waste-related applications. These policies are further detailed in the West London Waste Plan. 9.15 treatment. The is sewage and wastewater Treatment Works is a regionally Mogden Sewage facility in the borough, and significant treatment been a source of odour pollution has traditionally town, Isleworth and for residents in Hounslow years capacity increases have beyond. In recent by on-site improvements been accompanied and mosquito mitigation, and a including odour scheme that generates much waste-to-energy capacity of the site’s energy needs. Improved Tideway will also be delivered by the Thames a west London Sewer Tunnels, which includes underground to east London system that runs is working with through the borough. The borough this scheme, Thames Water, who is delivering infrastructure in recognition that it forms a major investment. • • London is moving towards waste self- London is moving The ‘waste hierarchy’ ranks five steps for The ‘waste hierarchy’ ranks five at the top of dealing with waste. Prevention is recycling, the hierarchy, followed by re-use, terms of recovery and finally disposal in environmental preference. The hierarchy is established in the EU Waste Framework Directive and transposed into UK law by The Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011. Notes • We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 9.14 aim to manage as much of its sufficiency, an as practicable, and sending waste within London and recyclable waste to zero biodegradable To achieve this, the borough has landfill by 2031. London Waste Plan (WLWP) adopted the West the West London Waste in partnership with of Brent, Ealing, Harrow, Authority boroughs out how the Hillingdon and Richmond. This sets boroughs manage their waste apportionment Plan. For requirements set out in the London 288,000 tonnes Hounslow, this means managing Waste Plan each year to 2036. The West London and identifies protects existing waste facilities the west London sites for waste management in boroughs. management waste ustainable Q7 - S

We will expect development proposal to proposal will expect development We for (d) Incorporate suitable arrangements location, waste management, including the size and design of waste and recycling facilities, and transport access. Our approach the West London Waste We will work with to meet our waste Authority boroughs whilst promoting the apportionment, recycling and recovery of prevention, re-use, with the waste hierarchy. waste, consistent this by will achieve We the West London Waste (a) Working with borough’s Authority boroughs to manage the as set out London Plan waste apportionment in the West London Waste Plan; wastewater (b) Promoting improvements to Sewage infrastructure, including the Mogden Treatment Works; and for (c) Providing in-principle support proposals for new sewage and wastewater Tideway infrastructure, including the Thames Sewer Tunnels.

E Policy uality q environmental environmental quality Policy EQ8 - Contamination

Our approach We will achieve this by We will expect development proposals to We will ensure that contamination is properly (a) Assessing development proposals to (d) Present adequate site investigation considered and promote the remediation of determine the suitability of the proposed use information, including an assessment of land where development comes forward, in relation to conditions on site; the site’s history, potential contamination consistent with the council’s Contaminated (b) Promoting the remediation of sources, pathways and receptors, and where Land Strategy and the NPPF. contaminated or potentially contaminated appropriate, physical investigation, chemical land, and the improvement of land conditions testing, assessment of ground gas risks and and water quality in all areas, as regeneration assessments of risks to groundwater; takes place and development proposals come (e) Present proposals for the control of any forward; and risks from contamination that may be present; (c) Supporting the provision of infrastructure (f) Demonstrate that contamination has not for decontamination and soil remediation. been caused during development, including demonstrating that imported materials are of suitable quality; (g) Have regard to sustainability considerations where remediation is required, including controlling the quantities of material removed from or imported to the site; (h) Present evidence to demonstrate that following completion the risks from contamination have been controlled effectively in accordance with the development proposals; and (i) Ensure that the contamination of water is avoided, and where possible include measures to improve water quality through sustainable design and construction. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

208 Hounslow | Local Plan 209 There is a large body of standards and guidance and guidance a large body of standards There is and industry groups published by government and remediation of relating to the investigation contamination and this should land affected by proposals. inform development successful remediation is Demonstration of production of a verification likely to involve the information such as report including relevant testing, waste transfer the results of validation and certification of correct documentation, gas or vapour barriers used. installation of any Strategy The council’s Contaminated Land risks from guides its work on the control of of the contamination, in line with Part 3a Environmental Protection Act 1990. The Environment Agency’s Groundwater (GP3) Protection: Principles and Practice considers the risk of water contamination that through development, and suggests distance certain uses are located an appropriate Protection from receptors known as Source Zones (SPZs). promotes the The Water Framework Directive as a means remediation of contaminated land of achieving water quality improvements. designs Development should include drainage of mobilising and piling that do not pose a risk to contaminants, and promote improvements design and water quality through sustainable construction. • • • • • • The council will review development proposals The council will review measures to assess and and may require to health and the wider mitigate any risks contamination where environment from permission is granted. should be carried out Site investigations person, and the extent of by a competent will depend on the size investigation required and the and type of development proposed history of the site. or small Developments consisting of residential of a commercial extensions, or replacement contamination single domestic dwelling where present will is not known or suspected to be However, not normally require investigation. that where there is reason to suspect will contamination is present then investigation be required. normally Desk-based investigations should identify the historic use of the development may be site, the contamination sources which pose may they risk the site, the with associated what further to a proposed development and are required. investigatory and remedial works during Remedial works may be completed certain cases the course of development or in where extend after construction has finished solution. this is the most technically appropriate Notes • • • • • ontamination Q8 - C The borough has been home to a wide The borough has

9.16 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We its history, including variety of uses throughout military operations and industrial uses, landfill, uses have led to the potential gas works. These on many sites, through the for contamination putrescible including materials waste of deposition spillages, the burning of waste, onsite chemical from fuels or chemical tanks and materials, leaks London, the a range of other processes. Across land is redevelopment of previously developed remediation encouraged as a means of providing land, and can and making full use of available undertaking also improve water quality. Those that where a development have a duty to ensure or land stability site is affected by contamination issues, a safe development is secured.

E Policy uality q environmental environmental quality Policy EQ9 - Hazardous substances We are taking this approach because Our approach We will expect development proposals to We will ensure that proposals involving or (c) Ensure that proposals involving hazardous 9.17 Within urban areas such as Hounslow located nearby hazardous substances do not substances do not cause potential health and town there are facilities that handle hazardous pose unacceptable health and safety risks. safety risks to neighbouring uses; substances. These uses can present risks (d) Ensure that future users are not to public health and safety, and as such it is We will achieve this by vulnerable to health and safety risks where necessary to make planning provisions for these the proposal is located near existing sites, as well neighbouring areas. The borough (a) Ensuring that proposals involving hazardous substances; and is a hazardous substances authority (HSA) and hazardous substances are only located grants consents for hazardous installations, in where they would not cause potential health (e) Apply for hazardous substances consent consultation with the Health and Safety Executive and safety risks to neighbouring uses, and (HSC) where required. (HSE) and the Environment Agency. The HSE is preventing other uses from locating near consulted on all hazardous substances consent potentially polluting substances where future applications, as well as certain applications in the users could be at risk; vicinity of sites that handle hazardous substances (b) Consulting the Health and Safety Executive (particularly those that increase the number of end (HSE) and the Environment Agency on users). proposals involving hazardous substances where required; and

Notes

• The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) is the statutory consultee for hazardous substances, and will be consulted on planning proposals where there are hazardous substances Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local considerations. 210 Hounslow | Local Plan 211 We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We Environmental (e) Submit a comprehensive (EIA) with any planning Impact Assessment extraction, and adopt application for minerals Management System an Environmental measures to address (EMS) to outline identified in the environmental impacts minerals development EIA. Thereafter the in accordance with the should be conducted of the EMS operating procedures and targets and a copy of the performance monitoring council report shall be submitted to the annually; and aftercare (f) Give due consideration to the the creation and restoration of sites, including of new habitats for biodiversity. We will achieve this by will achieve We Farm (site reference (a) Allocating Rectory Figure EQ10.1) as an 58, as shown in meet the borough’s extraction site to of 700,000 London Plan apportionment for other uses will be tonnes. Proposals have not been refused where minerals the use is on a strictly extracted, unless that is unlikely to delay temporary basis extraction the practical commencement of operations, or where an overriding community need for the proposed for the development outweighs the need mineral resource; minerals (b) Safeguarding other sites with Map reserves (as identified on the Policies Farm, as Land South of Hatton, Mayfield at Land West of Thames Water works Western Kempton, and Land to the rear of potential International Market) so that their contribution to the borough’s aggregate supply is considered before development takes place that could prevent future extraction; and (c) Promoting the recycling of construction, demolition and excavation waste, Waste consistent with the West London Plan. (d) Promoting the sustainable movement of aggregates, including safeguarding railheads used for distribution. inerals Q10 - M

Our approach to London’s aggregate We will contribute potential extraction supply by safeguarding takes place, the sites. Where extraction will leave them in better restoration of sites quarrying began, condition than before nature conservation and and deliver new for the community. recreational assets

E Policy uality q environmental environmental quality Policy EQ10 - Minerals We are taking this approach because 9.19 Following a search for suitable locations, Notes one site will be allocated for potential aggregate 9.18 Hounslow is one of four London boroughs extraction: Rectory Farm in the borough’s west. • The NPPF requires minerals planning designated as a minerals planning authority, The Minerals Background Report 2011 also authorities to plan for a steady and adequate and therefore has a role in ensuring London’s identifies other sites with mineral reserves supply of aggregates, and the London Plan supply of aggregates (including land-won sand and a railhead used for aggregate distribution establishes the borough’s apportionment. gravel, crushed rock and recycled and alternative which will be safeguarded. This safeguarding • The National Planning Practice Guidance materials). The borough’s apportionment is will not necessarily preclude other forms of includes guidance on minerals, including established in the London Plan, which requires development, rather establishing the presence of extraction and restoration and aftercare. a provision for the maintenance of a seven year mineral resources. Should extraction take place at • The council will monitor its aggregate activities landbank supply of 700,000 tonnes of at least five Rectory Farm (or indeed any other sites), negative through Local Aggregate Assessments and million tonnes of land-won aggregates to 2031. impacts, such as transport movements, should be through participation in the London Aggregate mitigated. Legacy should be considered through Working Party, which co-ordinates London’s aftercare, restoration and reuse. aggregate provision. • The suitability of Rectory Farm as a minerals site is established in the London Borough of Hounslow Minerals Background Report (20110). This site is allocated in the Local Plan (site reference 58) for Green Belt, minerals extraction and restored parkland. The report also identifies four other sites (Land South of Hatton, Mayfield Farm, Land west of Thames Water works at Kempton, and Land to the rear of Western International Market) as having minerals reserves that could add to the borough’s aggregates supply. These sites are not required to deliver the borough’s seven year supply and may not be suitable for extraction; however safeguarding will ensure that future planning decisions consider their mineral resource. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

inerals Q10 - M

E Policy uality q environmental What this will like look resources mineral borough’s The EQ10.1: Figure Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

214 Hounslow | Local Plan 215 chapter ENHANCING ten CONNECTIVITY ENHANCING connectivity Policy EC1 - Strategic transport connections

Our approach (e) Supporting improved access to the We will expect development proposals to We will work with partners to secure Piccadilly line, including introduction of a (k) Ensure that access to existing and future investments to existing and future strategic permanent stop at Turnham Green and strategic transport connections is considered transport connections, including London improved links between the line and the where appropriate, including through Underground, rail, bus, and cycle and highway Golden Mile growth corridor; appropriate design; and services. These enhancements will maximise (f) Supporting improved access to Heathrow (l) Contribute to improvements to the the borough’s regeneration potential and Airport through new southern rail access; strategic transport network where support growth whilst also helping achieve our (g) Supporting improvements to rail services appropriate, consistent with the Local environmental objectives. on the South West Trains network, and in Implementation Plan and Infrastructure particular Sunday services; Delivery Plan, and the findings of Transport We will achieve this by (h) Promoting new cycle networks, including Assessments. (a) Supporting planned upgrades to the a ‘cycling spine’ along the A315, with Piccadilly and District lines; connecting Greenways and Quietways, and the provision of cycle parking at transport (b) Promoting the development of rail interchanges; connectivity between Southall (including Crossrail) and Brentford; (i) Promoting improvements to the highway network to best facilitate sustainable modes, (c) Promoting the development of the including targeted junction improvements, proposed rail connection from Hounslow targeted travel demand management station to Willesden Junction via Old Oak (including trip banking where appropriate), Common, with services calling at Isleworth, signal optimisation and bridge works; and Syon Lane and Brentford; (j) Supporting initiatives to reduce the impact (d) Promoting improved bus services, of road infrastructure in the built environment, particularly serving growth areas and the including tunnelling proposals relating to the Golden Mile; M4/A4. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

216 Hounslow | Local Plan 217 The council is required to produce a Local The council is required Plan (LIP) for transport in Implementation Mayor’s Transport Strategy. response to the for funding and This sets out a programme schemes. The current LIP delivery of transport 2011 and covers the period was published in 2011-2031. Business Plan sets out Transport for London’s the Mayor is transportation projects to which committed. Study The borough’s Strategic Transport and models the impacts of employment Plan on housing growth set out in the Local critical points the road network, and identifies and junctions. a Roads Task The Mayor of London has set up facing Force (RTF) to tackle to the challenges RTF report London’s streets and roads. The cope sets out how the road network can a toolkit with population growth, and includes is also for network management. The RTF assessment carrying out a long-term strategic A4/M4 to for the A40, which will look at the address severance and congestion. In addition, of the council has undertaken an assessment theory place’ and ‘link the with line in- roads its set out in the RTF. Notes • • • •

The Local Implementation Plan (LIP) for Implementation The Local

10.2 infrastructure delivery priorities transport sets out and long term, and has in the short, medium in response to the Mayor of been developed Strategy and Transport for London’s Transport Plans. The Local Plan supports London’s Business of projects identified in the the implementation for a number of new LIP, including aspirations that will be subject to strategic connections and planning by the council further investigation are set out and its partners. These interventions EC1.2. The in Table EC1.1 and shown in Figure decisions Local Plan will ensure that planning strategic transport support on-going investment in and in the future. connections, both programmed Strategic transport connections into, out of Strategic transport

connections transport - Strategic EC1 Policy and through the borough are central to attracting borough are central to attracting and through the improving perceptions of the investment and to live, work and visit. Much borough as a place economic prosperity centres on of the borough’s between Heathrow Airport its strategic location with long established routes and central London, to other parts of London connecting the borough plans and beyond. The ambitious regeneration significant set out in the Local Plan, including will bring housing and employment growth, both as new populations into the borough, time, growth residents and workers. At the same as Southall in in neighbouring boroughs, such in Hillingdon, Ealing and Hayes and Harlington network in west will intensify the use of the road investment London. In this context, on-going is required to in the strategic transport network and ensure that this accessibility is maintained improved. 10.1 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We ENHANCING connectivity ENHANCING ENHANCING connectivity Policy EC1 - Strategic transport connections Table EC1.1 - Planned and proposed improvements to strategic transport connections

Proposal Description of proposal Piccadilly line Planned upgrade includes the provision of new rolling stock and signalling equipment, which will cut journey times by 19% and upgrade increase capacity by 24%. The start date to be confirmed (anticipated early 2020s).

District line Planned update by 2016 includes the provision of new rolling stock, which will increase capacity by 24%. upgrade

Improving bus Proposed improvements to bus services, including introduction of new or improved services serving the Golden Mile to improve services capacity and frequency.

Improving orbital Promotion of a new passenger service between Hounslow station and Willesden Junction via Old Oak Common, calling at and Overground rail Isleworth, Syon Lane and Brentford. This proposed scheme would provide a connection to Crossrail and is connected to the wider connections business case for High Speed Two, though the connection could be implemented earlier.

Promotion of a new passenger service between Brentford (Golden Mile) and Southall, to provide a direct link between the employment corridor and the Great Western Mainline and planned Crossrail station at Southall. The scheme could also extend to Brentford town centre.

Improvements Promotion of Turnham Green station as a permanent stop on the Piccadilly line rather than the early morning and late evening to Piccadilly line timetable presently in place, to improve public transport accessibility in Chiswick and aid sub-regional connectivity particularly access between Richmond and Ealing/Heathrow Airport. Promotion of improved pedestrian access to the employment corridor located on the Golden Mile, providing links to the Piccadilly line.

Improving surface Proposed surface rail access to Heathrow Airport, with services originating from London Waterloo using the South West Trains level access to network and serving stations within the borough. Heathrow Airport

Cycle Promotion of a new borough cycling network consisting of ‘greenways’, ‘Quietways’ and a Cycle Superhighway linking our town Superhighway centres with central London. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

218 Hounslow | Local Plan 219

connections transport - Strategic EC1 Policy ENHANCING connectivity ENHANCING Figure EC1.2 - Strategic transport connections and improvements transport - Strategic EC1.2 Figure ENHANCING connectivity Policy EC2 - Developing a sustainable local transport network

Our approach (d) Using the standards established in the (g) Demonstrate that adverse impacts on We will secure a more sustainable local travel London Plan for car parking, cycle parking, the transport network are avoided, including network that maximises opportunities for motorcycle parking, coach parking, and electric preparation of Transport Assessments for all walking, cycling and using public transport, vehicle charging (or as updated by alterations major schemes, and providing contributions or reduces congestion, improves the public realm to the London Plan). The London Plan specifies improvements to transport networks; and improves health and well-being. the maximum number of car parking spaces (h) Demonstrate that sufficient public car that developments should provide, having parking remains or is re-provided in the area regard to the type of development and public to serve local needs where there will be a We will achieve this by transport accessibility. In suburban areas of reduction in off-street car parking. This could (a) Promoting ‘car-free’ or ‘low car’ low public transport accessibility the council include consideration of available on-street development where appropriate, as well as car may seek a provision of car parking at the car parking or involve the provision of an clubs and car sharing schemes; maximum standard. The London Plan also appropriate temporary facility. This should (b) Promoting the active management of car specifies levels of cycle parking, however ensure that the development ultimately parking and travel demand in the borough, these are minimum standards and the provides for existing local need, together with particularly through the implementation of council may seek a higher provision in certain the resulting increase in demand arising from Controlled Parking Zones (CPZs) and restricting circumstances; and the development; access to these zones to existing dwellings, (e) Requiring proposals for vehicle crossovers (i) Prepare Travel Plans in accordance with and requiring developments to plan end-use in to be consistent with the council’s adopted latest guidance from Transport for London accordance with these measures; policy on vehicle crossovers. and the council’s ’10 Point Guide’ or any (c) Preparing site specific development briefs subsequently adopted guidance; and where strategic sites include existing car We will expect development proposals to (j) Incorporate design measures and facilities parks, to ensure that sufficient car parking is (f) Demonstrate they are located appropriately to promote cycling, in line with the London retained to meet local needs; with regard to public transport accessibility Plan. and capacity, road capacity and access to good quality walking and cycling networks. Developments should provide a minimum number of cycle parking spaces and an appropriate maximum number of car parking spaces consistent with the standards in the London Plan; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

220 Hounslow | Local Plan 221 will play an essential role, and therefore a suite and therefore an essential role, will play shape planning outcomes. of considerations transport assessments These include preparing designing schemes so that and travel plans, and cycling, managing they promote walking the public realm, car parking and improving developer contributions. These including through a better environment for measures will create and even where cars sustainable movement, role, the promotion of car still have a dominant to sharing, electric vehicles and improvements efficiency and the highway network will improve environmental outcomes. Whilst the delivery of strategic Whilst the delivery frequent traffic congestion unless development unless development traffic congestion frequent considerations. includes travel management transport network will In addition, a stressed air and noise pollution, whilst exacerbate existing travel’ modes (i.e. walking and a lack of ‘active as to other health issues, such cycling) contributes obesity. 10.4 and other infrastructure transport connections to achieving set out in the LIP are important sustainable movement, new developments The growing number of people coming to The growing number

the borough to live or work means the delivery the borough to live transport network is crucial. The of a sustainable objective for transport, as council’s over-arching Implementation Plan (LIP), is set out in the Local who live in or visit the area to to ‘enable all those conveniently, whilst supporting travel safely and sustainable economic growth and environmentally for new jobs and improving health’. The proposals will lead to more homes set out in the Local Plan 10.3 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We

network transport local sustainable a - Developing EC2 Policy ENHANCING connectivity ENHANCING ENHANCING connectivity Policy EC2 - Developing a sustainable local transport network Notes stores should be as small as is practical and ideally accommodate fewer than 50 cycles. • ‘Car-free’ and ‘low car’ development will • Transport Assessments will be required for all be encouraged in locations of high public major schemes, consistent with the London transport accessibility and locations where Plan. They should forecast trip generation and there are Controlled Parking Zones (CPZs). demonstrate that proposals are appropriate • Public Transport Accessibility Levels (PTALs) in the context of the site’s PTAL, local road prepared by Transport for London provide a capacity and access to walking and cycling measure of the accessibility to a choice of networks. They should also set out any require modes in any given location in the borough. mitigation measures necessary to deliver They can be used to assess the suitability of a an acceptable network solution, which may scheme in a particular location. involve developer contributions, and measures • The council uses parking and traffic to improve the attractiveness ot sustainable management controls to promote more modes. Unless otherwise specified by the sustainable uses of the borough’s transport borough, Transport Assessments should be network, including Controlled Parking Zones developed in line with the latest guidance from (CPZs), which manage congestion, parking TfL. demand and pollution arising from vehicles in • Travel Plans will be required for certain types neighbourhoods. There are currently 16 CPZs of development, in line with the London Plan, operating in the borough. the Travel Planning for New Development in • The London Plan includes cycle and car London guidance published by Transport for parking standards, plus standards for London, and any supplementary guidance motorcycles, coaches, parking for persons prepared by the council. This presently with disabilities and electric vehicle charging. includes a ‘10 point guide’ for Travel Plans • In addition to meeting minimum cycle parking and separate guidance produced for schools standards, all cycle parking should be of and extensions to education facilities. Robust high quality, covered, secure and integral monitoring of travel plans is undertaken across to building design. It should also be easily west London by WestTrans, a consortium of accessible, by being located at ground floor the six west London boroughs. level, close to entrances and/or building cores, having internal and external access, and avoiding vertical or semi-vertical stands which

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local are not fully accessible. The size of cycle

222 Hounslow | Local Plan 223 We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We that air and noise pollution (h) Demonstrate the airport’s from aircraft movements, transport to and from the infrastructure and impacts on the borough; airport avoid adverse the noise impacts of (i) Assess and illustrate proposal, including the use any development metrics (i.e. alternative in of alternative noise LAeq 16h); addition to the dB steps (j) Demonstrate that all reasonable of safety have been taken to reduce the risk related incidents occurring; on the (k) Demonstrate that adverse impacts open Green Belt, Metropolitan Open Land, space and biodiversity are avoided; on the (l) Demonstrate that adverse impacts the wider borough’s transport network and strategic transport network are avoided; local (m) Have a positive impact on the economy; and (n) Be complaint with the government’s in Circular 01/2010 on control of development airport Public Safety Zones. We will achieve this by will achieve We future expansion of (a) Opposing the including additional runway Heathrow Airport, and terminal capacity; removal of the air transport (b) Opposing the at Heathrow Airport of movement limit 480,000 per annum; to the (c) Giving due consideration Aviation Authority’s International Civil to Guidance on the Balanced Approach making Aircraft Noise Management when those parts decisions regarding the airport or of the borough effected by the airport; the (d) Considering the outcomes of with government’s Airports Commission respond regard to Heathrow Airport, and strategy if by revising the borough’s spatial necessary; access (e) Promoting increased surface working provision to Heathrow Airport, by transport with partners to improve public and connections and cycle infrastructure, efficiently; utilising the road network more modal (f) Supporting initiatives that promote forms of shift towards the more sustainable Airport; and transport to and from Heathrow important (g) Recognising and utilising the role Heathrow Airport plays in stimulating economic growth in the borough.

Our approach a more sustainable We will encourage by working with the Heathrow Airport and other partners to reduce airport operator whilst recognising environmental impacts, in the local economy. the role of the airport

Airport - Heathrow EC3 Policy ENHANCING connectivity ENHANCING ENHANCING connectivity Policy EC3 - Heathrow Airport We are taking this approach because transport network. The future of Heathrow Airport 3,500m runway at Heathrow Airport constructed is currently being considered by the government’s to the north- west of the existing airport; and 10.5 The London Borough of Hounslow is Airports Commission, which is examining options an extension of Heathrow Airport’s existing located adjacent to Heathrow Airport, London’s for future airport capacity in the United Kingdom. northern runway to the west to at least 6,000m, busiest and the UK’s hub airport. Heathrow Airport This could result in proposals for reduced or enabling it to be used for both take-offs and therefore has a major role in the local economy, increased capacity at Heathrow Airport, and landings. employing more than 11,000 of the borough’s require a revision to the borough’s spatial strategy, • The Aviation Policy Framework (2013) seeks to workforce and many others indirectly. In the west and therefore the Local Plan. Presently, both the limit and where possible reduce the number of of the borough, there is a concentration of airport- government and the Mayor of London oppose people in the UK significantly affected by aircraft related business, including logistics, services such the development of a third runway at Heathrow noise. as hotels and catering services, and industrial Airport. • Heathrow Airport noise contours indicate the estate and business parks (such as Bedfont extent of noise nuisance caused by the airport. Lakes) closely aligned with the airport. The 10.7 A Heathrow Opportunity Area is identified • The ICAO balanced approach encompasses broader economy also benefits, with multi-national in the London Plan, covering parts of the London four principal elements: reduction of noise at companies located on the Great West Road and Boroughs of Hounslow and Hillingdon. This source; land use planning and management; Chiswick Business Park enjoying close proximity promotes growth through preparation of an noise abatement operational procedures; and to Heathrow Airport. Opportunity Area Planning Framework (OAPF), operating restrictions on aircraft. and it is suggested that 12,000 jobs and 9,000 • The Aerodromes (Noise Restrictions) (Rules 10.6 However, Heathrow Airport’s proximity homes could be accommodated in an indicative and Procedures) Regulations 2003 transpose also means that parts of the borough experience area of 700ha. The outcome of the Airports European Directive 2002/30/EC on the noise and air pollution. This is particularly so in Commission is likely to influence a future OAPF, establishment of rules and procedures with the borough’s west. Therefore, recognising that and the council will work with the GLA and regard to the introduction of noise-related Heathrow Airport is both central to the borough’s London Borough of Hillingdon to develop this. operating restrictions at Community airports into economy and causes environmental impacts, UK law. The regulations apply to major airport the council’s position is for a more sustainable operators with over 50,000 civil jet aircraft Heathrow Airport that maintains its current movements a year (which includes Heathrow capacity and continually minimises its impact on Airport) and reflect the adoption of the ICAO surrounding areas. In considering proposals for balanced approach to managing aircraft noise. increases in passenger or runway capacity, the Notes • The council will work with the Highways Agency council will continue to assess the implications when preparing the Heathrow Opportunity Area of any proposal, for example in terms of pollution • The Government’s Airports Commission has Planning Framework to identify impacts on and impact on the open space (and Green Belt), shortlisted two proposals to investigate ahead and mitigation measures for the M4 and M25

Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local the local economy, housing demand and the of its final report due by summer 2015: a new corridors. 224 Hounslow | Local Plan 225 Developing and maintaining the borough’s Developing and Telecommunications installations can be Telecommunications installations under Part permitted through prior approval 24 of the General Permitted Development Order; however the NPPF requires that any application be supported by the necessary evidence to justify the proposed development. Notes • We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 10.8 infrastructure will ensure telecommunications and social success of the continued economic community facilities the borough. Businesses, have access to modern and residents should borough positions itself as technology as the and live. Expansions to the a place to invest network, including electronic communications and high speed telecommunications installations consistent with broadband, should be supported, of the NPPF. However, an over-concentration design can have installations or poor placing and and detract negative impacts on neighbourhoods so proposals will from the benefits they provide, on local be assessed in terms of their impact context and character. We will expect development proposals to proposals will expect development We siting and appearance of the (c) Consider the associated structures to installation and any on any host buildings and minimise impacts and context and character the visual amenity areas; of the surrounding that the possibility of (d) Demonstrate installations or associated utilizing existing explored; and buildings has been (e) Demonstrate that adverse impacts areas, on heritage assets, conservation and Green archaeological sites, open spaces and Belt, areas of landscape importance biodiversity are avoided.

We will achieve this by will achieve We to infrastructure (a) Supporting improvements communications supporting electronic and networks, including telecommunications impacts high speed broadband, where adverse interference on surrounding environments and air traffic with other electrical equipment, is avoided, services and other instrumentation consistent with the NPPF; and (b) Ensuring that development or does not interfere with broadcast with telecommunications services, consistent the NPPF. Our approach the enhanced connectivity We will promote supporting of the borough through high speed broadband and infrastructure for telecommunications.

EC4 - Telecommunications EC4 Policy ENHANCING connectivity ENHANCING Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

226 Hounslow | Local Plan 227 chapter implementING the eleven strategY IMPLEMENTING THE STRATEGY Policy IMP1 - Sustainable development We are taking this approach because Our approach We will take a plan-led approach to all growth 11.1 A presumption in favour of sustainable and development within the borough that development is established in the NPPF as is considered to be in accordance with the the ‘golden thread’ and this is encapsulated principles of sustainable development as set in the Local Plan. The three dimensions for out in the NPPF, with a balance of social, sustainable development are economic, social environmental and economic dimensions. and environmental. Positive outcomes for all three dimensions should be pursued jointly and We will achieve this by simultaneously through the planning system and through proactive engagement between the (a) Implementing the Local Plan in accordance council, developers and other stakeholders. with the principles of sustainable development as set out in the NPPF. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

228 Hounslow | Local Plan 229 The site allocations in the Local Plan The site allocations We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We 11.2 mechanism for achieving are the key delivery employment, retail and the identified housing, set out in the Local Plan. It infrastructure needs to the delivery of sustainable is therefore crucial the plan period that development throughout the allocated uses. developments deliver principle support is given to Consequently, in the identified developments which accord with constraints uses and have regard to the context, The and other provisions of the site allocation. delivery of site council will also seek to assist the of supporting allocations through the preparation planning briefs guidance such as non-statutory as well as or master plans where required, exceptional Compulsory Purchase Orders in policy. The policy circumstances as set out in the proposals also seeks to ensure development for allocated sites secure comprehensive the development development and do not sterilise through partial or regeneration potential of land the effective redevelopment. This will help ensure of the overall use of land, achieve regeneration individual area and avoid the sterilisation of elements of the site. We will expect development proposals to to proposals will expect development We the identified site allocation (d) Accord with use of the site and to and the proposed to the context, constraints also have regard of the respective site and other provisions any council adopted allocations, including planning brief; that they have sought to (e) Demonstrate uses set out within the meet the ratio of mixed use site allocations, and provide variation evidence to support any proposed in the plan with reference to other policies assessments and provide open book financial where viability is an issue; development (f) Ensure that where the partial would of a site allocation is proposed, this regeneration not sterilise the development or land within potential of the remainder of the delivery of the site allocation or prejudice the homes; affordable housing and zero carbon and (g) Deliver critical education infrastructure where required by Policy CI2.

We will achieve this by will achieve We principle proposals that (a) Supporting in identified site allocation and accord with the of the site and which have the proposed use and other regard to the context, constraints allocations; provisions of the respective site briefs, (b) Preparing non-statutory planning zone masterplans and promoting housing to support designations where appropriate allocations the development of individual site and the spatial integration of related development sites; and (c) Considering the use of Compulsory Purchase Orders to support wider delivery of regeneration objectives and the critical or necessary infrastructure. Our approach site allocations contribute We will ensure that sustainable growth and to the delivery of supporting infrastructure.

site allocations - Delivering IMP2 Policy IMPLEMENTING THE STRATEGY THE IMPLEMENTING IMPLEMENTING THE STRATEGY Policy IMP3 - implementing and monitoring the Local Plan

Our approach (c) Preparing supplementary planning (g) Establishing a monitoring framework We will implement the Local Plan, working documents where required to support for those policies which have a measurable with strategic partners and the local policies in the Local Plan and setting outcome and publishing the outcomes of community and committing to monitoring out what form this will take in the Local this in an annual monitoring report, reviewing the progress made year by year. We will Development Scheme (LDS), or an policies where they are not achieving their ensure that new development in the alternative framework; aim; and borough contributes towards the provision of (d) Addressing strategic matters by (h) Ensuring that development does not infrastructure needed to support growth. complying with our duty to cooperate proceed unless the delivery of critical and when working with other local authorities necessary infrastructure to support that We will achieve this by and working collaboratively with other development is assured. stakeholders and organisations; (a) Delivering the infrastructure needed to support the growth set out in the (e) Supporting the use of the tools set We will expect development proposals to out in the Localism Act 2011, and any development plan through maintaining and (i) Mitigate the impacts of the development subsequent legislation, designed to enable monitoring an up-to-date Infrastructure on the area through a section 106 the local community to influence planning Delivery Plan and the appropriate governance agreement, where necessary or appropriate, and development, while encouraging these framework; having regard to supplementary planning community groups to engage early and (b) Supporting the delivery of infrastructure document; and effectively with the council and the plans the through the use of Hounslow CIL receipts council prepares; (j) Provide the CIL payments required by any and planning obligations; charging schedules which are in operation (f) Reviewing the Local Plan, the West for the area within which the scheme is London Waste Plan and the CIL Charging located, including the Mayor of London’s Schedule in whole or in part within five years CIL. and undertaking partial Plan reviews through the Great West Corridor Plan and a West of Borough Plan; Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

230 Hounslow | Local Plan 231 and open spaces. It is based on evidence of on evidence spaces. It is based and open and Local Plan the viability of development and CIL (see evidence policy requirements relating to the type and base), and a formula CIL is collected when size of development. for new developments planning permissions See CIL Charging Schedule. are implemented. Borough of Hounslow Both the London London have the power and the Mayor of Infrastructure Levy to raise a Community a CIL (CIL). The Mayor of London introduced funding with the aim of raising £300M of the end to contribute towards Crossrail by used on of 2018/19. Hounslow CIL will be provision, eligible development to fund the maintenance improvement, replacement and of this of facilities and services. A proportion area where funding will be spent in the local development happens. (sometimes Negotiated planning obligations will be called Section 106 agreements) and required to address site specific proposals, immediate impacts of development to be and to allow for affordable housing delivered. The council will use planning obligations, in appropriate circumstances and and in accordance with regulations NPPF. Planning obligations will include and scale measures depending on the nature and of a development scheme, its location impacts. Additional detail on the council’s approach to planning obligations is set out in Hounslow Planning Obligation and CIL SPD. • • • Supplementary planning documents, may documents, may planning Supplementary The designations with their delivery. The council has prepared a borough’s The council has prepared a borough’s which Infrastructure Delivery Plan 2015-2030 shows the strategic items of infrastructure Local Plan. to support growth strategy of the reviewed The Infrastructure Delivery Plan plans and relevant infrastructure providers’ a strategies and was informed through process of consultation with infrastructure providers. A schedule of key infrastructure 3. It is programmes is set out in Appendix items will be not an exhaustive list and other to new required, as appropriate, in response development in the borough. The Community Infrastructure Levy, (as introduced by the Planning Act 2008 raise amended) enables authorities to funds towards the delivery of necessary arising from infrastructure to meet the needs of the Local Plan strategy. For the purposes Act, infrastructure includes: roads and other transport facilities; flood defences; schools and other educational facilities; medical facilities; sporting and recreational facilities; Notes • • 11.6 on key policies and be prepared to elaborate assist Areas and heritage assets will of Conservation The council will produce also be reviewed. need and other evidence, and assessments of Reports to support the ‘plan, Annual Monitoring process monitor and manage’

borough now proceeding at Butts

A range of tools will be required to A range of tools place to A governance structure will be in The council will seek to support

Plan the Local monitoring and - IMP3 implementing Policy 11.4 11.5 coordinate the sustainable development outlined development outlined coordinate the sustainable Plan and ensure that this through the Local plan-led. New development within development is add incrementally to the need for the borough will and the overall picture of new infrastructure is set out in the borough’s infrastructure need this growth, the borough will IDP. To support and in need to provide new infrastructure elements of some cases maintain and upgrade in which the existing infrastructure. The way community development contributes towards to change. infrastructure has and will continue obligations This will be reflected by the planning Hounslow CIL supplementary guidance and the charging schedule. programme, oversee the infrastructure delivery contributions ensuring that CIL and section106 through are used appropriately, as identified of the the IDP and to support the key priorities funding council. Applications for infrastructure to the council will be both internal and external external and so this body should include infrastructure delivery partners. community led Neighbourhood Plans, including the first in the Farm. 11.3 We are taking this approach because taking this approach are We IMPLEMENTING THE STRATEGY THE IMPLEMENTING Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

232 Hounslow | Local Plan 233 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

234

Hounslow | Local Plan

235

VOLUME TWO VOLUME

2015 - 2030 - 2015 LOCAL PLAN LOCAL Contents - volume two

236 Hounslow | Local Plan 237 320 334 338 352 356 318 APPENDICES Implementation and monitoring framework Implementation Glossary schedule 2015 - 2030 Infrastructure delivery maps and designations Town centre boundary and neighbourhood centres Frontages in town 1 2 3 4 5 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 Note: Site numbering has been revised since the Note: Site numbering has been version publication of the August 2014 Submission Minor Changes and the October 2014 Illustrative version of this document. Site allocations in Hounslow West Site allocations in Cavalry Barracks Station Hounslow West Bombardier Aerospace Staines Road Bowls Club Sutton Lane Indoor Cranford and Heston Site allocations in Centre Heston Leisure Rectory Farm Cranford Lane Master Robert Hotel Site allocations in Feltham Feltham Arenas Feltham Ex-Servicemens Club Fern Grove Ashmead Depot, Hounslow Homes Site allocations in Hanworth Hanworth Library

65 61 62 63 64 57 58 59 60 52 53 54 55 56 two volume - Contents Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

238 Hounslow | Local Plan 239 CHAPTER site TWELVE allocations site allocations site allocations overview key information for each site

12.1 The key information provided in the following site allocation maps is outlined and explained in Table SA12.1 (below).

12.2 The London Borough of Hounslow Urban Context and Character Study will be used to identify and inform the context and design recommendations for each site. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

240 Hounslow | Local Plan 241 Local Authority. Various. responses. Land Registry, previous consultation Various. BAAP, UDP, Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan, Town Centre Masterplan, BAAP, UDP, Hounslow London SHLAA 2013. Land owner, Draft of Hounslow Urban Context and London Borough 2014. Character Study is used, so Various. The most up to date source document will sites included in the ‘Policy Options’ reference this as the source. The London Plan 2011. N/A Source

To show the size of the site. Projection completion. Phase 1 years 2015-2020 Phase 2 years 2021-2025 Phase 3 years 2026-2030 or private ownership, or a combination of Whether the site is held in public both. designations are listed. The whole All known planning constraints and so this borough is designated as an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) has not been listed for each site but affects all. The Flood Risk Sequential as at risk Test includes flood design constraints for those sites identified from flooding. Reference number to identify site. A new reference system is used in this Reference number to identify site. Where a site was included in the ‘Policy document simply numbering 1-65. reference is noted under the ‘source’ Options’ document its previous section. relevant, the previous site reference How the site was identified. Where number is included. Site accessibility score from 1-6. Purpose used as in previous The same names are ‘Popular’ site description. possible. consultations where Context and Character workshops for the Urban Through public consultation (e.g. Chiswick), within which study areas were formed Study, 10 identifiable boundaries align with character areas. The district there are numerous wards. This study and buildings rather than the borough physical features of each site. the future design and character will be used to guide

Context and constraints Context Land ownership Site Area Site Phasing Public Transport Public Transport Level Accessibility (PTAL) Source Site reference Site District Site name Site Table SA12.1: Site allocations overview Site SA12.1: Table overview allocations site allocations site site allocations site allocations overview

Figure SA12.2: Map of Proposed Site Allocations Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 242 Hounslow | Local Plan 243 298 299 301 302 303 304 305 307 308 309 310 312 313 314 315 317 page name Lampton House Pears Road Cavalry Barracks Station Hounslow West Bombardier Aerospace Staines Road Sutton Lane Indoor Bowls Club Heston Leisure Centre Rectory Farm Cranford Lane Master Robert Hotel Feltham Arenas Feltham Ex-Servicemen’s Club Fern Grove Ashmead Depot, Hounslow Homes Hanworth Library 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 site ref Note: Site numbering has been revised since the publication of the August 2014 Submission version and the October 2014 Illustrative Minor Changes version of this document. 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 page name John Busch House and the John Busch House Telephone Exchange Europa House Swan Court Road 174 Twickenham Rugby Road Former West Thames College Nazareth House Royal Mail Delivery Office Bath Road Bell Road Central House High Street Quarter Hounslow House Kingsley Road Lampton Road London Road North London Road South - Site A London Road South - Site B Civic Centre Staines Road East Staines Road West Vacant Site, Hanworth Road Bus Garage Upstage 2 6 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 site ref 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 267 269 271 272 page Dukes Meadow Road 500 Chiswick High Empire House Park Hogarth Business Wheatstone House BSkyB Gillette Boston Manor House and Park Gunnersbury Park Reynard Mills Albany Riverside Alfa Laval Lionel Road Brentford Football Club Brentford Police Station Commerce Road Brentford Waterside Park Morrisons Supermarket and Car Thames Water Alexandra House Brentford Bus Depot 69-77 Boston Manor Road 632-652 London Road Scout Hut at Star Road South West of Gillette Corner name

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 site ref overview allocations site allocations site Table SA12.3: Site allocations list Site SA12.3: Table site allocations site allocations in chiswick

Figure SA12.4: Site Allocations in Chiswick Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 244 Hounslow | Local Plan 245 Figure SA12.5: Allocation 01 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013

KEY INFORMATION District: Chiswick District: 01 reference: Site London W4 2SH Riverside Drive, Address: Development Management Source: 1a PTAL: 20.85 (ha): area Site mix of Metropolitan Open Land with a sporting clubs, Existing use: allotments and open landscape

dukes meadow - 01 chiswick allocations site ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Leisure Allocation: with Enhancement of sporting facilities appropriate use: Proposed MOL. Open air recreational and relevant protection of the openness of the for sporting activity. ancillary buildings to create a hub enhancement of existing To support the retention of and Justification: openness and promoting public sports facilities on the site, maintaining access to the open space. 2015-30 Phasing: Public/Private Land ownership: the Thames The site is located within MOL, and constraints: Context design constraints set out in Sequential Policy Area and Flood Zone 3b (flood site, with Test). Sporting activities of national significance take place at the (University of the finish line for the Oxford Cambridge boat race located here Westminster Boat House). site allocations 02 CHISWICK - 500 CHISWICK HIGH ROAD KEY INFORMATION District: Chiswick Site Reference: 02 Address: 500 Chiswick High Road, Chiswick, W4 5RG Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 5 Site Area (ha): 0.36 Existing use: Office and residential

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential and commercial Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. There should be appropriate retention of commercial use. Phasing: 2015-20 Land ownership: Private Planning Context and constraints: The allocation is based on a floorspace ration of 50:50 residential to office uses. The site is located within an APA and is adjacent to three TPOs.

Figure SA12.6: Allocation 02 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 246 Hounslow | Local Plan 247 Figure SA12.7: Allocation 03 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 Chiswick High Road, W4 5LY Chiswick High Road, 0.49

Allocation: Mixed Use Allocation: residential. Hotel or office use with retail and use: Proposed within Chiswick town centre This is a large, partly vacant site Justification: diversifying the mix of uses in the centre which provides an opportunity for or office and improving the quality of through redevelopment as a hotel Chiswick High Road. There may also be retail units along the frontage of of residential units, to be provided above opportunities for a small proportion uses. the retail and other commercial Phasing: 2015-25 Private Land ownership: The allocation is based on of a floorspace ratio and constraints: Context uses. This site is located within Chiswick 50:50 residential to non-residential within town centre and contains Primary Shopping Frontage. It is located II Listed Turnham Green Conservation Area, an APA and adjacent to a Grade Building. It is within Flood Zone 3 and an AQMA. Chiswick District: 03 Reference: Site 408-418 Address: Development Management Source: 5 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Office and retail Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

ouse Empire H - 03 CHISWICK allocations site ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION site allocations

04 CHISWICK - Hogarth Business Park KEY INFORMATION District: Chiswick Site Reference: 04 Address: Burlington Lane, Chiswick, W4 2TJ Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 1 Site Area (ha): 1.74 Existing use: Industrial and office

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential and Light Industrial (B1(b)) Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has potential housing capacity during the plan period. There should be appropriate retention of commercial use. Phasing: 2015-20 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: The allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 50:50 residential to light industrial uses. The site is located within Chiswick House Conservation Area and is adjacent to Grade I Listed Hogarth House. It is within Flood Zone 3.

Figure SA12.8: Allocation 04 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 248 Hounslow | Local Plan 249 Figure SA12.9: Allocation 05 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.31

District: Chiswick District: 05 Reference: Site High Road, London, W4 650-654 Chiswick 5SA Address: Call for Sites 2011 Source: 4 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Vacant former telephone exchange Vacant former telephone exchange Existing use: house Wheatstone - 05 CHISWICK allocations site Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: office Residential with commercial (B1a or C1 hotel) and use: Proposed ancillary retail. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 Justification: during the plan period. There should be as it has a potential housing capacity use. appropriate retention of commercial 2015-20 Deliverable Phasing: Private Land ownership: ratio of The allocation is based on a floorspace and constraints: Context uses. This site is located within an APA 75:25 residential to non-residential on this site, given previous uses. and there is potentially land contamination ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION KEY INFORMATION site allocations site allocations in BRENTFORD

Figure SA12.10: Site Allocations in Brentford Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 250 Hounslow | Local Plan 251 Figure SA12.11: Allocation 06 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 14.49

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: Employment use: Proposed a media The continued use of this site as campus is Justification: to the further development of the supported as it makes a major contribution and media hub and to the creation of jobs. It Great West Corridor as a digital broadcasting does not fit neatly into planning is recognised that the nature of in order that the media campus use classes so flexibility is imperative connectivity will be necessary to can develop. Improvements to transport this site. support employment growth at 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: and has MOL This site is located within a SIL (IBP) and constraints: Context and a listed landmark building adjoining. District: Brentford District: 06 Reference: Site Park, Syon Lane, Isleworth, Centaurs Business 5QD TW7 Address: Plan Brentford Area Action Source: 1b-2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): KEY INFORMATION Media Campus (B1) and Warehousing (B8) Existing use: 06 BRENTFORD - bskyb 06 BRENTFORD allocations site site allocations 07 BRENTFORD - gillette KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 07 Address: Gillette Corner, Great West Road, Isleworth, TW7 5LW Source: Brentford Area Action Plan PTAL: 2 Site Area (ha): 4.32 Existing use: Vacant - former offices and industrial

ALLOCATION AND Justification

Allocation: Employment Proposed use: Retention and reuse of the existing Listed building and associated redevelopment to provide high quality flexible business space compatible with the site’s designation as an Industrial Business Park where B1b, B1c and high value B2 activities will be encouraged. Ancillary B1a offices will be considered acceptable if this is ancillary to the primary use of the premises for industrial related uses or does not exceed the level of existing office floorspace. The beneficial re-use of the Listed building is considered a high priority and Phasing: 2015-20 the council will take a flexible approach to deliver a positive use for the Land ownership: Private building. Appropriate non-industrial uses for the Listed Building would be a hotel, training or higher education. These would need to be accommodated Context and constraints: This site includes a Grade II Listed Building and is without compromising the industrial offer of the wider area. located within a SIL (IBP). It is within the NEC ‘D’ noise contour. Justification: Policies seek to retain and enhance the Listed building as well its setting and maintain appropriate employment uses. Any new use or redevelopment should result in positive impacts on the Strategic Industrial Figure SA12.12: Allocation 07 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local Location and the area as a whole. © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 252 Hounslow | Local Plan 253 Figure SA12.13: Allocation 08 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 29.12

Historic parkland, listed buildings (including Historic parkland, listed buildings Grade I), sporting Existing use: facilities and open parkland. District: Brentford District: 08 Reference: Site Brentford, TW8 9JX Boston Manor Road, Address: Plan Brentford Area Action Source: 2-3 PTAL: Area Site (ha): KEY INFORMATION

park and manor house - boston 08 BRENTFORD allocations site Allocation: Heritage Asset Allocation: and Restoration of the historic buildings together parkland, use: Proposed waterside environment. with improved sports facilities and park surrounding Boston Boston Manor Park is a large historic Justification: 1623 and remained in private ownership Manor House, which was built in is now the park was farmland until the end until 1924. Most of the land that is required to protect and enhance the of last century. Heritage regeneration and waterside environment. existing historic buildings, parklands 2015-30 Phasing: Public Land ownership: Area; MOL; This site is within a Conservation and constraints: Context Buildings. River Brent runs adjacent to the SINC and also includes two Listed and site and opportunities should be sought to create wetland and restore Green Grid enhance the river corridor as proposed in the Mayor’s All London and supporting Supplementary Planning Guidance. ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION site allocations 09 BRENTFORD - gunnersbury park KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 09 Address: Gunnersbury Park, London, W3 8LQ Source: Development Management PTAL: 1a-4 Site Area (ha): 72 Existing use: Grade ll* English Heritage registered park, 22 listed buildings (including Grade I), museum, sports facilities and parkland.

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Heritage Asset Proposed use: Restoration of core heritage parkland, refurbishment of listed buildings including potential enabling development and creation of a sporting hub. Justification: Gunnersbury is of national significance and is Grade II* putting it in the top 30 per cent of registered parks in the country. There are Phasing: 2015-30 also 22 listed buildings on the site. Several studies have shown Gunnersbury Land ownership: Public to be in major decline. English Heritage has named Gunnersbury within the Context and constraints: This site is within the Gunnersbury Park top 12 ‘at risk’ properties in England due to the large amount of investment Conservation Area, MOL, SINC, a CDA and also includes Grade II, Grade II* needed to restore and repair the Buildings and landscape. Heritage and Locally Listed Buildings. It is a Historic Park and Garden. regeneration is required to protect and enhance the existing historic buildings and parklands.

Figure SA12.14: Allocation 09 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 254 Hounslow | Local Plan 255 Figure SA12.15: Allocation 10 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 2.35

Industrial Trading Estate (B1/B8 use) Industrial Trading Estate (B1/B8 Existing use: District: Brentford District: 10 Reference: Site TW8 9LY Windmill Road, Brentford, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 2-3 PTAL: Area Site (ha): KEY INFORMATION

mills - reynard 10 BRENTFORD allocations site Allocation: Mixed Use Allocation: Residential and education use: Proposed on The mixed use allocation is based ratio of a floorspace Justification: This site has been identified through the 75:25 education to residential use. potential housing capacity during the plan London SHLAA 2013 as it has a through the council’s Sequential period. This site has also been identified Sites Update 2014 as an appropriate Assessment of Potential School the Brentford school place planning area. location for new school places in in an area of need for both primary and It is an available brownfield site secondary places. Phasing: 2015-25 Private Land ownership: Site is within a CDA. and constraints: Context ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION site allocations 11 BRENTFORD - albany riverside KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 11 Address: High Street, Brentford, TW8 0BB Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 3 Site Area (ha): 0.63 Existing use: Waterman’s Arts Centre plus adjoining commercial uses. ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential and reprovision of the Arts Centre either on-site or within Brentford town centre. The site should be developed comprehensively in order to optimise the residential capacity of the site as a whole. This will help achieve regeneration of the overall area and avoid the sterilisation of individual elements of the site. Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of Phasing: 2021-25 50:50 residential to non-residential uses. Waterman’s Arts Centre is of Land ownership: Public / private strategic importance as a cultural and leisure facility in the borough. As such, a town centre location would be more suitable and would leave Context and constraints: This site is located within an APA and in Flood this site available for residential and retention of an employment use as Zone 3a (adjacent to 3a(i) and 3b), and in the presence of the Thames Tidal appropriate, while supporting the regeneration of Brentford town centre. The Flood Defence (flood design constraints set out in Sequential Test). It is part redevelopment of this site must include reprovision of the Arts Centre either of the Thames Policy Area and is in an existing SINC. The site is historic in the town centre or on-site. Educational, health and water-related uses, landfill. particularly those that support greater use of the river and canal for education and recreational purposes, could also form part of a mixed use scheme in order to contribute to the overall goal of regenerating the area. Any scheme should enable public access to the riverside. Figure SA12.16: Allocation 11 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 256 Hounslow | Local Plan 257 Figure SA12.17: Allocation 12 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 1.8

District: Brentford District: 12 Reference: Site Brentford, TW8 9BU Great West Road, Address: Action Plan Brentford Area Source: 3 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Mixed use Allocation: and Residential and commercial (B1b/c uses with C1) use: Proposed ancillary retail and services (A1-A4) on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: uses. This site has been identified 50:50 residential to non-residential as it has a potential housing capacity through the London SHLAA 2013 during the plan period. 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: frontage of the NEC ‘D’ noise contours along the and constraints: Context site with the Great West Road. KEY INFORMATION Vacant mixed employment site Existing use: laval - alfa 12 BRENTFORD allocations site ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION site allocations 13 BRENTFORD - Lionel Road KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 13 Address: Lionel Road South, Brentford, TW8 0JA Source: Development Management PTAL: 3 Site Area (ha): 5.34 Existing use: Waste transfer

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Community Football Stadium with enabling residential and hotel (C1) with ancillary retail and services (A1-A4). Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 75:25 non-residential to residential uses. Planning permission has been granted for a community football stadium with enabling residential and commercial uses, including retail. Phasing: 2021-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: This site is adjacent to Flood Zone 2 and 3a (flood design constraints set out in Sequential Test). It is within an APA and CDA. Part of the site is used for waste processing and transfer, and therefore the London Plan requires the reprovision of this use in another location. There is potentially land contamination on this site, given previous uses.

Figure SA12.18: Allocation 13 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 258 Hounslow | Local Plan 259 Figure SA12.19: Allocation 14 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 1.63

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Allocation: Housing Allocation: Residential use: Proposed for housing and has The site has outline planning permission Justification: 2013 as it has a potential housing been identified in the London SHLAA capacity during the plan period. 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: small part This site is local open space. A and constraints: Context it is adjacent to an APA. The football of this site is in Flood Zone 3 and or reprovided off-site as part of any stadium on this site must be retained redevelopment. District: Brentford District: 14 Reference: Site Road, Brentford, TW8 Griffin Park, Braemar 0NT Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 3 PTAL: Area Site (ha): KEY INFORMATION Football Stadium Existing use: Club Football - Brentford 14 BRENTFORD allocations site site allocations 15 BRENTFORD - Brentford Police Station KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 15 Address: Half Acre, Brentford, TW8 8DH Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 4 Site Area (ha): 0.27 Existing use: Police station

ALLOCATION AND Justification

Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Education, residential and retail. Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 75:20:5 education, residential and retail uses respectively. This site has been identified through the council’s Sequential Assessment of Potential School Sites Update 2014 as an appropriate location for provision of new school places in the Brentford school place planning area. It is an available brownfield site in an area of need for both primary and secondary places. Phasing: 2015-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: This site lies adjacent to Brentford town centre, St Paul’s Conservation Area and is within an APA.

Figure SA12.20: Allocation 15 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 260 Hounslow | Local Plan 261 Figure SA12.21: Allocation 16 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 This site is adjacent to a Conservation Area and a This site is adjacent to a Conservation and constraints: Context Flood Zone 2 - 3a(i) to 3b, in the presence SINC. Part of this site falls within (flood design constraints set out in of the Thames Tidal Flood Defence a PIL. Sequential Test). This site also includes 3.69

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Brentford District: 16 Reference: Site Brentford, TW8 8LR Commerce Road, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Industrial Existing use: KEY INFORMATION Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: To include a mix of residential, commercial (B1a and use: Proposed waterside leisure, education and ancillary retail/ services (A1-A4)), community uses. on The mixed use allocation is based ratio of a floorspace Justification: uses. Planning consent has been partly 75:25 residential to non-residential completed on the southern part implemented with residential development educational or employment uses on the of the site. There is potential for has been identified in the council’s School northern end of the site. This site Assessment of Potential School Place Planning Site Review Sequential school new provision of the for location appropriate an as 2014 Update Sites places. 2015-20 Phasing: Public / private Land ownership:

Road - Commerce 16 BRENTFORD allocations site site allocations 17 BRENTFORD - Brentford Waterside KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 17 Address: Land south of the High Street, Brentford, TW8 0BB Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 3 Site Area (ha): 4.76 Existing use: Mixed use - retail, commercial, light industrial, residential and waterside related uses. Some buildings are vacant.

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Mixed use comprising of residential, retail, leisure, cultural, community and waterspace related uses and provision for town centre car parking. Justification: The redevelopment of this site for retail led mixed use town Context and constraints: This site is within the Grand Union Canal & centre development is key to the successful regeneration of Brentford town Boston Manor Conservation Area and includes Grade II and Locally Listed centre. This site should enhance the town centre’s role as a District Centre Buildings. It is within a SINC, the Thames Policy Area, an APA and Flood and should fulfil an important community, cultural and social role for Brent- Zone 3 to 3ai and 3b and in the presence of the Thames Tidal Flood Defence ford’s existing and new residents. This site has been identified in the Lon- (flood design constraints set out in Sequential Test). This site is within don Plan SHLAA 2013 as it has potential housing capacity during the plan Brentford town centre and includes part of the primary retail frontage and period. primary shopping area, as well as including a POL. The site falls within London Heathrow Airport 57dB LAeq noise contour. Potential impact on Phasing: 2015-25 Syon Park SSSI. Land ownership: Public / private

Figure SA12.22: Allocation 17 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 262 Hounslow | Local Plan 263 Figure SA12.23: Allocation 18 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.6

District: Brentford District: 18 Reference: Site TW8 0JG High St, Brentford, Address: Action Plan Brentford Area Source: 4 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Retail and associated car park Existing use: KEY INFORMATION Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: including Retail-led mixed town centre use residential, with use: Proposed for town centre car parking. an appropriate level of provision on a floorspace ratio The mixed use allocation is based Justification: The supermarket continues to play an of 75:25 retail to residential use. provision of large floor plate retail important role with regards to the a diversification of uses could also floorspace within Brentford, however Brentford town centre. contribute to the regeneration of 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: centre and part The site is within Brentford town and constraints: Context Part of the site is located within Flood Zone of the secondary retail frontage. out in Sequential Test). It is within an APA 2 (flood design constraints set and is adjacent to a Locally Listed Building and the St Paul’s Conservation Area. Potential impact on Syon Park SSSI. ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION

Supermarket - Morrisons 18 BRENTFORD allocations site site allocations 19 BRENTFORD - Thames Water KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 19 Address: Kew Bridge Road, Brentford, TW8 0EF Source: Brentford Area Action Plan PTAL: 3 Site Area (ha): 1.07 Existing use: Former Thames Water operational land

ALLOCATION AND Justification

Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential and ancillary business accommodation (B1a) with open space and buildings of historic interest Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 90:10 residential to retail use. The site has planning permission for a mixed use development including residential and commercial with open space and buildings of historic interest.

Phasing: 2015-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: This site is within an APA and Kew Bridge conservation area. It lies adjacent to a Locally Listed Building and is located on historic landfill.

Figure SA12.24: Allocation 19 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 264 Hounslow | Local Plan 265 Figure SA12.25: Allocation 20 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.24

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Brentford District: 20 Reference: Site TW8 0NE Albany Rd, Brentford Address: Update 2014 of Potential School Sites Sequential Assessment Source: 3 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Office Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

House - Alexandra 20 BRENTFORD allocations site Allocation: Education Allocation: school. Expansion of an existing primary use: Proposed the council’s Sequential This site has been identified through Justification: Sites Update 2014 as an appropriate Assessment of Potential School primary provision in the Brentford location for the expansion of existing an available brownfield site in an area of school place planning area. It is places and close to an existing primary need for both primary and secondary school with the capacity to expand. 2015-20 Phasing: Public Land ownership: site and it is There is a Listed Building on this and constraints: Context 3a (flood design constraints set out in partly in and adjacent to Flood Zone Sequential Test). site allocations 21 BRENTFORD - Brentford Bus Depot KEY INFORMATION District: Brentford Site Reference: 21 Address: Commerce Road, Brentford, TW8 8LZ Source: Sequential Assessment of Potential School Sites Update 2014 PTAL: 2 Site Area (ha): 1.05 Existing use: Bus depot

ALLOCATION AND Justification

Allocation: Education Proposed use: Provision of school if bus depot can be reprovided on an appropriate site with the agreement of TfL Justification: This site has been identified through the council’s Sequential Assessment of Potential School Sites Update 2014 as an appropriate location for the expansion of existing primary provision in the Brentford school place planning area. It is an available brownfield site in an area of need for both primary and secondary places. Phasing: 2015-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: This site is adjacent to local open space and a part of the site is located within Flood Zone 2 (flood design constraints set out in Sequential Test). There is potentially land contamination on this site, given previous uses. The bus depot on this site must be retained or reprovided in an appropriate location should development come forward. Figure SA12.26: Allocation 21 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 266 Hounslow | Local Plan 267 Figure SA12.27: Allocation 22 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.45

District: Brentford District: 22 Reference: Site Brentford, TW8 9JQ Boston Manor Road, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Office and Residential Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

oad Manor R oston - 69 to 77 B 22 BRENTFORD allocations site Allocation: Mixed Use Allocation: Residential and small scale offices/ education further use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: This site has been identified through the 50:50 residential to office use. potential housing capacity during the plan London SHLAA 2013 as it has a period. 2021-25 Phasing: Private Land ownership: Buildings and is This site includes Grade II Listed and constraints: Context in a CDA. ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION site allocations site allocations in Osterley and Spring Grove

Figure SA12.28: Site Allocations in Osterley and Spring Grove Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 268 Hounslow | Local Plan 269 Figure SA12.29: Allocation 23 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.73

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Osterley and Spring Grove Osterley and Spring District: 23 Reference: Site Road, Hounslow, TW7 4EG 632-652 London Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 4 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Housing Allocation: Residential use: Proposed This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 Justification: during the plan period. as it has a potential housing capacity 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: The site is located within an APA. and constraints: Context KEY INFORMATION Office Existing use: Road London Grove - 632-652 Spring and 23 Osterley allocations site site allocations 24 Osterley and Spring Grove - Scout Hut at Star Road KEY INFORMATION District: Osterley and Spring Grove Site Reference: 24 Address: Adjacent to Spring Grove School, Star Road, Isleworth Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 4 Site Area (ha): 0.05 Existing use: Community use

ALLOCATION AND Justification

Allocation: Education Proposed use: Expansion of existing school. Justification: This site has been identified through the council’s Sequential Assessment of Potential School Sites Update 2014 as an appropriate location for the expansion of existing primary provision in the Central Hounslow school place planning area. It is an available brownfield site in ownership of the council and in an area of need for both primary and secondary places and close to an existing primary school with the capacity to expand. Phasing: 2015-20 Land ownership: Public Context and constraints: No planning constraints identified.

Figure SA12.30: Allocation 24 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 270 Hounslow | Local Plan 271 Figure SA12.31: Allocation 25 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.39

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Osterley and Spring Grove Osterley and Spring District: 25 Reference: Site Isleworth, TW7 5PD Great West Road, Address: Development Management Source: 2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Mixed use Allocation: Industrial Residential and commercial (Light B1b/c or B8 use: Proposed warehousing). on The mixed use allocation is based ratio of a floorspace Justification: use. Suitable office location, particularly the 50:50 residential to commercial with potential housing capacity during frontage onto the Great West Road the plan period. 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: on this There is potentially land contamination and constraints: Context site, given previous uses. KEY INFORMATION and offices Vacant site, former petrol station Existing use: Corner est of Gillette outh W Grove - S Spring and 25 Osterley allocations site site allocations site allocations in isleworth

Figure SA12.32: Site Allocations in Isleworth Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 272 Hounslow | Local Plan 273 Figure SA12.33: Allocation 26 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 change

0.77

District: Isleworth District: 26 Reference: Site Isleworth, TW7 5AX 277 London Road, Address: of Potential School Sites Sequential Assessment Update 2014 Source: 2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Office and telephone exchange Existing use: KEY INFORMATION allocations site

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Ex elephone and the T House Busch - John 26 isleworth Allocation: Education Allocation: Provision of school places use: Proposed the council’s Sequential This site has been identified through Justification: location appropriate an as 2014 Update Sites School Potential of Assessment provision in the Brentford school for the expansion of existing education brownfield site in an area of need for place planning area. It is an available school places. 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: Site falls within The site is located within an APA. and constraints: Context LAeq noise contour. London Heathrow Airport 60dB site allocations 27 isleworth - Europa House KEY INFORMATION District: Isleworth Site Reference: 27 Address: Europa House, Church Street, Isleworth, TW7 6DA Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 1 Site Area (ha): 0.28 Existing use: Office

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential and office Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 50:50 residential to office use. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2021-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: The site is located within the Thames Policy Area, Isleworth Riverside Conservation Area and APA. The site is located in Flood Zone 3a and Flood Zone 3b and in the presence of the Thames Tidal Flood Defence (flood design constraints set out in Sequential Test). It lies adjacent to a number of listed buildings. Site falls within London Heathrow Airport 57dB LAeq noise contour. Figure SA12.34: Allocation 27 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 274 Hounslow | Local Plan 275 Figure SA12.35: Allocation 28 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013

0.75

District: Isleworth District: 28 Reference: Site TW7 6RJ Swan Street, Isleworth, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 1-2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Office with car park Existing use: KEY INFORMATION allocations site

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION - SWAN Court - SWAN 28 isleworth Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: parking Residential, commercial and car use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: This site has been identified through the 50:50 residential to office use. potential housing capacity during the plan London SHLAA 2013 as it has a should also include an element of office period. Proposals for the site also floorspace. 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: Policy Area, The site is located within the Thames and constraints: Context Area and APA. The site is located in Flood Isleworth Riverside Conservation in the presence of the Thames Tidal Flood Zone 3a and Flood Zone 3b and set out in Sequential Test). The site lies Defence (flood design constraints 3. adjacent to a Nature Conservation Area, MOL and is in Flood Zone site allocations 29 isleworth - 174 Twickenham Road KEY INFORMATION District: Isleworth Site Reference: 29 Address: 174 Twickenham Road, Isleworth, TW7 7DJ Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 2 Site Area (ha): 0.27 Existing use: Industrial and Residential

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Housing Proposed use: Residential Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2015-20 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: There is potentially land contamination on this site, given previous uses.

Figure SA12.36: Allocation 29 site map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 276 Hounslow | Local Plan 277 Figure SA12.37: Allocation 30 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013

0.97

District: Isleworth District: 30 Reference: Site TW1 1AN Rugby Road, Isleworth, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 1 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Self storage Existing use: KEY INFORMATION allocations site

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Road ugby - R 30 isleworth Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: Light Industrial (B1b/c) and residential use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: uses. The site has been identified through 50:50 residential to commercial a potential housing capacity during the the London SHLAA 2013 as it has uses (B1b/c) should safeguard the plan period. Proposals for light industrial areas of the site. residential amenity in the remaining 2021-25 Phasing: Private Land ownership: 3a (flood The site is located within Flood Zone and constraints: Context Test), and has a number of TPOs design constraints set out in Sequential London Heathrow Airport 57dB LAeq within its boundary. Site falls within CDA and includes part of a main river noise contour. It is adjacent to a (Whitton Brook). site allocations 31 isleworth - Former West Thames College KEY INFORMATION District: Isleworth Site Reference: 31 Address: London Road, Isleworth, TW7 4EE Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 4 Site Area (ha): 0.28 Existing use: Ancillary office to West Thames College

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Housing Proposed use: Residential Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2015-20 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: The site is located within an APA and is adjacent to a listed builidng and a number of TPOs.

Figure SA12.38: Allocation 31 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 278 Hounslow | Local Plan 279 Figure SA12.38: Allocation 32 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 3.15

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Isleworth District: 32 Reference: Site Richmond Road, Isleworth, Nazareth House, TW7 7BP Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 1 PTAL: Suburban Setting: London Plan Character Area Site (ha): KEY INFORMATION open space Care home, former convent and Existing use: house areth - NAz 32 isleworth allocations site Allocation: Housing and open space Allocation: care Residential with affordable extra and supported housing use: Proposed living units. for residential with a large The site has planning permission Justification: Residential development will enable the proportion for care home provision. the listed buildings on site. preservation and enhancement of 2015-20 Phasing: Private Land ownership: Riverside The site is located within Isleworth and constraints: Context has a number of Listed Buildings and TPOs Conservation Area, an APA and walkway must be provided adjacent on site. A publicly accessible riverside and Flood to the Thames through the site. The site is within Flood Zone 3b the Zone 2 (flood design constraints set out in Sequential Test), within Area. presence of the Thames Tidal Flood Defence and the Thames Policy Site falls within London Heathrow Airport 60dB LAeq noise contour. site allocations site allocations in hounslow

Figure SA12.40 Site Allocations in Hounslow Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 280 Hounslow | Local Plan 281 Figure SA12.41: Allocation 33 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.59

District: Hounslow District: 33 Reference: Site TW3 9BA Matisse Road, Hounslow, Address: Centre Masterplan and London Hounslow Town SHLAA 2013 Source: 6a PTAL: Area Site (ha): Telephone Royal Mail Delivery Office and Exchange Existing use: KEY INFORMATION ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Allocation: Housing Allocation: Residential use: Proposed opportunity in the Hounslow Site identified as a development Justification: has been identified through the London Town Centre Masterplan. This site housing capacity during the plan period. SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential 2021-30 Phasing: Private Land ownership: facilities required Relocation of existing Royal Mail and constraints: Context in use, to ensure Royal Mail’s continuity prior to the demolition of those still be brought forward for redevelopment, of service. In order for the site to for Royal Mail. This site is located within the relocation will need to be viable and an APA. Hounslow town centre boundary allocations site Office elivery Mail D - Royal 33 hounslow site allocations 34 hounslow - bath road KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 34 Address: Bath Road, Hounslow, TW3 3BN Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 6a Site Area (ha): 0.4 Existing use: Public car park

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Civic use, offices and potential for some residential Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 75:25 civic/ office uses to residential. Site identified as a development opportunity in the Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2015-20 Land ownership: Public Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town centre boundary and an APA. There should be consideration of the need to retain or reprovide town centre car parking on this site.

Figure SA12.42: Allocation 34 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 282 Hounslow | Local Plan 283 Figure SA12.43: Allocation 35 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013

0.53

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Hounslow District: 35 Reference: Site TW3 3NR Bell Road, Hounslow, Address: SHLAA 2013 Centre Masterplan and London Hounslow Town Source: 6a PTAL: Area Site (ha): car Vacant retail space and town centre parking Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

- bell road 35 hounslow allocations site Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: Leisure, commercial and residential use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: uses. Site identified as a development 50:50 residential to commercial Centre Masterplan. This site has been opportunity in the Hounslow Town 2013 as it has a potential housing identified through the London SHLAA capacity during the plan period. 2015-25 Phasing: Public and private Land ownership: town This site is located within the Hounslow and constraints: Context site is also adjacent to a Locally Listed centre boundary and an APA. The Heathrow Airport 60dB LAeq noise contour. Building. Site falls within London the need to retain or reprovide town centre There should be consideration of car parking on this site. site allocations 36 hounslow - central house KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 36 Address: Lampton Road, Hounslow,TW3 1HY Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 6a Site Area (ha): 0.54 Existing use: Commercial (B1a), community use and car park

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed Use Proposed use: Offices, residential, leisure and community uses Justification: Site identified as a development opportunity in the Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. The residential capacity on site, as identified by the London SHLAA 2013, will contribute to the council’s housing target. The community facilities and public car park need to be protected and reprovided either on-site or within the town centre. There should be appropriate retention of commercial use. Phasing: 2015-20 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town centre boundary. There should be consideration of the need to retain or reprovide town centre car parking on this site.

Figure SA12.44: Allocation 36 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 284 Hounslow | Local Plan 285 Figure SA12.45: Allocation 37 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 This site is located within the Hounslow town This site is located within the Hounslow and constraints: Context LEQ Noise Contour. There should be centre boundary, an APA and an or reprovide town centre car parking on consideration of the need to retain this site. 2.59

KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow District: 37 Reference: Site 9DA Hounslow, TW3 Address: Centre Masterplan and London Hounslow Town SHLAA 2013 Source: 6a PTAL: Area Site (ha): vacant houses on Holloway Car Park (private and public) and Existing use: Street

quarter - high street 37 hounslow allocations site ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Mixed Use Allocation: public Leisure, retail and residential with parking. car use: Proposed opportunity Site identified as a development in the Hounslow Justification: plays an integral role in the regeneration Town Centre Masterplan. The site to providing the additional retail of Hounslow town centre and contributes as needed in the Town Centre. Pedestrian floorspace which is identified Street should be maintained as identified in access and visibility to the High This site has been identified through the Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. a potential housing capacity during the the London SHLAA 2013 as it has plan period. 2015-25 Phasing: Public and private Land ownership: site allocations 38 hounslow - hounslow house KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 38 Address: London Road, Hounslow, TW3 1PD Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and Policy Options for the Local Plan June 2013 (Site M14) PTAL: 6a Site Area (ha): 1.22 Existing use: Office, retail and warehousing

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential and retail Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 50:50 residential to retail use. The site identified as a development opportunity in the Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. There is an extant planning consent for a new food store on the site. The proposal includes 5,350sqm of convenience retail, 240sqm of comparison retail floorspace (independent units) and 300 short stay car parking spaces for town centre shoppers. Should this permission not be implemented the council would seek to secure mixed use development including the provision of ground floor retail units fronting on to London Road. Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town Phasing: 2015-25 centre boundary, and an APA/. and an LEQ Noise Contour. There should be consideration of the need to retain or reprovide town centre car parking on Land ownership: Private this site. Figure SA12.46: Allocation 38 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 286 Hounslow | Local Plan 287 Figure SA12.47: Allocation 39 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.43

KEY INFORMATION ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Hounslow District: 39 Reference: Site TW3 1NX Kingsley Road, Hounslow, Address: for the Local Centre Masterplan, Policy Options Hounslow Town Source: (Site M15) Sequential and School Place Planning Site Review Plan June 2013 School Sites Update 2014 Assessment of Potential 6a PTAL: Area Site (ha): Mixed use Allocation: Education and community use use: Proposed opportunity in the Hounslow Site identified as a development Justification: has also been identified through the Town Centre Masterplan. This site of Potential School Sites Update 2014 council’s Sequential Assessment expansion of secondary school provision as an appropriate location for the of community use should be integrated in Central Hounslow. Reprovision within the scheme. 2015-25 Phasing: Public Land ownership: town This site is located within the Hounslow and constraints: Context or centre boundary. There should be consideration of the need to retain reprovide town centre car parking on this site. Existing use: Community use and car park Existing use: road - kingsley 39 hounslow allocations site site allocations 40 hounslow - lampton road KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 40 Address: Lampton Road, Hounslow, TW3 1JG Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 6a Site Area (ha): 0.26 Existing use: Young Persons Resource Centre

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential, and commercial and community use Justification: Site identified as a development opportunity in the Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. The existing community facility must be protected and reprovided on-site or within the town centre. Phasing: 2015-25 Land ownership: Public Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town centre boundary, an APA and falls within London Heathrow Airport 60dB LAeq noise contour.

Figure SA12.48: Allocation 40 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 288 Hounslow | Local Plan 289 Figure SA12.49: Allocation 41 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.9 Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and Policy Options for the Local the for Options Policy and Masterplan Centre Town Hounslow

District: Hounslow District: 41 Reference: Site TW3 1NW London Road, Hounslow, Address: Source: Commercial Existing use: KEY INFORMATION (Site M17) Plan June 2013 6a PTAL: Area Site (ha): ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION

road north - london hounslow 41 allocations site Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: residential Retail and town centre uses with use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio The mixed use allocation is based Justification: town centre uses. Site identified as a of 50:50 residential to retail/ other Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. Part of development opportunity in the and is now under construction. the site has planning permission 2015-25 Phasing: Public and private Land ownership: town This site is located within the Hounslow and constraints: Context Shopping Frontage and an APA. There centre boundary, the Secondary to retain or reprovide town centre car should be consideration of the need parking on this site. site allocations 42 hounslow - london road south - site a KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 42 Address: London Road, Hounslow, TW3 1RB Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 6a Site Area (ha): 0.74 Existing use: Retail and residential

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Retail and residential Justification: Site identified as a development opportunity in the Hounslow town centre Masterplan. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2015-25 Land ownership: Public and private Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town centre boundary, the Secondary Shopping Frontage and an APA. There should be consideration of the need to retain or reprovide town centre car parking on this site.

Figure SA12.50: Allocation 42 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 290 Hounslow | Local Plan 291 Figure SA12.51: Allocation 43 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 This site is located within the Hounslow This site is located within the Hounslow and constraints: Context Space and an APA. There should be town centre boundary, Local Open or reprovide town centre car parking on consideration of the need to retain this site.

2.67

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Hounslow District: 43 Reference: Site TW3 1RB London Road, Hounslow, Address: the Local Plan June 2013 Policy Options for (Site M19) Source: 6a PTAL: Area Site (ha): open Public car park, primary school and space Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

b - site road south - london 43 hounslow allocations site Allocation: Mixed Use Allocation: Primary School expansion, residential open space. and use: Proposed This site has been identified through the council’s Sequential Justification: appropriate location an 2014 as Update Sites School Potential of Assessment provision in the Central Hounslow for the expansion of existing primary an available brownfield site in an area of school place planning area. It is This site has been identified through the need for primary school places. potential housing capacity during the plan London SHLAA 2013 as it has a Open Space, which must either be period. The site also contains Local the same standard as a minimum. Any retained or reprovided on-site to operation of the school during phasing plans must ensure continuous relevant periods. 2015-25 Phasing: Public and private Land ownership: site allocations 44 hounslow - civic centre KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 44 Address: Lampton Road, Hounslow, TW3 4DN Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 3 Site Area (ha): 4.86 Existing use: Council offices

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Housing Proposed use: Residential Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. The current use must be reprovided should development of this site come forward. Reprovision should either be on-site or directed to Hounslow town centre. Phasing: 2015-25 Land ownership: Public Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town centre boundary, an APA and an LEQ Noise Contour.

Figure SA12.52: Allocation 44 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 292 Hounslow | Local Plan 293 Figure SA12.53: Allocation 45 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.65

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Hounslow District: 45 Reference: Site TW3 3JS Staines Road, Hounslow, Address: Centre Masterplan and London Hounslow Town SHLAA 2013 Source: 6a PTAL: Area Site (ha): Retail (34-62) and part vacant (30-32) Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

road east - staines 45 hounslow allocations site Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: Residential and office use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio The mixed use allocation is based Justification: Part of the site has been vacant for of 50:50 residential to office use. as a development opportunity in the a significant period and identified This site has been identified through the Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. potential housing capacity during the plan London SHLAA 2013 as it has a period. 2021-2030 Phasing: Public and private Land ownership: town This site is located within the Hounslow and constraints: Context within London Heathrow Airport 66dB centre boundary, an APA and falls be consideration of the need to retain or LAeq noise contour. There should reprovide town centre car parking on this site. site allocations 46 hounslow - staines road west KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 46 Address: Staines Road, Hounslow, TW3 3LF Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 5 Site Area (ha): 0.74 Existing use: Retail and leisure

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Leisure, residential and commercial. Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 50:50 residential to office use. Site and uses identified as a development opportunity in the Hounslow town centre Masterplan. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2020-25 Land ownership: Public and private Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town centre boundary and an APA. The site falls within London Heathrow Airport 60dB LAeq noise contour.

Figure SA12.54: Allocation 46 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 294 Hounslow | Local Plan 295 Figure SA12.55: Allocation 47 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 1.1

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION District: Hounslow District: 47 Reference: Site Hounslow, TW3 3UA Hanworth Road, Address: 2013 and Sequential Assessment London SHLAA of Potential Source: 2014 School Sites Update 5 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Vacant Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

road site , hanworth - vacant hounslow 47 allocations site Allocation: Mixed Use Allocation: Residential and education use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: This site has been identified through the 75:25 education to residential use. potential housing capacity during the plan London SHLAA 2013 as it has a through the council’s Sequential period. This site has also been identified Sites Update 2014 as an appropriate location Assessment of Potential School in Central Hounslow. for the provision of new school places Phasing: 2015-20 Public Land ownership: No planning constraints identified. and constraints: Context site allocations

48 hounslow - bus garage KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 48 Address: Kingsley Road, Hounslow, TW3 1PA Source: Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan and Sequential Assessment of Potential School Sites Update 2014 PTAL: 6a Site Area (ha): 1.14 Existing use: Bus garage

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Housing and education Proposed use: Retention of the bus interchange and bus garage or, if relocation can be secured, residential use. Justification: Site identified as a development opportunity in the Hounslow Town Centre Masterplan. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. If the relocation of the bus garage and interchange (or potentially the retention of the interchange and the relocation of the bus garage) can be secured at an appropriate site in the locality of Hounslow town centre with the agreement of TfL and the bus garage owner, London United Busways Limited, then residential development will be acceptable. Context and constraints: This site is located within the Hounslow town Phasing: 2026-30 centre boundary and an APA. Site falls within London Heathrow Airport 60dB Land ownership: Private LAeq noise contour.

Figure SA12.56: Allocation 48 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 296 Hounslow | Local Plan 297 Figure SA12.31: Allocation 49 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.56

Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: Residential and Light Industrial (B1b/c) use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: use. The site has been identified through 75:25 residential to light industrial a potential housing capacity during the the London SHLAA 2013 as it has plan period. 2021-30 Phasing: Private Land ownership: arrangements Significantly improved site access and constraints: Context Heathrow Airport 63dB LAeq noise required. Site falls within London contour. District: Hounslow District: 49 Reference: Site Hounslow, TW3 4BE Spring Grove Road, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 3 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Sui Generis Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

- UPSTAGE 49 hounslow allocations site ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION site allocations 50 hounslow - Lampton House KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow Site Reference: 50 Address: Lampton Road, Hounslow, TW3 4EY Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 3 Site Area (ha): 0.44 Existing use: Office

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Housing Proposed use: Residential Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2021-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: No planning constraints identified.

- PEARS ROAD - PEARS 51 hounslow District: Hounslow District: 51 Reference: Site TW3 1SS Pears Road, Hounslow, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 4 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Industrial Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION allocations site Allocation: Housing Allocation: Residential use: Proposed the London SHLAA 2013 This site has been identified through Justification: during the plan period. as it has a potential housing capacity 2021-30 Phasing: Private Land ownership: Local Open This site is located adjacent to both and constraints: Context Space and a Grade II Listed Building, site allocations site allocations in hounslow west

Figure SA12.60: Site Allocations in Hounslow West Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 300 Hounslow | Local Plan 301 Figure SA12.61: Allocation 52 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 14.72

District: Hounslow West District: 52 Reference: Site TW4 6HD Beavers Lane, Hounslow, Address: 2014 London SHLAA Source: 1b PTAL: Area Site (ha): Army barracks Existing use: KEY INFORMATION Allocation: Housing Allocation: Residential use: Proposed available is for Preferred use for this site if it becomes Justification: to residential. residential development and conversion 2026-30 Phasing: Public Land ownership: Cavalry This site is located within Hounslow and constraints: Context has multiple locally listed and Grade II Barracks Conservation Area and London Heathrow Airport 63dB LAeq listed buildings on site. It falls within land contamination on this site, given noise contour and there is potentially previous uses. ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION

barracks west - cavalry 52 hounslow allocations site site allocations 53 hounslow west - hounslow west station KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow West Site Reference: 53 Address: Bath Road, Hounslow, TW3 3DH Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 4 Site Area (ha): 1.57 Existing use: London Underground station car park

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Residential, retail and appropriate car parking Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 50:50 residential to non-residential uses. The land to the north and east of Hounslow West tube station is identified as a development opportunity in one of the borough’s major neighbourhood centres and was a former UDP site. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2021-25 Land ownership: Public Context and constraints: Bus stops and standing areas adjacent to the station building must be retained. This site includes a Grade II listed building and is adjacent to a CDA. The site falls within London Heathrow Airport 60dB LAeq noise contour. Figure SA12.62: Allocation 53 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 302 Hounslow | Local Plan 303 Figure SA12.63: Allocation 54 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 1.65

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Allocation: Mixed Use Allocation: Residential and Office use: Proposed on a floorspace ratio of The mixed use allocation is based Justification: site has been identified through the London 75:25 residential to office. This housing capacity during the plan period. SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential 2021-25 Phasing: Private Land ownership: This site is located on historic landfill. and constraints: Context Existing use: Office Existing use: District: Hounslow West District: 54 Reference: Site Hounslow, TW4 6JQ Salisbury Road, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 1 PTAL: Area Site (ha): KEY INFORMATION

- BOMBARDIER AEROSPACE west - BOMBARDIER 54 hounslow allocations site site allocations 55 hounslow west - STAINES ROAD KEY INFORMATION District: Hounslow West Site Reference: 55 Address: Staines Road, TW4 5AP Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 2 Site Area (ha): 0.38 Existing use: Builder’s yard (retail)

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Housing Proposed use: Residential Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2021-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: This site is located within an APA to the south of the site and Public Safety Zone to the north eastern corner of the site. Site falls within London Heathrow Airport 66dB LAeq noise contour.

Figure SA12.64: Allocation 55 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 304 Hounslow | Local Plan 305 Figure SA12.65: Allocation 56 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 3.61

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Allocation: Education Allocation: Educational facility use: Proposed the council’s Sequential This site has been identified through Justification: Sites Update 2014 as an appropriate Assessment of Potential School places in the Central Hounslow school place location for the provision of new space will be retained in accordance planning area. The educational open with the relevant standards. 2014-20 Phasing: Public Land ownership: Church This site is located within St Paul’s and constraints: Context open space. Conservation Area and is educational District: Hounslow West District: 56 Reference: Site Middlesex, TW3 3BD 50 Sutton Lane, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 2-4 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Leisure and educational open space Existing use: KEY INFORMATION allocations site Lane west - Sutton 56 hounslow site allocations site allocations in cranford and heston

Figure SA12.66: Site Allocations in Cranford and Heston Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 306 Hounslow | Local Plan 307 Figure SA12.67: Allocation 57 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 7.82

District: Cranford and Heston District: 57 Reference: Site Heston, TW5 0LG New Heston Road, Address: 2013 and Development Management London SHLAA Source: 2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Leisure centre and open space Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION allocations site

Allocation: Mixed Use Allocation: and Reprovison of new leisure centre park, improved use: Proposed enabling development together with necessary residential redevelopment of Heston Council aspiration to secure the Justification: to a high quality leisure offer in the centre Leisure Centre to provide access of the borough. 2015-20 Phasing: Public Land ownership: Partially Local Open Space and constraints: Context Centre Leisure - Heston heston and 57 cranford site allocations 58 cranford and heston - Rectory Farm KEY INFORMATION District: Cranford and Heston Site Reference: 58 Address: A312/The Parkway and A4 Bath Road (Bath Road/Cranford Lane) Heston, TW5 9UU Source: Minerals Background Study 2011 PTAL: 2 Site Area (ha): 42.55 Existing use: Green Belt and farmland

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Minerals Proposed use: Minerals extraction and restored parkland Justification: In accordance with national policy the council should safeguard sites to protect its potential aggregate supply. This supply will contribute to the London wide apportionment of providing five million tonnes to 2031. The safeguarding of rectory farm as a potential extraction site will meet the boroughs London Plan apportionment of 700,000 tonnes. Phasing: 2015-25 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: Green Belt; Public Safety Zone; Grade II Agricultural Land

Figure SA12.68: Allocation 58 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 308 Hounslow | Local Plan 309 Figure SA12.69: Allocation 59 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 1.31

District: Cranford and Heston District: 59 Reference: Site TW5 9EP Cranford Lane, Heston, Address: of Potential School Sites Sequential Assessment Update and 2014 Source: Development Management 2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): housing), Residential (affordable and supported health facility Existing use: and community centre KEY INFORMATION

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION allocations site

Allocation: Mixed use Allocation: and Health facility, community centre residential. use: Proposed a new health facility in an This site supports the delivery of Justification: Hounslow, and the rationalisation of area of need, as identified by NHS range of community and residential uses, the wider site and upgrade of a housing on-site. The health facility, reproviding the supported and affordable must all be reprovided within the site. community use and residential use 2015-20 Phasing: Public and private Land ownership: No planning constraints identified. and constraints: Context lane - cranford heston and 59 cranford site allocations 60 cranford and heston - MASTER ROBERT HOTEL KEY INFORMATION District: Cranford and Heston Site Reference: 60 Address: Great West Road, Hounslow, TW5 0BD Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 1 Site Area (ha): 1.28 Existing use: Hotel

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Mixed use Proposed use: Hotel and residential Justification: The mixed use allocation is based on a floorspace ratio of 50:50 residential to hotel use. This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. The hotel should be reprovided where the site fronts onto the A4. Phasing: 2015-30 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: No planning constraints identified.

Figure SA12.70: Allocation 60 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 310 Hounslow | Local Plan 311 Figure SA12.71: Site Allocations in Feltham

in feltham allocations site allocations site site allocations 61 feltham - Feltham Arenas KEY INFORMATION District: Feltham Site Reference: 61 Address: Shakespeare Avenue, Feltham TW14 9HX Source: Development Management PTAL: 2 Site Area (ha): 14.09 Existing use: Open space and recreation

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Leisure and open space Proposed use: Area for enhanced sports and recreational facilities Justification: To support the retention of existing sports facilities in the west of the borough. Phasing: 2015-30 Land ownership: Public Context and constraints: This site is located within Local Open Space and a Nature Conservation Area (Longford River) runs through the site.

Figure SA12.72: Allocation 61 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 312 Hounslow | Local Plan 313 Figure SA12.73: Allocation 62 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 1.05

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Feltham District: 62 Reference: Site Club, Off Bedfont Feltham Ex-Servicemen’s TW14 Lane, Feltham, Address: 9NW of Potential School Sites Sequential Assessment Update 2014 Source: 1a PTAL: Area Site (ha): Social club Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

club ’s servicemen ex- - feltham 62 feltham allocations site Allocation: Education Allocation: Education use: Proposed through the council’s This site has also been identified Justification: School Sites Update 2014 as an Sequential Assessment of Potential of existing primary provision in appropriate location for the expansion place planning area. It is an available the Feltham and Hanworth school for primary and secondary school places. brownfield site in an area of need 2015-20 Phasing: Public Land ownership: No planning constraints identified. and constraints: Context site allocations 63 feltham - FERN GROVE KEY INFORMATION District: Feltham Site Reference: 63 Address: Fern Grove, Feltham, TW14 9AY Source: London SHLAA 2013 PTAL: 4 Site Area (ha): 0.38 Existing use: Industrial and other

ALLOCATION AND Justification Allocation: Housing Proposed use: Residential Justification: This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 as it has a potential housing capacity during the plan period. Phasing: 2021-30 Land ownership: Private Context and constraints: There is potentially land contamination on this site, given previous uses.

Figure SA12.74: Allocation 63 Site Map Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 314 Hounslow | Local Plan 315 Figure SA12.75: Allocation 64 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 , HOUNSLOW Homes , HOUNSLOW 0.68

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION Feltham District: 64 Reference: Site Feltham, TW14 9NF Ashmead Road, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 1 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Council depot Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

epot D - Ashmead 64 feltham allocations site Allocation: Housing Allocation: Residential use: Proposed This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 Justification: during the plan period. as it has a potential housing capacity 2015-25 Phasing: Public Land ownership: No planning constraints identified. and constraints: Context site allocations site allocations in hanworth

Figure SA12.76: Site Allocations in Hanworth Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 316 Hounslow | Local Plan 317 Figure SA12.77: Allocation 65 Site Map © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 0.29

District: Hanworth District: 65 Reference: Site Feltham, TW13 6AW 2-12 Hanworth Road, Address: 2013 London SHLAA Source: 2 PTAL: Area Site (ha): Library Existing use: KEY INFORMATION

ALLOCATION AND Justification ALLOCATION allocations site

Allocation: Housing Allocation: Residential use: Proposed This site has been identified through the London SHLAA 2013 Justification: during the plan period. as it has a potential housing capacity 2021-25 Phasing: Public Land ownership: No planning constraints identified.. and constraints: Context library - hanworth 65 hanworth Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

318 Hounslow | Local Plan 319 appendices appendix 1 - implementation & monitoring framework

The proposed monitoring framework for the Local Plan is set out below. It is ordered according to Local Plan chapter and outlines the Local Plan policies which the indicator aims to measure the delivery of. Each target has been developed to be specific, measurable, attainable, realistic and timely, in line with the SMART approach to target setting. The reporting on success against these targets will be presented in the Annual Monitoring Report (AMR), which is to be published online each year. The monitoring framework itself will be kept under regular review through this process to ensure the indicators remain relevant and relate to data which is available to the local authority. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

320 Hounslow | Local Plan 321 Policies measured Policies TC1 TC2 TC3 TC2 TC3 Target date 2021 (or relevant period in up to date comparison retail need assessment) Annual Target 100% 100% Indicator Percentage of total Percentage of total permitted floorspace for main town centre uses inside town centres Proportion of objectively assessed comparison retail need delivered IND 1.1 1.2

Objective Supporting our town centres Supporting our town town centres as Maintaining our and a focus for the community through an to attract investment, service offer; improved retail and cultural facilities, new leisure and quarters. and new residential realm and Enhanced public will environmental improvements also help build their identity.

1 framework monitoring & 1 - implementation x appendi appendix 1 - implementation & monitoring framework

Objective IND Indicator Target Target date Policies measured

2 Promoting economic development 2.1 Amount of Industrial Net loss of Industrial Plan Period ED2 land lost Land is 6ha or less Encourage inward investment across the borough and facilitate job growth by maintaining the supply of employment land, allocating development sites to accommodate forecasted employment growth and supporting our existing employers to expand. Make the London Borough of Hounslow an 2.2 Net change in B1a 90,000sqm 2030 ED2 attractive place to do business office floorspace by creating an environment conducive to entrepreneurs and ensuring our residents are appropriately skilled.

2.3 Net Additional Hotel Not Applicable Not Applicable ED4 Rooms Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

322 Hounslow | Local Plan 323 Policies measured Policies SC1 SC1 SC2 Target date Annual Annual Annual Target 822 Monitor the distribution of new housing against that provided in Figure SC1.1 40% Indicator Number of homes completed in each district The number of new homes that are affordable as a percentage of overall number of new homes delivered Net additional Dwellings IND 3.3 3.1 3.2

Objective Delivering sustainable mixed Delivering sustainable communities housing types Provide a mix of the needs of and tenures to meet including our growing population aspirational affordable housing, high quality family homes and elderly to allow provision for the to live in the people to choose London Borough of Hounslow

3 framework monitoring & 1 - implementation x appendi appendix 1 - implementation & monitoring framework

Objective IND Indicator Target Target date Policies measured

3 Delivering sustainable mixed 3.4 The number of new 60% affordable or Annual SC2 communities affordable homes social rent and 40% completed in the intermediate Provide a mix of housing types borough by tenure and tenures to meet the needs of our growing population including affordable housing, aspirational family homes and high quality provision for the elderly to allow people to choose to live in the London Borough of Hounslow 3.5 The number of new Fitting with Figure Annual SC3 homes completed in SC3.1 of the Local the borough by size Plan and tenure

3.6 The percentage of As per relevant Annual SC5 homes achieving the standards minimum internal standards set out in Figure SC5.1 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

324 Hounslow | Local Plan 325 Policies measured Policies SC8 SC5 SC9 Target date 2030 Annual 2017 Target 465 10% 6 Indicator The percentage of wheelchair homes completed in the borough The number of additional authorised pitches for Gypsies and Travellers in the borough Net additional extra- care Housing IND 3.9 3.7 3.8

3 framework monitoring & 1 - implementation x appendi appendix 1 - implementation & monitoring framework

Objective IND Indicator Target Target date Policies measured

4 Context and character 4.1 Change in number of No increase in Plan Period CC4 heritage assets at risk number of heritage Recognise the varied character in borough assets at risk in of the London Borough of borough Hounslow’s districts and seek to preserve and enhance their special qualities, heritage assets and overall townscape quality and appearance. Combine this with the promotion of well-designed development that meets the needs of 21st century urban living and contributes positively to the character of an area. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

326 Hounslow | Local Plan 327 Policies measured Policies GB1 GB2 Target date Plan Period Plan Period Target No net loss of land No net loss of land designated as Green Belt or Metropolitan Open Land Reduction or no net increase in the area in the borough which is deficient in access to open space Indicator Protection of Green Protection of Green Belt and Metropolitan Open Land Level of access to open space IND 5.1 5.2

Objective Green and blue infrastructure Green and blue and improve To protect, maintain amenity, the openness, access, recreational biodiversity, and green value of the borough’s their health spaces to maximise to our and wellbeing benefits enhance existing communities. To links and green infrastructure create new ones to connect green and blue spaces and facilitate better access for local residents and contribute to biodiversity and wider environmental resilience.

5 framework monitoring & 1 - implementation x appendi appendix 1 - implementation & monitoring framework

Objective IND Indicator Target Target date Policies measured

6 Delivering community 6.1 Loss of community No loss of identified Plan Period CI1 infrastructure facilities protected by community facilities CI1 To ensure the delivery of appropriate infrastructure providing a range of community, education, health, cultural, sport and entertainment facilities that will support the borough’s growing community and which are seen as a positive reason for visiting, living and working in the borough.

6.2 New school places New FE provided Annual CI2 delivered. annually as required GB3 by pupil projections Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

328 Hounslow | Local Plan 329 Policies measured Policies EQ1 EQ1 Target date Plan Period Plan Period Target Reduce carbon emissions below 2012 levels 1454kt (Source LEGGI) Establish an agreed borough-wide programme for carbon reductions Indicator Borough carbon Borough carbon dioxide emissions. Securing carbon reductions through an agreed borough- wide carbon for programme reductions IND 7.1 7.2

Objective Environmental quality mitigate and seek To protect from, effects to reduce the detrimental quality and of noise, poor air pollution general environmental through strong environmental the standards. To promote adaptation mitigation of, and through to, climate change requirements for sustainable design and construction; reduced carbon emissions; the management of flood risk; and conservation of resources.

7 framework monitoring & 1 - implementation x appendi appendix 1 - implementation & monitoring framework

Objective IND Indicator Target Target date Policies measured

7 Environmental quality 7.3 Percentage of 100% of consents to Annual EQ2 new development meet the Code for To protect from, mitigate and seek (residential and non- Sustainable Homes to reduce the detrimental effects residential) meeting and BREEAM of noise, poor air quality and at least Code for requirements set out general environmental pollution Sustainable Homes in Figure EQ2.1 through strong environmental Level 4 or BREEAM standards. To promote the ‘Excellent’ mitigation of, and adaptation to, climate change through requirements for sustainable design and construction; reduced carbon emissions; the management of flood risk; and conservation of resources.

7.4 Water consumption Average domestic Annual EQ2 per capita water consumption to decrease Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

330 Hounslow | Local Plan 331 Policies measured Policies EQ3 EQ3 Target date Annual Annual Target Flood protection Flood protection projects delivered in line with Infrastructure Delivery Plan Zero developments to be approved contrary to Environment Agency advice on flood risk and surface water management, subject to analysis as to whether concerns were addressed through conditions Indicator Number and type Number and type of flood protection projects delivered Developments approved contrary to Environment Agency advice on flood risk and surface water management IND 7.5 7.6

7 framework monitoring & 1 - implementation x appendi appendix 1 - implementation & monitoring framework

Objective IND Indicator Target Target date Policies measured

7 Environmental quality 7.7 Air quality Decrease Annual EQ4 exceedance exceedance of To protect from, mitigate and seek nitrogen dioxide and to reduce the detrimental effects particulate matter of noise, poor air quality and general environmental pollution through strong environmental standards. To promote the mitigation of, and adaptation to, climate change through requirements for sustainable design and construction; reduced carbon emissions; the management of flood risk; and conservation of resources.

7.8 Minerals extracted in Maintenance of a Annual EQ10 line with London Plan land bank (seven apportionment years’ supply) of at least 5 million tonnes of land won aggregates Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

332 Hounslow | Local Plan 333 Policies measured Policies EC1 EC1 EC2 EC2 Target date Plan Period Annual Annual Annual Target Named projects Named projects formally in process Decrease estimated traffic flows of all motor vehicles in the borough 100% of consents to meet the requirements for Travel Plans set out in Policy EC2 Indicator Traffic Share Number of Travel Plans in place Completion of Infrastructure Upgrades e, f) (Points a, b, c, d, IND 8.3 8.1 8.2

Objective Enhancing connectivity movement Promote ease of public for all through enhancing and walking transport, cycling genuine measures to provide vehicles alternatives to private of journeys. for the majority of Improve the provision infrastructure telecommunications to increase the attractiveness of the London Borough of Hounslow to business, and reduce the need for commuting.

8 framework monitoring & 1 - implementation x appendi appendix 2 - glossary

Affordable Housing Blue Infrastructure/Blue Ribbon Network Designated Heritage Asset Social rented, affordable rented and intermediate The network of waterways and water spaces A World Heritage Site, Scheduled Monument, housing, provided to eligible households whose throughout the borough. Listed Building, Protected Wreck Site, Registered needs are not met by the market. Eligibility is Park and Garden, Registered Battlefield or determined with regard to local incomes and local Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) Conservation Area designated under relevant house prices. The Community Infrastructure Levy (the levy) legislation. came into force in April 2010. It allows local Non-Designated Heritage Asset Agricultural Land authorities in England and Wales to raise funds Heritage assets identified by the Local Authority Land in grades 1, 2 and 3a of the Agricultural Land from developers undertaking new building e.g. Locally Listed Buildings, Archaeological Classification. projects in their area. The money can be used to Priority Areas and Areas of Special Character. fund a wide range of infrastructure that is needed Air Quality Management Areas as a result of development. This includes transport Development Plan Documents (DPD) Areas designated by the local authorities because schemes, flood defences, schools, hospitals and Spatial planning documents that are subject to they are not likely to achieve national air quality other health and social care facilities, parks, green independent examination. Together with the objectives by the relevant deadlines. spaces and leisure centres. London Plan these form the development plan for the local authority area. DPDs may form one Ancient Monuments (Scheduled) Contaminated Land document covering a range of policy areas or a These are sites of national importance where Polluted, derelict and disused land which may be a number of individual documents. the provisions of the Ancient Monuments and threat to health and the wider environment, and is Archaeological Areas Act 1979 (as amended) in need of amelioration. District Centres apply. Critical Drainage Area As designated in the London Plan’s strategic town Archaeological Priority Areas An area which has critical drainage problems centre network, these are smaller town centres, generally with approximately 10,000sqm of local Sites and areas of known archaeological caused by surface water runoff, as identified in goods and services which meet regular shopping importance. the Surface Water Management Plan. needs. Brentford town centre and Feltham town Density Area Action Plan (AAP) centre are both District Centres. As designated in A measure of the net residential density calculated the London Plan strategic town centre network. A local Development Plan Document setting as the number of habitable rooms per hectare. out the planning framework for areas with a Habitable rooms include all rooms normally used concentration of proposals for change and areas for living or sleeping in and kitchens with a floor of conservation. area of over 11sqm. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

334 Hounslow | Local Plan 335 For dwellings: where 10 or more are to be For dwellings: where 10 or more area is constructed (or if number not given, more than 0.5ha). space will For all other uses: where the floor area is 1ha be 1000sqm or more (or the Site involved or more). The Site area is that directly Floor in some aspect of the development. floor area space is defined as the sum of to the within the building measured externally Basement external wall faces at each level. car parks, rooftop plant rooms, caretakers’ the floor space flats etc. should be included in figure. • • Partnerships of stakeholders who develop ways of who develop of stakeholders Partnerships of their shaping the future local people in involving how services are provided. neighbourhood in as these: Major Developments are defined The Spatial Development Strategy for London The Spatial Development year period. It has been covering a twenty a strategic framework for the produced to provide Local Plans. It has the status London Boroughs’ plan under the Planning and of a development Act 2004. Compulsory Purchase Local strategic partnership Local strategic London Plan Major development

A measure of deprivation at the small area at the small area of deprivation A measure domains of deprivation on different level based employment, health, education, including income, environment. housing and living A report issued by the Inspector or Panel who A report issued Inquiry, setting out their conducted the Public matters raised and detailing conclusions on the they require the local planning amendments which to the deposit version LDD. The authority to make inspector’s report is binding. The collective term in the Planning and The collective term in the Planning for Development Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 Planning Plan Documents, Supplementary of Community Documents, and the Statement Involvement (SCI). preparation of Sets out the programme for the review. LDDs. It will be subject to regular of the local The Plan for the future development Authority in area, drawn up by the Local Planning In law this is consultation with the community. documents described as the development plan Compulsory adopted under the Planning and Purchase Act 2004. Index of MultipleIndex of Deprivation Inspector’s Report Inspector’s Documents (LDDs) Local Development Scheme (LDS) Local Development Local Plan

The network of multifunctional green spaces The network of multifunctional green throughout the borough. All DPDs are subject to independent examination All DPDs are subject to independent examination by the Planning Inspectorate. This the plan’. must consider the ‘soundness of A building, monument, site, place, area or A building, monument, site, place, degree of landscape identified as having a in planning significance meriting consideration interest. decisions, because of its heritage by specific Includes heritage assets designated by the local legislation and assets identified planning authority. Predominantly land around built-up areas which Predominantly land role of limiting urban sprawl, has the strategic towns from merging preventing neighbouring open countryside from with another, safeguarding in urban regeneration development, assisting for open recreational activity. and providing areas There is a presumption against inappropriate development within the Green Belt. Independent Examination Heritage Asset Heritage Green Belt Green Green Infrastructure Green Development, including that within the B use that within the B including Development, main uses and public and community classes, town centre uses.

Economic Development Economic x 2 - glossary x appendi appendix 2 - glossary

Metropolitan Open Land (MOL) Planning Inspectorate (PINS) Proposals Map Land which is predominantly open in character Government body whose main work is the Illustrates on a base map all the policies and and which has significance due to its size and processing of planning and enforcement appeals proposals contained in Development Plan catchment area. There is a presumption against and holding inquiries into local development plans. Documents, together with any saved policies. inappropriate development within Metropolitan It deals with a wide variety of other planning To be revised as each DPD is adopted, it should Open Land. related casework including listed building consent always reflect the up-to-date planning strategy appeals, advertisement appeals, and reporting on for the area. Proposals for changes to the Metropolitan Centres planning applications. adopted proposals map accompany submitted As designated in the London Plan’s strategic town development plan documents in the form of a centre network, these are town centres within Pollution submissions proposals map. Greater London which are considered suitable Anything that affects the quality of land, air, water for the location of over 100,000sqm of cultural, or soils, which might have an adverse impact on Public Realm entertainment, leisure and employment as well human health, the natural environment or general Publicly and privately owned streets, rights-of- as shopping uses. Hounslow town centre is the amenity. way, parks and other accessible spaces. borough’s only Metropolitan Centre. Primary and Secondary Frontages Ramsar sites Major Centres Primary frontages include a high proportion Wetlands of international importance, designated As designated in the London Plan’s strategic of retail uses which may include food, drinks, under the 1971 RAMSAR convention. town centre network, these are town centres clothing and household goods. Secondary which provide for a full mix of comparison and frontages provide greater opportunities for a Regeneration convenience shopping of over 50,000sqm. diversity of uses such as restaurants, cinemas and Improving an area’s social, physical and economic Chiswick is the borough’s only Major Centre. businesses. environment.

National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) Primary Shopping Area The Regulations The government’s statement of planning policies, Defined area where retail development is Town and Country Planning (Local Planning) issued by the Department of Communities and concentrated (generally comprising the primary (England) Regulations 2012. Local Government in March 2012. Replaces and those secondary frontages which are Saved Policies or Plans existing Planning Policy Statements (PPS) and adjoining and closely related to the primary Existing adopted development plans saved to Planning Policy Guidance (PPG). shopping frontage. allow local authorities to produce their local plans. Neighbourhood Plans A plan prepared by a Parish Council or Neighbourhood Forum for a particular neighbourhood area. Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

336 Hounslow | Local Plan 337

Archeological Priority Area Archeological Area Air Quality Management Area Critical Drainage Park Industrial Business Land Metropolitan Open Preferred Industrial Location Preferred Office Location Strategic Industrial Location Site of Importance for Nature Conservation Sui Generis Site of Special Scientific Interest Tree Preservation Order Abbreviations APA AQMA CDA IBP MOL PIL POL SIL SINC SG SSSI TPO .

Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 Purchase Act and Compulsory Planning to plan documents all development requires Sustainability Appraisal which be put through a of the proposed policies considers the impacts a number of economic, social and proposals upon criteria. The SEA requirements and environmental met as part of the statutorily are intended to be required SA process. A long term vision for the area created by the A long term vision SCS should also Local Strategic Partnership. The in the area set out the key tasks that the partners being need to achieve to improve its well taller than Buildings which are substantially alter their neighbours and/or which significantly the skyline. map, proposal authority’s local the by defined Area and areas including the primary shopping area town centre uses predominantly occupied by main shopping area. within or adjacent to the primary plan, A borough wide statutory development for the setting out the council’s policies will be development and use of land. This replaced by the Local Plan. Sustainability Appraisal Sustainability Appraisal (SA) Sustainable Community Strategy Sustainable Community building Tall Centre Town Plan (UDP) Unitary Development

International Special Areas of Conservation, International Special Areas and Ramsar sites), Special Protection Special Scientific Interest) and national (Sites of sites. locally designated Allocations of sites for specific or mixed use or mixed of sites for specific Allocations developments. An assessment of the environmental impacts An assessment of the environmental The of the policies, plans and programmes. requires European ‘SEA Directive’ (2001/42/EC) of certain a formal ‘environmental assessment’ those in the field plans and programmes, including SA. of planning and land use. See also which the SPDs cover a wide range of issues provide policy local planning authority wishes to policies and guidance on to supplement the documents. proposals in the development plan plan They do not form part of the development in determining but are a material consideration Planning Applications. LDD which sets out the methods and standards out the methods and standards LDD which sets authority intend to achieve which the planning in the in relation to involving the community of all LDDs and preparation, alteration and review in development control decisions. Sites of Importance for Biodiversity for of Importance Sites Site Allocations Site Supplementary Planning Documents (SPDs) Supplementary Planning Documents

Statement of Community Involvement (SCI) Community Involvement of Statement (SEA) Assessment Environmental Strategic x 2 - glossary x appendi appendix 3 - infrastructure delivery schedule 2015-2030 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

338

Hounslow | Local Plan 339 2015-2030 schedule delivery 3 - infrastructure x appendi appendix 3 - infrastructure delivery schedule 2015-2030 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

340

Hounslow | Local Plan 341 2015-2030 schedule delivery 3 - infrastructure x appendi appendix 3 - infrastructure delivery schedule 2015-2030 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

342

Hounslow | Local Plan 343 2015-2030 schedule delivery 3 - infrastructure x appendi appendix 3 - infrastructure delivery schedule 2015-2030 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

344

Hounslow | Local Plan 345 2015-2030 schedule delivery 3 - infrastructure x appendi appendix 3 - infrastructure delivery schedule 2015-2030 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

346

Hounslow | Local Plan 347 2015-2030 schedule delivery 3 - infrastructure x appendi appendix 3 - infrastructure delivery schedule 2015-2030 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

348

Hounslow | Local Plan 349 2015-2030 schedule delivery 3 - infrastructure x appendi appendix 3 - infrastructure delivery schedule 2015-2030 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

350 Hounslow | Local Plan 351 appendix 4 - town centre boundary maps & DESIGNATIONS Map 1 - Brentford town centre designations © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

352 Hounslow | Local Plan 353

& DESIGNATIONS & maps boundary centre 4 - town x appendi centre designations town hiswick Map 2 - C appendix 4 - town centre boundary maps & DESIGNATIONS Map 3 - Feltham town centre designations © Crown copyright. All rights reserved 100019263 2013 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

354 Hounslow | Local Plan 355

& DESIGNATIONS & maps boundary centre 4 - town x appendi designations centre town ounslow Map 4 - H appendix 5 - FRONTAGES IN TOWN AND NEIGHBOURHOOD CENTRES

Town centres Secondary Frontage Secondary Frontage

Hounslow • 73-243 Chiswick High Road • 72-74, 80-86, 90-92, 98-104 High Street • 281-333 Chiswick High Road and adjoining petrol filling station Primary Frontage • 104-180 Chiswick High Road • 57-57a High Street • 440-496 Chiswick High Road • 1-10 Cavendish Terrace • 104-210 High St • 1-19 Devonshire Road and 2-46 • 1-10 Trinity Parade, High Street Devonshire Road Large neighbourhood centres • 214-244 High Street • 1-7 Chiswick Terrace (Acton Lane) • 121-295 High Street Hounslow West and Bedfont are larger centres • Treaty Centre Brentford and distinguish primary and secondary • 2 to 4 Montague Road frontage designations, whereas the other local • Retail frontages at the Blenheim Centre Primary Frontage centres (large and small) only include general frontage designations. Secondary Frontage • 98-134 High Street • 191-194 High Street Hounslow West • 1-83 High Street • 196-225 High Street • 101-119 High Street • Former Magistrate’s Court Primary Frontage • 22-66 High Street • 80-112 High Street Secondary Frontage • 286-368 Bath Road • 1-4 Cressey’s Corner • 2-12 and 28-112 Staines Road • 227- 228 High Street, including the Secondary Frontage • 9-21 Bell Road entrance and retail frontage of the • 714-746 and 769-797 London Road supermarket • 262-278 Bath Road • 2-24 Kingsley Road • 1-7 Brentford Lock • 1-7 Cavendish Parade and units adjoining • 34-56 Lampton Road (up to car park access road) Feltham • 370-388 Bath Road Chiswick Primary Frontage Bedfont Primary Frontage • The Centre, Feltham including units Primary Frontage • 182-434 Chiswick High Road fronting the High Street (22-30 and 142- • 1-63 and 2-102 Turnham Green Terrace 166). • 507-529 Staines Road • Supermarket frontage on Essex Place • 1-16 Wilton Parade, High Street • 376-420 Staines Road Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local Square • 2 Bedfont Lane 356 Hounslow | Local Plan 357 182-194 and 220-232 Uxbridge Road 1-10 Hamilton Parade 2-8 Clifton Parade 1-10 Central Parade Parade 36 Staines Road, 1-6 Baber Bridge and PH 90-108, 111-129 Harlington Road West and 141-145 Staines Road 1-11Rochester Parade, 97-109 High Street and 1-9 Parkfield Parade 101-111 Bear Road and 201 Swan Road 49-67 Hounslow Road, 1a Park Road and Petrol Station 1-8 Parklands Parade Road, off Green Lane 53-75 Salisbury Farm Road 309-355 Vicarage Road and 44-50, 64- 204-228 Great West 80 and 141A Vicarage Farm Road Heston 474-514 Great West Road and 1 146-150, 160-164 and 174-178 Brabazon 182-190 North Hyde Lane 620-634 Bath Road and Public House 244-254 and 315 Wellington Road South and 315 Wellington 244-254 Road 87-99 Whitton 158 Whitton Parade, 135 and 1-7 Green Kingsley Road 43-65 and 80-90

West Area West • • • • • • • • • Cranford and Heston Area Heston and Cranford • • • • • Road • Road • • • • • Road • 59-63 Heath Road and 2-20 Central Parade 34-56 Lampton Road (even numbers only) Wellington Road South and Staines Road 2-30 Fauconberg Road 2-30 Fauconberg Road 1-15 Grove Park 54-68 Thames Road and 553-575 1-10 Stile Hall Parade 391-407 Chiswick High Road 1-18 The Broadway, Acton Road 1-9a Spur Road and 142-156 London 248-262 Twickenham Road 189-227 Twickenham Road Road, 153-173 and 154-164 Thornbury Osterley 56-60 Kew Bridge Road 1-19 Albany Parade 1-4 The Pavement 1-4 The Street and 39-57 South 1-14, 35-37 Walk Shrewsbury Central Central Area Hounslow • • • Junction Small neighbourhood centres Small neighbourhood Chiswick Area • • • • Chiswick High Road • • area and Brentford Isleworth • • • • • • • • • 343 Bedfont Lane 343 Bedfont Road 469-503 Staines Road 531-537 Staines Road 422-432 Staines 1-7 Odeon Parade (London Road) 468 and 459-495 London Road Road 3, 5, 16-20,11-27 and 31-37 St John’s 1a Woodlands Road 1, 3, 4, 7-11 Upper Square 720-746 Bath Road 750-754 Bath Road 760-790 Bath Road 8-17 Central Parade 131-133 and 160-178 Heston Road 9-21, 8-14, 28-30 New Heston Road 1-5 Rex House 1-19 Market Parade Road West 14-36 Hampton

• • • • Secondary Frontage Secondary • • • • Old Isleworth • Isleworth • Cranford • • Heston • • •

Hanworth • • • x 5 - FRONTAGES IN TOWN AND NEIGHBOURHOOD CENTRES NEIGHBOURHOOD AND IN TOWN - FRONTAGES x 5 appendi Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

358 Hounslow | Local Plan 359 Hounslow | Local Plan Hounslow | Local

360